University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” Self Evaluation Report

UNIVERSITY OF PRIZREN “UKSHIN HOTI” SELF EVALUATION REPORT

January 2018 Prizren

- 0 -

1. Contents

2. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE INSTITUTION’S HISTORY ...... - 9 -

2.1 ESTABLISHMENT ...... - 9 -

2.2 LOCATION ...... - 9 -

2.3 ACCREDITED PROGRAMS AT UPZ ...... - 9 -

2.4 EXTERNAL EVALUATION ...... - 9 -

3. MISSION STATEMENT ...... - 10 -

3.1 MISSION AND VISION OF UPZ ...... - 10 -

3.2 THE STRATEGY ON IMPLEMENTING THE MISSION ...... - 11 -

3.3 RELATION OF THE INSTITUTION’S/ UNIT’S MISSION WITH THE OVERALL MISSION OF THE INSTITUTION ...... - 11 -

3.4.1 HOW DOES THE INSTITUTION/ UNIT MONITOR THE CHANGES DEVELOPED IN OTHER INSTITUTIONS/ UNITS IN THE COUNTRY AND ABROAD...... - 11 -

3.4.2 HOW DOES THE INSTITUTION/ UNIT CHANGE AIMING AT IMPROVEMENT ...... - 12 -

3.4.3. HOW DOES THE INSTITUTION/ UNIT ADAPT TO NEW REQUIREMENTS ...... - 12 -

3.4.4 HOW DOES THE INSTITUTION/ UNIT DRAFT ITS STRATEGIC PLAN IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE ITS MISSION? ...... - 12 -

3.4.5 DOES THE INSTITUTION/ UNIT HAS MECHANISMS FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE? ...... - 13 -

4. ORGANIZATION, MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING ...... - 15 -

1. NAME OF THE INSTITUTION: UNIVERSITY OF PRIZREN “UKSHIN HOTI” ...... - 15 -

2. ORGANIZATION CHART OF UPZ ...... - 15 -

- 1 -

3.2 1. THE MAIN GOVERNING AUTHORITIES OF THE UNIVERSITY ARE BOARD, RECTOR AND SENATE...... 17

• ALL UNIVERSITY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES OPERATE THE ON THE PRINCIPLE OF MAJORITY VOTING, ...... 17

3.3 PARTICIPATION OF THE STUDENT REPRESENTATIVES IN DIFFERENT BODIES OF UPZ IS ALSO REGULATED BY THE STATUTE OF UPZ, ARTICLE 79...... 17

3.4.1. ALL ACADEMIC STAFF SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE RECTOR ACCORDING SENATE DECISION ...... 17

BASED ON THE PROPOSAL OF THE COUNCIL OF RESPECTIVE ACADEMIC UNITS...... 17

2.5 ACADEMIC STAFF CAN BE APPOINTED IN THESE TITLES: ...... 17

5. STUDY PROGRAMS ...... 18

5.1.1 REGULATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT, REVIEWING AND APPROVAL OF NEW CURRICULUMS ...... 18

5.1.2 REGULATYIONS ON STUDENT EVALUATIONS ...... 18

5.1.3 REGULATION FOR BA AND MA THESIS IS ATTACHED TO THIS REPORT...... 19

5.2 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ...... 20

5.2.2. RATIONALE OF THE STUDY PROGRAM FOR THE LABOR MARKET ...... 21

5.2.3. INTERNATIONAL COMPARISON OF THE PROGRAM ...... 22

5.2.4. THE TARGET GROUP OF THE PROGRAM ...... 22

5.2.5. THE ORIENTATION OF THE STUDY PROGRAM ACCORDING TO THE GOVERNING PRINCIPLES OF THE INSTITUTION (MISSION) ...... 22

5.2.6. THE PURPOSE OF THE STUDY PROGRAM (SHORT DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAM) ...... 22

5.2.7. EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES ...... 25

- 2 -

5.2.8. THEORY/PRACTICE REPORT ...... 25

5.2.9. CALCULATION OF ECTS ...... 25

5.2.10. INTERNSHIP ...... 25

5.2.12. REGISTRATION AND ADMISSION CONDITIONS ...... 26

5.2.13. PLANNING PROGRAM ...... 27

5.3 INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT ...... 83

5.3.2. RATIONALE OF THE PROGRAM FOR THE LABOR MARKET ...... 84

5.3.3. INTERNATIONAL COMPARISON OF THE PROGRAM ...... 85

5.3.4. THE TARGET GROUP OF THE PROGRAM ...... 85

5.3.5. THE ORIENTATION OF THE STUDY PROGRAM ACCORDING TO THE GOVERNING PRINCIPLES OF THE INSTITUTION (MISSION) ...... 85

5.3.6. THE PURPOSE OF THE STUDY PROGRAM (SHORT DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAM) ...... 86

5.3.7. EXPECTED LEARNING RESULTS ...... 88

5.3.8. THEORY/PRACTICE REPORT ...... 89

5.3.9. CALCULATION OF ECTS ...... 89

5.3.10. INTERNSHIP ...... 89

5.3.12. REGISTRATION AND ADMISSION CONDITIONS ...... 89

5.3.13. PROGRAM PLANNING ...... 90

5.4 BACHELOR OF LAW ...... 153

5.1. GENERAL INFORMATION ...... 153

- 3 -

5.1.1. REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR DEVELOPING / REVIEWING AND APPROVING NEW CURRICULA (QUALITY CRITERIA AND RESPONSIBILITIES)...... 153

5.1.2. THE RULES FOR STUDENT EVALUATION AND THEIR PROGRESS DURING THE STUDIES (TO BE PRESENTED BRIEFLY) ...... 153

5.1.3. REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR DRAFTING BA, MA AND PHD THESIS TOPICS (FOR THE LEVELS OFFERED) ...... 153

5.1.4. DOCUMENT ON THE PLANNED LEGAL RELATIONSHIP (S) BETWEEN THE INSTITUTION AND STUDENTS ...... 153

5.2.3. INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION ...... 156

5.2.4.TARGET GROUP DEDICATED TO THIS PROGRAM ...... 156

5.2.5. ORIENTATION OF THE STUDY PROGRAM ACCORDING TO THE GOVERNING PRINCIPLES OF THE INSTITUTION (MISSION) ...... 156

5.2.6. AIM AND PROFILE OF THE STUDY PROGRAM ...... 157

5.2.7. EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES ...... 157

5.2.8 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL PART / EXPERIMENTAL PRACTICE OF THE STUDY ...... 157

5.2.9. CALCULATION OF THE ECTS ...... 158

5.2.10. INTERNSHIP ...... 158

5.2.11. RESEARCH PROGRAM FOR PROGRAM / PROGRAMS IN ASSESSMENT ...... 158

5.2.12. CONDITIONS FOR ENROLLMENT AND ADMISSION TO STUDENTS ...... 158

5.2.13. OVERVIEW OF THE PROGRAMME ...... 159

5.2.14. DESCIPTION OF COURSES ...... 163

5.5 SOFTWARE DESIGN – (BA) ...... - 210 -

- 4 -

5.2.1. BASIC DATA FOR THE STUDY PROGRAMME ...... - 210 -

5.2.2. LABOUR MARKET ...... - 212 -

5.2.3. INTERNATIONAL COMPARABILITY OF THE PROGRAMME ...... - 213 -

5.2.4. GROUP (THE TARGET) TO WHOM THE PROGRAMME IS DEDICATED; ...... - 214 -

5.2.5. ORIENTATION OF THE STUDY PROGRAMME ACCORDING TO THE LEADING PRINCIPLES OF THE INSTITUTION; ...... - 214 -

5.2.6. THE AIM AND PROFILE OF THE STUDY ...... - 214 -

5.2.7. EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES ...... - 215 -

5.2.8. RELATION BETWEEN THE THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL/ EXPERIMENTAL PART OF THE STUDY; ...... - 215 -

5.2.9. ECTS CALCULATION; ...... - 216 -

5.2.10. PRACTICAL WORK – INTERNSHIP; ...... - 216 -

5.2.11. RESEARCH PLAN FOR THE STUDY PROGRAMME (S) UNDER EVALUATION; ...... - 216 -

5.2.12. STUDENTS REGISTRATION AND ADMISSION CRITERIA; ...... - 216 -

5.2.13. OVERVIEW OF THE PROGRAMME (ALL AREAS SHOULD BE FILLED OUT): ...... - 217 -

5.6 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES AND TELECOMMUNICATION ...... - 242 -

5.3.2. RATIONALE OF THE PROGRAMME FOR THE LABOUR MARKET; ...... - 244 -

5.3.3. INTERNATIONAL COMPARABILITY OF THE PROGRAMME; ...... - 245 -

5.3.4. GROUP (THE TARGET) TO WHOM THE PROGRAMME IS DEDICATED; ...... - 246 -

5.3.5. ORIENTATION OF THE STUDY PROGRAMME ACCORDING TO THE LEADING PRINCIPLES OF THE INSTITUTION (MISSION STATEMENT); ...... - 246 -

5.3.7. EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES; ...... - 247 -

- 5 -

5.3.8. RELATION BETWEEN THE THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL/ EXPERIMENTAL PART OF THE STUDY; ...... - 248 -

5.3.9. ECTS CALCULATION; ...... - 248 -

5.3.10. PRACTICAL WORK – INTERNSHIP ...... - 249 -

5.3.11. RESEARCH PLAN FOR THE STUDY PROGRAMME (S) UNDER EVALUATION; ...... - 249 -

5.3.12. STUDENTS REGISTRATION AND ADMISSION CRITERIA; ...... - 249 -

5.3.13. OVERVIEW OF THE PROGRAMME: ...... - 249 -

5.7 GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE ...... - 278 -

5.7.1. DATA FOR STUDY PROGRAMME: GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE ...... - 278 -

2.2. RATIONALE OF THE PROGRAMME IN RELATION TO THE LABOUR MARKET ...... - 280 -

2.3. INTERNATIONAL COMPARABILITY OF THE PROGRAMME ...... - 281 -

2.4. TARGET GROUP THAT PROGRAM IS DEDICATED TO ...... - 281 -

2.5. ORIENTATION OF STUDY PROGRAM UNDER THE GUIDING PRINCIPLES OF THE INSTITUTION ...... - 281 -

2.6. OBJECTIVES AND PROFILE OF THE ACADEMIC PROGRAMME ...... - 281 -

2.7. LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE STUDY PROGRAM AS A WHOLE ...... - 282 -

2.8. THE RATIO BETWEEN THEORY AND PRACTICE ...... - 282 -

2.9. CALCULATION OF ECTS...... - 282 -

2.10. PRACTICE (INTERNSHIP) ...... - 283 -

2.11. PROGRAMME OVERVIEW (STUDY PLAN): ...... - 283 -

6. STUDENTS ...... - 380 -

- 6 -

7. QUALITY ASSURANCE ...... - 384 -

1. QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM ...... - 384 -

2. REGULATIONS FOR PROCEDURES OF QUALITY ASSURANCE ...... - 384 -

3. REVIEW PROCEDURES OF STUDY PROGRAM ...... - 384 -

4. INSTRUMENTS FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE ...... - 384 -

5. MECHANISM FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF QUALITY ASSURANCE MEASURES ...... - 385 -

6. UPZ CONDUCTS EVALUATION OF ACADEMIC STAFF, ADMINISTRATION AND THE WHOLE TEACHING/LEARNING PROCESS EVERY SEMESTER. BASED ON RESULTS, COMMISSION FOR EVALUATIONS REPORTS TO THE MANAGEMENT OF UPZ ...... - 385 -

8. SPACE AND EQUIPMENT ...... - 386 -

9. RESEARCH AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONSHIP ...... - 392 -

1. RESEARCH STRATEGY ...... - 392 -

2. RESEARCH PUBLICATIONS ...... - 392 -

3. PARTICIPATION ON CONFERENCES ...... - 392 -

4. PROJECTS THAT ARE CURRENTLY RUNNING AT UPZ ...... - 392 -

MOBILITIES OF STUDENTS AND STAFF ...... - 392 -

5. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONSHIP ...... - 392 -

10. FINANCE ...... - 395 -

1. UPZ BUDGET PLAN AND THE WAY OF ITS FINANCE (2017-2019) ...... - 395 -

2. BUDGET FOR 2017-2019, PER ACADEMIC YEAR ...... - 395 -

3. FINANCIAL RESOURCES FOR 2016-2019 ...... - 395 -

- 7 -

11. PLAN FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ET RECOMMENDATIONS FROM THE LAST EVALUATION...... - 396 -

2.4 FOREST AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES ...... - 400 -

2.5 AGRIBUSINESS ...... - 404 -

ANNEX ...... - 405 -

CONTRACT ...... - 406 -

SYLLABUS ...... - 409 -

CURRICULUM VITAE ...... 412

- 8 -

2. Brief description of the institution’s history

2.1 Establishment University of Prizren is established on 09.10.2009 with the decision number 01/87 of the government of the Republic of Kosovo and after an intensive preparation work with international consultants started officially in 2010. Tradition of higher education in Prizren starts earlier with its Higher Pedagogical school in 1962 which University of Prizren inherited. HPS got independent from the University of Prishtina which is the oldest HE institution. HPS in Prizren has been transformed to Faculty of Education in Prizren under the umbrella of the University of Prishtina. Since 2010/2011 Faculty of Education which until that time was under UP got transferred to UPZ. Specifics of the Faculty is that studies are offered also in community languages (Bosnian, Turkish)

2.2 Location

All facilities are located within one campus on the following address: Rruga e shkronjave no.1 in Prizren. 2.3 Accredited Programs at UPZ 2.4 External Evaluation

Study Programs Year Accredited Level of of until studies Accre ditatio n 1. Business Administration 2015 2018 BA

2. International Management 2015 2018 BA

3. Law 2015 2018 LLM

4. Software Design 2015 2018 BSc

5. TIT 2015 2018 BSc

6. School Education 2017 2019 BA

7. Pre-School Education 2017 2019 BA

8. German Language and literature 2015 2018 BA

9. Cultural Heritage and Tourism 2017 2019 MA Management

10. Albanian Language and Literature 2015 2018 BA

11. English Language and Literature 2015 2018 BA

12. Accounting and auditing 2017 2019 MA

13. Computer Science and 2017 2019 MSc Technology of communication

- 9 -

14 Business administration 2017 2019 MA

15 Agribusiness 2017 2019 BSc 16 Forest and environmental sciences 2017 2019 BSc

17 Pre School Educatiom 2016 2019 BA 18 School Education 2016 2019 BA 19 Pre School Educatiom (In 2016 2021 BA Bosnian) 20 School Education (In Bosnian) 2016 2021 BA 21 Pre School Educatiom (In 2016 2021 BA Turkish) 22 School Education (In Turkish) 2016 2021 BA 23 TIT in Turkish 2016 2021 Bsc 24 TIT in Bosnian 2016 2021 Bsc

3. Mission statement

3.1 Mission and vision of UPZ

The University of Prizren serves the region of Prizren and The Republic of Kosovo by recruiting, developing and educating students to be successful graduates in the labour market of Kosovo, the region and Europe.

The University of Prizren and its Management is committed to quality enhancement of its learning and teaching and associated activities of the University, in order to strengthen its comparability and standing with other institutions in the region and Europe.

Mission of UPZ as states in its statute (article 5 of UPZ statute):  To act as a leading center for advancing the institution's knowledge, ideas and research in the higher education system in Kosovo;  To act as an institution and play a leading role in the development of education, science, culture, society and economy of Kosovo;  To assist in the process of promoting democratic citizenship;  Aim to create and maintain the highest standards infield of teaching and learning, research andartistic creativity;  Utilize its resources in the most efficient way;  Fully cooperate and participate in allHigher education activities at national, regional and international;  Adapt to European standards;  Fully integrated in the European area of higher education

- 10 -

Research is one of the priorities of UPZ. One of the first steps the UPZ did is establishment of the committee for research, as the result of, the first research paper was published and a number of scientific conferences are held at our university. 3.2 The Strategy on implementing the mission

Attached to the SER you can find the strategy for quality assurance of UPZ. Quality assurance strategy is the first strategic development document at the UPZ, which defines basic priorities of thehigher education in the field of quality assurance and the way of its realization. This paper work denotes relevant and permanent nature of the University which in meanwhile, depending on the possible needs and reasons, which can be periodically reviewedand changed, respectively added and it can serve as a compilation of action plans in the short, medium and long term in the field ofquality assurance.

The main goal of drafting this strategy is the achievement ofthe presented legal aims and the vision of further developmentof the higher education at the university and broad.

In order to achieve its long-term fundamental goals theUniversity commits itself on the following:  Progress of the comprehensive higher education qualityat the university and its programmes.  Enhancement of the study efficiency.  Improvement of the quality in study programs, teachingand learning and working conditions.  Improvement of the scientific-research and pedagogicwork of the academic staff at the university.  Increase of the contribution, academic life of theUniversity and the contribution that is to be provided tothe local and Kosovar community in general.

For more details of the quality assurance strategy please refere to the document attached on CD.

3.3 Relation of the institution’s/ unit’s mission with the overall mission of the institution

Guideline of development for our university is our QA strategy which is presented to all units and the same are obliged to harmonize their daily work on it. 3.4.1 How does the institution/ unit monitor the changes developed in other institutions/ units in the country and abroad.

The public higher education institutions of Kosovo, including University of Prizren (UPz), are legally supported by the Ministry of Education, Science and Technology of Kosovo (MESTK), to sustainably conduct, develop, shape and evaluate the reforms based on the following principles: effectiveness and efficiency; the role of management, academic and administrative staff; participation of students in the governing bodies; student support; promotion of academic and student mobility; creation of opportunities for staff development; cooperation with relevant stakeholders; guaranteeing transparency, freedom of study and scientific and artistic research, respecting inclusive education; compliance and comparability of the study programs with the European standards and guidelines; institutional social responsibility.

- 11 -

3.4.2 How does the institution/ unit change aiming at improvement

UPZ sends academics and other staff on regular bases on trainings and conferences. Staff is able to see and learn from others about the new trends and experiences and bring knowledge and implement at UPZ. One of the conference is Quality assurance forum, where we regularly follow and try to bring best practices back at university. 3.4.3. How does the institution/ unit adapt to new requirements

UPZ is still a program of MEST. All of the decision made by MEST are automaticallyimplemented at UPZ. As known MEST and all state HEI follow European Union Guidelinesregarding higher education. UPZ also clearly stated in its Quality Assurance Strategy that as base for further development of the institution will be the following documents:

1. Bologna Declaration; 2. “Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area”, European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education (ENQA) 3. Lisbon Convention; 4. Kosovo Law on Higher Education; 5. Kosovo Accreditation Agency guidelines.

Many of the reforms in education cost. It is sometimes hard to follow trends. Fortunately we beneficiary of many TEMPUS projects and were able to improve many things that could be difficult to fulfill with our possibilities. More than 1000 new titles are bought as part of a TEMPUS project on Increasing Quality Assurance at UPZ. IT labs, Conference rooms, training of staff abroad. 3.4.4 How does the institution/ unit draft its strategic plan in order to achieve its mission?

As already mentioned UPZ follows its Quality Assurance strategy in its reformation and development. All of the priorities forseen in the strategy are also planned to be fulfilled in particular time. Below you may find the strategic plan for implementation of the Quality Assurance Strategy.

principles Activities Timing Responsible body Measure instrument

1.1Effectiveness Student enrollment Continuously Management of Statistics and Efficiency UPZ Infrastructure Continuously Office for Budget for infrastructure infrastructure Student Profile Number of (creativity, innovation, employed motivation) graduates Digitalization Continuously Office for IT Performance infrastructure and IT department

- 12 -

Stafi akademik Development and Continuous Academic staff Adequate enhancement of the and university assessment educational process facilities instruments Research Continuous Center for Statistical data Scientific Research Participation and Continuous academic Unit Statistical data presentation of QHSH publications in local and Office for international conferences International Relations administrative Implements the policies Continuous Office of general Assessment tool staff and decisions of the secretary for administrative University staff Trainings Based on Office of general Assessment tool needs secretary for training and performance

Student The election of the In accordance Election election result participation leadership of the student with the Commission in guvermant parliament. statute of bodies UPZ Organization of various continuously Student Statistical data educational activities and Parliament scientific Student The creation of adequate continuously UPZ Structures Questionnaires, support conditions for study surveys, complaints box Promoting Activities by 1.5 points continuously UPZ Statistical data mobility for Strategy Management, academic staff International and students Relations Office, Parliament QHSH and students Ensuring Issuance of regulations as needed Senate Assessments from transparency, various interest freedom of groups scientific research and study and artistic Consistency Placement, alignment and continuously UPZ SER and EER and implementation of comparability European standards of of study higher education programs with European guidelines and standards.

3.4.5 Does the institution/ unit has mechanisms for quality assurance? UPZ has its Vice rector for quality assurance and coordinator for quality assurance. Both of bodies are responsible to harmonize their daily work on QA strategy (find attached) and follow the dynamic plan of implementation of priorities comming out from the quality assurance strategy. Responsibilities of QA coordinator:

 Raising awareness activities within the institution with regard to Quality Assurance (QA) importance.  Coordinates with other staff members of the institution development of a QA Strategy for the UPPz.  Develops other necessary documents/guidelines on QA as it will be necessary based on the previous developed Strategy for the internal and external QA system and based on the needs of the UPPz.  Actively contributes in the institution on performing QA related activities: o Compiles internal self-evaluation reports;

- 13 - o Collects/develops necessary documents as required by the Kosovo Accreditation Agency. o Supports overall accreditation process of the UPPz.

- 14 -

4. Organization, Management and Planning

Organization and management of the UPZ is based on Statute of UPZ article 15, approved in the Parliament of the Republic of Kosovo. 1. Name of the institution: University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” 2. Organization Chart of UPZ

- 15 -

- 16 -

3.2 1. The main governing authorities of the University are Board, Rector and Senate. • All university governing authorities operate the on the principle of majority voting,

unless specified otherwise in this Statute.

• The mandate of all government officials and ruling authorities

members shall commence on October 1, unless otherwise provided in this Statute

Statute. (For more details please refer to the statute atached to the report on electronic form on cd, article 17-47) 3.3 Participation of the student representatives in different bodies of UPZ is also regulated by the statute of UPZ, article 79. • Student Council shall discuss and decide on all matters regarding the rights and responsibilities of students in college. • The Student Council conducts its own interests related to the performance the learning process, through their representatives on the council of the faculty. • Members of the faculty council students participate in proposal the candidates for the dean. • Students have the right to establish student organizations which student interest will be represented within the university with the following bodies: • Parliament students at university level; • The students at academic unit. • Student Parliament is the highest authority of students’ representatives. 3.4.1. All academic staff shall be appointed by the Rector according Senate decision based on the proposal of the council of respective academic units. 2. If the proposal is rejected, he returns to council review to the academic units. 3. If the council of the academic unit upon reconsideration bring the same proposal, the Senate takes a final decision. 4. Procedures for appointment will be made in a transparent manner with public advertisement for the vacancy. 2.5 Academic Staff can be appointed in these titles: 1.1. Academic Teaching; 1.2. Scientific research; 1.3. Artistic. 2. The academic staff consists of: 2.1. Full professors; 2.2. Associate professors; 2.3. Assistant professors; 2.4. Assistant University; 2.5. Lecturers . 3. Official abbreviations for academic staff are: 3.1. Full Professor - Professor dr .; 3.2. Associate Professor - Professor Assoc. dr .; 3.3. Assistant Professor - Professor ass. dr .; 3.4. Assistant University - Asst. For more details regarding this titles please refer to the article 171-179 of the Statute of UPZ.

5. STUDY PROGRAMS

5.1.1 Regulations for development, reviewing and approval of new curriculums Ideas for new study programs may come from any stakeholder including rector, deans of faculties, students. The idea is presented in Senate which decides if the study programs fulfills criteria for further development and is the program in harmony within the university and state policy. Some of the conditions that have to be taken into consideration before applying for new study program are: Study of the labor market, State policy, lack of professionals in particular field. 5.1.2 Regulatyions on student evaluations There are three regular and two extraordinary examination terms. Exterminations are organized by respective faculties and professors are obliged to present the syllabus at the beginning of the semester which also contains the procedure of evaluation of the students. It is up to professor to decide about the criteria.  Exams serve as a regular form of knowledge assessment.  Examinations can be organized separately for each subject or combined for more subjects in accordance with the study program (examination committee).  Exams are public and are held in the following ways:  In writing;  Oral;  Written and oral;  Practice.  Combined oral exams and written made will be hold within seven days.  Examinations by an examiner or by committee exams.  Examinations can be held by an examination commission if:  The student has complained in writing;  Is assigned to the program of studies.  The procedure of examination is set in the program study.  The method of determining the knowledge and the exam will determined by the curriculum of the subject - the syllabus.  Exams for bachelor and master held during the term of  exams.  Examination schedule include the winter term (January), spring  (June) and autumn (September). The exact period for each term is  determine the general calendar of studies, which is the adopted by the Senate and open to the public. Details about the date of start and end of each period are determined by  councils of academic units.  The schedule of examinations, which included daily schedules, published at the beginning of the academic year.  The schedule of examinations will be determined in such a way that the student  will not have no more than one exam per day.  The schedule of exams, after being announced, are binding as to

 the examiner and the student.

5.1.3 Regulation for BA and MA thesis is attached to this report.  Thesis for bachelor and Master Degree  Bachelor's programs end up with thesisfor bachelor or by commission examination in accordance with programstheir studies.  The Bachelor thesis work individually by the studentproving that the theoretical skills achieved during the course of study cansuccessfully used for solving practical problems in fields specific scientific.  The Bachelor thesis can be jointly elaborated by twoor three students (research group) and there must be clearly markedcontribution of each candidate.  The request for elaboration of a Bachelor of twoor three students decided by the council of the academic unit.  Procedure for application, elaboration, defence and evaluation of operating the  Thesis bachelor determined the council of the academic units.

 Master study programs end with thesisMaster, in accordance with study programs.  Master thesis work individually by the student,  proved that the theoretical skills achieved during the course of study can be  successfully applied to solving complex research  specific scientific fields.  Masters theses elaborated by two or three students  (research group), and it must be clearly marked contribution of each  candidate.  Application to elaborate master thesis by two or  three students decided by the council of the academic unit.  Procedure for application, elaboration, defense and grading of paper  Masters degree determined by the council of the academic unit.

5.2 Business Administration

The name of the study program Business Administration

Qualification level by KCF (BA, MA, PhD, BA doctoral program, university degree, certificate or professional diploma) The academic degree and the title of diploma Bachelor of Science in Business Administration - BSc in full and short form The Field of the study according to Erasmus Subject 04 Aresa Codes (ESAC) Profile of the academic program Business Administration Minimum duration of the study 3 years (6 semesters) The Form of the study (regular, without Regular 250 + 50 part-time breaks from work, distance study, etc.) Number of ECTS 180 ECTS or 60 ECTS/Year Modules/Subjects (Short overview) 1. Business Mathematics 2. Financial Accounting I 3. Microeconomy 4. Entrepreneurship 5. Marketing Basics 6. Business English I 7. Financial Accounting II 8. Macroeconomy 9. Statistics 10. International Business 11. Management Basics 12. Business English II 13. Academic Writing 14. Corporate Finance 15. E-Marketing 16. Business Decisions Making 17. Business Information System 18. Organization of Enterprises 19. Business Communication 20. German Language 21. Human Resources Management 22. Market Research 23. Negotiating Skills-Leadership 24. Management of Changes

25. Project Management 26. Ethics in Business 27. Turkish Language 28. Audit 29. Supply Chain Management 30. Financial Reporting 31. Business Hotel Management 32. Quality Management 33. Accounting Information System 34. Business English III 35. Management Accounting 36. Financial Analysis 37. Corporate Governance 38. Professional Practice 39. Thesis

Number of study places Regular 250 + 50 Part Time = 300 Leadership/ study program leader Prof. Ass. Dr. Behxhet Brajshori

Permanent academic staff Eleven (11) Assistant Professors and Four (4) Assistants (scientific/artistic) (Number by category of staff) Study Fees 25 euro per semester

5.2.2. Rationale of the study program for the labor market The Faculty of Economics of the University “Ukshin Hoti” in Prizren offers two programes of bachelor studies: “Business Administration” and “International Management”. The development of these programs is closely related to the needs of the labor market and business development not only in the city of Prizren but also in the region. The numbers of students who are completing the secondory schools from this region have the real opportunity to select one of these graduate study programs.

Considering the historical demand for enrollment in these programs, which has been constantly increasing, there is a clear reason for developing these programs at the Bachelor level of studies at the Faculty of Economics at University “Ukshin Hoti” in Prizren. Since 2013/2014 we have offered master studies in “Cultural Heritage and Tourism Management”. This program was

21 developed in the framework of the TEMPUS project and in cooperation with ten partner international universities.

In the academic year 2014/2015, the organization of studies at the master level has started in the Master in Business Administration program and in 2015/2016 we have started “Accounting and auditing”. Consequently, these programs are enrolled mainly by students who complete basic studies in “Business Administration” and “International Management” programs at the Faculty of Economics at Prizren University “Ukshin Hoti”. This fact is another reason for implementation of these study programs at Bachelor level.

5.2.3. International Comparison of the program The Businnes Administration Program is comparable to the program of similar studies that are organized at the University of Vienna (The Universitat Wien-Guidelines for the Bachelor’s Degree Program in Business Administration and the Guidelines for the Bachelor’s Degree Program in International Business Administration) and the University of Kent of Great Britain.

5.2.4. The target group of the program The Busines Administration Program is dedicated to all those who have completed secondary education and have successfuly passed state Matura.

5.2.5. The orientation of the study program according to the governing principles of the institution (mission) The mission of BAB Program is to prepare students with practical management skills in the context of global enterprises by achieving sufficient intellectual skills and capacities for productive leadership career in the economic system of free markets and private enterprises, based on the spirit of competitive entrepreneurship. The University of “Ukshin Hoti” in Prizren serves the Prizren region and the country with recruiting, developing and educating students to be able to get involved in the labor market in Kosovo and beyond. The university aims to develop students’ competency skills through the programs in order to be equal and prepared with the knowledge and skills for their practical implementation.

5.2.6. The purpose of the study program (short description of the program) The Bachelor Program in Business Administration is carefully designed interdisciplinary program for students who are interested in the field of business administration. This study program aims to achieve and advance the knowledge and practical skills of students in business competition and

22 business management not only in the internal market but also in international market. Such a level of knowledge is guaranteed by the Curricula of this program, which includes subjects from the field of Enterpreneurship development, then Modern Business Management, Marketing, Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, Corporate Finance, Accounting, International Business etc., (see curricula of the programs).

The other purpose of this program is for students to develop creative, innovative and communicative thinking skills in solving business and decision-making problems based on the use of extensive analytical, research and practical literature.

The “Business Administration” study program is a three year program of studies and includes 6 semesters with a total of 180 ECTS. The aim of the program is to reach a qualified level of basic knowledge in the field of Business Administration. This program enables students to recognize the complexity of local and international business organizations, the interdependent business-to- business relationships and the local and international legislation on which they develop business as well as the difficulties in business administration. This program will provide students with sufficient knowledge of contemporary business management in a competitive business environment. By studying this program, students will be able to fully study the following subject principles: Business Mathematics, Basics of Management, Basics of Accounting, Financial Accounting, Corporate Finance, Marketing Basics, E-Marketing, Entrepreneurship, Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, Business Communication, Corporate Governance and Statistics and Decision Making Business, etc.

One of the main goals of this program is to provide students with a practical experience to prepare them for access to various positions, including management positions in the various local and international business sectors. This biography of practical work will be implemented by practical programs conceived in co-operation with local and international business entities.

We have already established a program of professional practice with Raffeisen Bank Kosovo and the Economic Bank of Kosovo where our students conduct the internship in one to three month duration. We also have a written agreement with the Kosovo Business Alliance through which we arrange all third-year students in businesses, financial institutions, municipal assemblies and public enterprises for the duration of 60 hours.

The Faculty of Economics has signed cooperation agreements with the Chamber of Commerce and Industry of Edirne-Turkey, where students of the third year (priority will be those who know the Turkish language) will be able to perform the practical part every year.

The objectives of the qualification program are:

 The program will enable students to embrace theoretical and practical knowledge of business organizations.  Through the study program, students will be able to manage different business.  Students will be able to develop the accessibility and flexibility of access and the ability to initiate and respond positively and appropriately to changes.  This program will prepare students for career in business or business related fields and develop their skills to contribute to society.  The program will enhance the student’s lifelong learning skills, communication skills and personal development.  Students will be able to approach the problem solving which they may face in the business competition.  In the field of the program, students will benefit social and intercultural competences.  Considering that all business solutions are successful only when received by people, managers should be able to coordinate the needs of different shareholders.  The ethical aspect is also important and students will be able to perceive ethical positions, make their arguments in accordance with ethical norms and be always accessible to them.

Since English is dominating in many areas of the conomy, the English Language course described in this study program tends to advance students’ knowledge of English language. German language courses are also offered to students in order to advance language skills as a prerequisite for being successful in the market under the global market conditions. Signing the agreement with the Edirne Chamber of Commerce and Industry, the Turkish language involved in this program enables students to communicate more easily and to better understand the business environment and corporate functioning of Turkey where they will perform the practical part in these companies.

The study visits have also been planned for students, where they will have opportunity to closely monitor the flows of management, governance, finances, etc. in international and local

24 corporations. Agreements have been signed with the Turkish Chamber of Commerce, as well as with Business Assosiations of the Western Countries and the Kosovo Economic Chamber.

5.2.7. Expected Learning Outcomes After finishing the studies in the Business Administration program, students will be prepared for:

 Entering the internal and external labor market;  Operating in a competitive business environment;  Analyzing and solving problems, and making decisions;  Applying their knowledge in practice through various forms of communication and reporting;  Managing time effectively and independently;  Managing business independently and responsibly.

5.2.8. Theory/Practice Report Throughout the study period, the practical part will reach about 65 % of theoretical part of learning in the classroom. Meanwhile, in the last semester of the third year of studies, students will also develop equivalent professional practice with 4 ECTS.

5.2.9. Calculation of ECTS The Business Administration Program is in full compliance with the new European higher Education guidelines as specified in the Bologna agreement. In the business administration program, the studies last for 3 years, or 6 semesters each one having 30 ECTS, which means that the studies end after collecting 180 ECTS. The amount of engagement hours for an ECTS is 25 hours of study (1 ECTS=25 hours).

 1 ECTS = 25 hours of engagement  1 semester = 30 ECTS  1 year = 60 ECTSx25 hours=1.500 hours engagement  3 years=180 ECTSx25 hours=4.500 hours engagement.

5.2.10. Internship The University of Prizren has a signed agreement with the Kosovo Business Alliance for internships in public companies, private companies, financial institutions, banks and other

25 companies. There is also a signed agreement with the Chamber of Commerce and Industry of Edirne-Turkey for internship.

5.2.12. Registration and admission conditions The criteria for student registration are foreseen by the Law on Higher Education in Kosovo, with the Statute of the University of Prizren and are placed in the public competition for admission of students. Determining the quota for admission of students is made by the Senate of the University of Prizren that currently is 250 regular students and 50 part-time students.

5.2.13. Planning Program Semester 1 Teaching Teacher No. O/E Subject Hours/Week ECTS L E 1 O Business Mathematics 2 2 6 Fevzi Berisha 2 O Financial Accounting – I 2 2 6 Bekim Berisha 3 O Microeconomy 2 2 5 Florije Govori 4 O Enteprenership 3 2 5 Behxhet Brajshori 5 O Marketing Basics 2 2 4 Hysni Terziu 6 O Business English – I 2 1 4 Kadri Krasniqi

Semester 2 Teaching Teacher No. O/E Subject Hours/Week ECTS L E 1 O Financial Accounting – II 2 2 6 Bekim Berisha 2 O Macroeconomy 2 2 5 Gani Gjini 3 O Statistics 2 2 5 Artan Nimani 4 O International Business 2 1 5 Halil Kukaj 5 O Management Basics 2 2 5 Behxhet Brajshori 6.1. E Business English - II 2 1 4 Jusuf Mustafaj 6.2. E Academic Writing 2 1 4 Flamur Shala 30

Semester 3

Teaching Teacher No. O/E Subject hours/week ECTS L E 1 O Corporate Finance 3 1 6 Halil Kukaj 2 O E- Marketing 2 2 5 Hysni Terziu 3 O Business Decision Making 2 1 5 Ylvije Kraja 4 O Business Informatics 2 2 5 Naim Baftiu 5 O Organization of Enterprise 2 2 5 Hamdi Hoti 6.1. E Business Communication 2 1 4 Kadri Kryeziu 6.2. E German Language 2 1 4 Sadete Pllana

Σ 30

Semester 4 Teaching ECTS Teacher No. O/E Subject hours/week L E 1 O Human Resources Management 2 2 6 Hamdi Hoti 2 O Market Research 2 2 5 Rifat Hoxha 3 O Negotiating Skills - Leadership 2 1 5 Drita Krasniqi 4 O Management of Changes 2 1 5 Hamdi Hoti 5 O Project Management 2 2 5 Nerimane Bajraktari 6.1. E Ethics in Business 2 1 4 Nusret Pllana 6.2. E Turkish Language 2 1 4 Hysnie Koro Σ 30

Semester 5 Teaching Teacher No. O/E Subject hours/week ECTS L E 1 O Audit 3 1 6 Bekim Berisha 2 O Supply Chain Management 2 1 5 Ibrahim Krasniqi 3 O Financial Reporting 2 2 5 Rifat Hoxha 4 O Business Hotel Management 2 1 5 Bedri Millaku 5 O Quality Management 2 1 5 Isuf Lushi 6.1. E Accounting Information System 2 1 4 Halit Shabani 6.2. E Business English – III 2 1 4 Amantina Pervizaj Σ 30

Semester 6 Teaching Teacher Nr. O/Z Subject hours/week ECTS L E 1 O Management Accounting 2 2 6 Bekim Berisha 2 O Financial Analysis 2 1 5 Florije Govori 3 O Corporate Governance 2 1 5 Hamdi Hoti 4 O Internship/Proffesional Practice 1 0 4 Drita Krasniqi 5 O 10 Paper Thesis 6 O Σ 30

*Explanation: This program proposal has undergone changes from the existing program to the following: The "Accounting" and "Agribusiness" profile that were developed in the third year of studies are now not included in this proposal of the "Business Administration" because the Agribusiness profile has been implemented in the framework of the Faculty of Life and Environmental Sciences within the University "Ukshin Hoti", Prizren, while the subjects from the Accounting and Auditing section are largely included in this program proposal for reaccreditation.

Description of Modules/Subjects Module / Subject

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS Short content

At the end of this course students will be able to use and to understand Mathematical notions with the aim to use this knowledge as an aide in other subjects which use mathematical apparatus. In more details, students will know the concept of matrix and their determinants, to know the properties of determinants which are used in solving of the system of equations. Solve systems of equations in a different manner. To create sequences given their general formula and how to apply arithmetic and geometric sequences in solving various problems. To graphs of elementary functions. To apply the limit of the function in order to determine the continuity of the function. The Elements of Financial Mathematics; Measuring simple interest; Computation of compound interest; Deposits and rent; Loans; Amortization Plan. Expected learning goals and outcomes

The purpose of Business Mathematics is to enable students to achieve knowledge from math needed for applying to scienceof the economy. The student will be able to use and understand the notions of high mathematics so that that knowledge can help them as a support device in the subjects in which the mathematical apparatus is necessary.

Forms of teaching and learning lessons Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions, assignments, etc.

Assessment methods and passing criteria:

Students' assessment will be based on their attendance and engagement, written assignments, successes in the intermediate tests as well as in the final exam. The eligibility criteria are based on the decision of the faculty council presented in the SER.

Means of concretization /IT White Board, marker and IT equipment.

The relationship between theoretical and practical part of the study The relationship is 2:2

Literature: Ajet Ahmeti (2012), “Matematika për ekonomistë”, Prishtinë 2012

Module / Subject

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - I

Content

The course is designed to address the importance of accounting information for decision makers, enabling students to use double entry bookkeeping to register financial transactions; General Accepted Accounting Principles; Financial statements and their components; The process of recognizing revenues and expenditures; The accrual basis of accounting; Prepayments and deferred income, and other issues related to financial accounting. Aim and the expected outcomes of the student

This course is oriented to the needs of students who have the main field accounting. The course provides students with basic accounting knowledge for service, trading and manufacturing companies. The aim is that the students to develop skills to be able to record general accounting transactions, understand and interpret the underlying financial statements and use accounting information to help make better business decisions.

Forms of teaching and acquisition: Lecturers,exercises,interactive approach, consultations, seminar paper work etc.

Evaluation methods and criteria of passing

Student evaluation will be based on attendance and commitment to their written work, success in Colloquia and final exam. Retention criteria are based on the decision of the faculty council presented above in the SER.

Concretization tools / IT Table, marker and IT equipment. The ratio between the theoretical and practical study The report is 2:2

Literature:

1. Asllanaj, Rr., Kontabilitetifinanciar, 2010, ISBN 978-9951-00-117-5 2. Monger, R., Financial Accounting, A global Approach, 2010. 1th Edition, ISBN 9780470518403 3. Authorized lectures prepared by Prof. Ass. Dr. Bekim Berisha.

Module / Course

MICROECONOMY Short content

This is a subject that relates the behavior of economic agents in society and making decisions in the conditions of insufficient economic resources. It includes: market analysis through supply and demand curves, consumer behavior, rational choice and customer preferences, and price theory at firm and market level, principles of cost-benefit analysis in decision-making. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The purpose of this course is to teach students the basic concepts of microeconomics, the theory of market structure and price formation, the theory of consumer behavior and rational choice, profits and costs, the effect of a tax on purchasing and selling decisions on goods and services. The course enables students to develop economic intuition and skills in using technical tools for detailed analysis of real problems.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing: Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2 Literature: Ahmet Mançellari, Sulo Haderi, Dhori Kule,Stefan Qirici: Hyrje ne ekonomi, Pegi, Tiranë, 2007 Hal R.Varian: “Mikroekonomia”, Onufri, Tiranё, 2000 Robert H. Frank: Microeconomics and Behaviour, McGraw-Hill, Inc 2014

Modul/ Subject

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Short Description

The ccourse aims to conceptually present the complexity of development and growth of a new business, including the assessmeent of the advantages or strengths and weaknesses, opportunities and threats that surround the business environment. The course provides basic knowledge on theoritical and practical issues in the field of entrepreneurship and small enterprises, testing ideas, innovation, assessing opportunities, buyers, business plans, market, E—market and lounching joint investments. Aim and learning Outcomes:

Students will develop their skills needed for a successful entrepreneur. They will analyze the specific aspects they will face while developing entrepreneurship and acquire the necessary skills in efficient resourrce management. The metodology for the realization of course topics: Lectures, interactive discussions, seminars, papers ,ect. Evaluation methods and criteria:

Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER). Conditions for realization of lecture topics Basic literature, the usage of TL equipments. Teoretical and practical share: The ratio is 3:2 Literatura: 1.Dr. Emeric Solomossy, Dr Safet Merovci, “ Entrepreneurship”, University of Prishtina, Faculty of Economics, 2008, Prishtina. 2.Dr.Djuro Horvat, Zeljko Tinter, “ Entrepreneurship, University Koleg” Victoria” ,2008 ,Prishtina 3.DANDA,MEST”Entrepreneurship”, 2011, Prishtina.

Module/Course

MARKETING BASICS Short content

The course content is expected to affect the level of knowledge, skills and attitudes of students: Marketing Concepts and Definitions, Marketing Study Objectives, Principles and Other Marketing Principles. The process, activities, tasks and marketing actions. Plan marketing research and application of research results. Macro-environmental impact and factors affecting consumer behavior, mix marketing tools. Etc. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The purpose of the course program is to gain the knowledge and skills for the management and economic development, the treatment and the object of the marketing study in general. The purpose of the course Essentials of Marketing is to prevail the methodology for preparing entrepreneurial programs in economics as well as management skills for marketing leadership in general. The results of this course are for students to gain some knowledge of marketing and to get acquainted with the theoretical and practical formatting of forms, different methods of applying marketing plans and implementing projects that derive from their direct business in marketing area, gain knowledge of the practical implementation of all models and the development of relevant strategies.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

Prof. Bardhyl Ceku, As.prof.dr. Ilia Kristo, Dr.Arjan Abazi and Dr. Artan Duka; Introduction to Marketing 1998 Tirana. Prof. Ali Jakupi "Marketing Basics", Prishtina, 2000. University of Prishtina Faculty of Economics. Prof. Bardhyl Ceku, and Prof.Dr.Nail Reshidi "Marketing" University of Prishtina, 2006 Economic Faculty. Philip Kotler and Keven Keler: Μaarketig Μanagment, 2012 Prof.Dr. Nexhmi Rexha, "Marketing" Prishtina 1982 University of Prishtina Faculty of Economics. Prof.Ass.Dr. Liliana Elmazi "Marketing Strategy" Tirana 2002 University of Tirana. Module / Course

BUSINESS ENGLISH I Short content

The 'Market leader' method is a business course in English aimed to business people and especially business/economic students. It contains 12 units based on topics of great interest to students involved in international business. The course reflects the latest trends in the business world and will help students develop basic communication skills in business, such as presentations, participation in meetings, conversations, phone calls, and the use of English in various social circumstances. It will also help students to develop listening skills such as; listening to information and receiving notes. Above all, this course will capture the communicative skills of students you need to be successful in business and at the same time increase their knowledge of the business world. Students who study this course will have greater fluency and confidence in the use of business language and will increase their career prospects. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Assessment methods and criteria of passing: Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature: 1. David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent. (2007). Market Leader-Business English, Student’s Book. Longman: England (obligative) Pre-Intermediate 2. John Rogers. (2007). Market Leader-Business English, Practice File. Longman: England (obligative) Pre-Intermediate 3. Dictionary: Pauli Qesku. Fjalori Anglisht – Shqip 4. Dictionary: Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary

Name of the subject:

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING- II

Content

The course is designed to address the importance of accounting information for decision makers, to enable students to apply the general accounting principles; compilation of financial statements; depreciation of assets; inventories; cash flow statement; The framework of audit concepts; financial analysis, and other issues related to financial accounting. Aim and the expected outcomes of the student

This course is the second part of the course financial accounting. This subject discusses the theory and practice of compiling financial statements for external needs and external users. Namely, this course focuses on how financial statements reflect the company's economic events. We will be discussed Kosovo accounting standards for these events, their alternatives and their limitations. The purpose of this course is for students to gain considerable knowledge and to be able to compile the financial statements of businesses.

Forms of teaching and acquisition Lecturers,exercises,interactive approach, consultations, seminar paper work etc.

Evaluation methods and criteria of passing Student evaluation will be based on attendance and commitment to their written work, success in Colloquia and final exam. Retention criteria are based on the decision of the faculty council presented above in the SER.

Concretization tools / IT Table, markers and IT equipements. The ratio between the theoretical and practical study The report is 2:2 Literature 1. Asllanaj, Rr., Kontabiliteti financiar, 2010, ISBN 978-9951-00-117-5 2. Monger, R., Financial Accounting, A global Approach, 2010. 1th Edition, ISBN 9780470518403 3. Authorized lectures prepared by Prof. Ass. Dr. Bekim Berisha.

Module / Course

MACROECONOMY Short content

This course examines exactly the economic side of social life, the behavior of economic agents in society and the economic conditions of their interaction. Its complexity corresponds to the complexity of social sciences, the behavior of individuals to social groups. So what is the burden that accompanies various forms of taxation? What are the effects of free trade with other countries? What is the best way to protect the environment? How does budget deficit affect the economy? Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The main purpose of this course is to students gain knowledge on problems economic mainstream of theories macroeconomics. In this context will put emphasis on economic and political behaviors that affect investment and consumption trade balance and payer determinants in changing wages and price policies monetary and fiscal money supply the state budget interest rates and national debt. Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio between theoretical and practical part is 2:2 Literature: 1.N. Gregory Mankië dhe Mark P.Taylor Ekonomiksi Makroekonomia UET Press, 2012 Tirane. 2. Rudiger Dormbush, Stanley Fischer . Makroekonomia, Botimi ndërkombëtar . 3. Ahmet Mançellari, Sulo Hadë ri, Dhori Kule Stefan Qiriçi . Hyrje në ekonomi “ Pegi” Tiranë . 4. Ligjeratat dhe materialet tjera .

Module / Subject

STATISTICS Short content

Statistics is the science of information that lets you discover patterns behind the data. Statistics as a science of data learning plays a vital role in every area of human activity, especially in economics. In economic research, statistics helps us to use different statistical techniques and methods for data collection, grouping and analyzing data, testing hypotheses and others. The relationship between demand and supply is a statistical study, imports and exports, inflation rate, income per capita are problems that require good knowledge of statistics. Trend and regression analysis also help to evaluate the current situation and make predictions, so the knowledge gained from this subject is important for both students and researchers, businessmen, governors, and so on. Expected learning goals and outcomes:

The purpose of the of Statistics is to enable students to gain the necessary knowledge on the role and importance of general and in particular economic statistics regarding the fundamental principles, methods and models of statistics and how to apply them during lectures and exercises in economic analysis. Forms of teaching and learning lessons

Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions, assignments, etc. Assessment methods and passing criteria:

White Board, marker and IT equipment

The relationship between theoretical and practical part of the study

The ratio between theoretical and practical part is 2:2

Literature:

Rahmije Mustafa - Topxhiu: HYRJE NË STATISTIKË, Prishtina, 2016

Module / Course

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS Short content

The whole material addressed in this module is divided into four parts. The first part handles issues relating to the meaning of some terms that relate to this field and the theories and politics of international business. The second part handles issues that are related to the rules and conditions under which business can be developed internationally, which determine national institutions and international economic institutions. In the third section, various types of international business operations and other actions needed to realize them (customs procedures) are treated. In the fourth section, financial materials regarding international trade, such as international trade financing, payment terms, warranties and payment instruments are handled. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The course "International Business" aims to provide students with theoretical and practical knowledge regarding the conditions under which develop international business activities as well as methods and procedures of international business development activities. After completing the course, students: - Will understand right contents of different notions in the field of international business, - Will have knowledge of the conditions under which develop international business activities, - Will have knowledge of the different types of international business operations, - Will be able and skilled to perform different operations to international business, - Will be able to foresee the risks which they are exposed in the implementation of business operations and implement adequate protective measures, - Will be competent in running operations International business to business entities.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature:  Halil Kukaj, Biznesi Ndërkombëtar, Universiteti “Ukshin Hoti” Prizren, Prizren, 2017.  Ilia Kristo, Biznesi Ndërkombëtar, PEGI, Tiranë, 2007  Hill, Charlls W.: “ International Business”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2007.  Daniels D. John, Radebaugh H. Lee and Daniel P. Sullivan: International Business – Environments and Operations, Pearson, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004.

Modul/ Subject

MANAGEMENT BASICS Short Description

The course aims to at elaborating the integrative management function and tools needed to implement managerial policies(knowledge, analysis and interpretation). Students will also gain knowledge on management intentions, knoledge on the methods and mechanism of implementation of the management goals as wel as the opportunities for their application. Since managers will be the main problem solving provider, this cours will be in the function of student knowledge to be able to become a successful manager in certain management areas. Aim and learning Outcomes

By the end of this course, students will gain knowledge from this area which they will apply in the exercise of their activity regarding the conduct of managerial activities in companies with extensive business scope and requiring contemporary managemet, efficient and decision –making. Which bring positive business results in competitive bisiness environments. The metodology for the realization of course topics: Lectures,interactive discussions, seminars, papers ,ect. Evaluation methods and criteria:

Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER). Conditions for realization of lecture topics Basic literature,the usage of TL equipments. Teoretical and practical share: The ratio is 2:1 Literatura: 1.Prof.Dr.Berim Ramosaj, Management-The Management Basis, University of Prishtina, 2010. 2.Robins/Decenzo,” Management Basis”, basic concepts and applications, 2011. 3.Prof Dr.Vasilika Kume” Marrja e vendimeve menaxherike/”Making managerial decisions” , Tirana,2008.

Module / Course

BUSINESS ENGLISH II Short content

The purpose of this course is to help students acquire the necessary knowledge of English in order to acquire and actively use the basic theoretical and practical knowledge of the elementary level of knowledge of English. To develop elementary student communication skills for understanding and interpreting in general, through dialogue, mutual communication and through open debate, especially for the elementary level of English language recognition. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Also students are enabled to acquire the necessary knowledge of elementary English communication, to be able to understand and express their thoughts in English as well as to create the necessary basis to advance their knowledge and to move to higher levels of learning and communication in English.

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature: - David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent.(2012). Market Leader-Business English, Student’s Book. Longman: England (obligative) - David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent.(2012). Market Leader-Business English, Workbook Book. Longman: England (obligative) - Mini – Dictionary, A modern English Dictionary, Fjalori : Anglisht – Shqip – Anglisht - Dictionary: Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary

Modul / Course

ACADEMIC WRITING Short description

Academic writing is one of the subjects that is closely related to other subjects of linguistics and it teaches text-writing techniques: topic selection, research methods, the general plan for thesis writing, text writing, and review as a necessary technique. It is about writing a text containing sentences and paragraphs with coherence between these parts, relating to the organization of the text. Aims and expected results

The aim of the course is: -To raise the level of language use and written communication -To develop the communication skills and transmit knowledge -To develop the ability of judging, comparing, analyzing, synthesizing, etc Students should: -Apply and differentiate writing techniques like: -Analysis/ Topic selection; Research/ Collecting material; Curriculum; Information grouping and categorization; Text review/ editing. -To have profound, complete, and accurate knowledge about the subject which will allow them to speak and write appropriately.

Teaching and learning methods: Interactive lectures, discussions, semiranrs, etc. Assessment methods and evaluation criteria Students’ assessment will be based on their attendance and engagement, written assignments, performance in class, and final exam. The eligibility criteria are based on the decision of falucty council presented in SER.

Means /IT Table, marker, and IT equipment The relationship between theoretical and practical knowledge The report between theoretical and practical part is 2:1

Literature: A basic and two aditional titles, not older than 10 years

Module / Course

CORPORATE FINCANCE Short content

The course "Corporate Finance" deals with different matters such as: - The functions of the manager who manages the corporate finances and the areas of decision-making, - Financial analysis, - Capital budgeting, - The cost of structure of capital, - The operative and financial leverage, - Dividend policy and the Working capital management.

Objectives and expected results of the lesson:

The subject "Corporate Financial Management" aims to provide students to be familiar with the concepts, roles, tasks and decision-making areas of corporate finance executives. After completing the course, the student will be able: - To get knowledge of the legal forms of organization of enterprises and the forms of corporate organization, - To know how to calculate the change of the value of money in time, - To know how to analyze and determine the financial situation in which the corporation is, - To have the ability and skills to evaluate investment projects and make appropriate investment decisions, - To choose the financial resources which can fund the corporation, - To make appropriate decisions regarding the distribution of net profit: for dividends and reinvestment, - To determine the average cost of capital, - To know how to better manage corporate net working capital etc.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions, seminar papers, etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).

Means of concretization / IT Table, marker and IT equipment

The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 3:1 Literature: • Gazmend Luboteni, Financat e Korporatave, FE, Prishtinë, 2014. • Isa Mustafa, Menaxhmenti financiar, RIINVEST, Prishtinë, 2007. Additional Literature: • Brealey, Richard, Myers, Markus, “Fundamentals of Corporate Finance”, McGraw-Hill, Boston, 2004. • Ross, Westerfield, Jordan, “Fundamentals of Corporate Finance”, McGraw-Hill, Boston, 2003.

Module/Course

E- MARKETING Short content

Course content is expected to affect the level of knowledge, skills and attitudes of students: Concepts and Definitions of E-Marketing (Electronic Marketing). E-marketing Study Objectives, Defining Internet Marketing. The need for internet marketing. Marketing on the Internet as a vital part of the integrated marketing strategy. Website, a platform for online marketing in the business-consumer sector. Creating relationships with consumers. Internet customer experience and the importance of creating a web. Web site marketing service and Web impact on consumer behavior, etc. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The purpose of the course program is to acquire the knowledge and skills for the management and economic development, the treatment and the subject of E-marketing study in general. The purpose of the E-Marketing course is to prevail the methodology for preparing entrepreneurial programs in the economy as well as managerial skills for direct marketing leadership. The results of this course are for students to gain specific knowledge of E-marketing and to get acquainted with the theoretical and practical formatting of forms, different methods of applying electronic marketing plans and implementation of business-related projects direct them in the field of E-marketing, to gain insight into the practical application of all models and the building of relevant strategies.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2 Literature: Standing, C. (2002). Methodologies for Developing Web Applications Information and Software Technology StrategjiaNdërsektorialepërShoqërinë e Informacionit Susan Sweeney, CA,CSP, HoF,101 Ways to Promote your website Sharma dheSheth, ”Electronic Services Quality” 2004 Shneiderman, 1998 Electronic services quality Teo and Pian, Internet Marketing, 2003 Tourism Concern ( 2003), Annual Reports and accounts Wolfinbarger&Gilly, 2003 Electronic service quality

Module/Course

BUSINESS DECISION MAKING Short content

In the first part of the subject will be given a general overview of decision making. In the second part will be introduced the two main forms of decision making. In the third part will be given the main concepts about the efective decion making. In the fourth part will be the techniques and criterias about decision making. During the classes we will have even different case study to share with students. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The purpose of the Business Decision Making is to deepen the student's knowledge in the process of making decisions. It also aims to provide important concepts on the decision-making process. Offering an effective decision-making process. Show how organizations develop and create patterns for making business decisions. Teaching methods and styles of making decision. To deepen the knowledge on the decision-making process of managers of different level. This course will improve, increase and theoretical and practical knowledge in business decision making. It will help students, in making decisions, in pursuing those alternatives that will provide satisfactory results. It will help students to understand the importance of the process of making managerial decisions. Enabling students to increase the quality of their decisions. This knowledge increases employment opportunities as independent or employed managers. Provide the necessary basis for continuing master's studies. Methodology of teaching

Literature:

Prof. Dr. Vasilika Kume, “Marrja e vendimeve menaxheriale”, Tiranë, 2002 Prof. Dr. Justina Pula Shiroka, “Menaxhmenti dhe Vendosja” Prishtinë, 2006

Module / Course

BUSNIESS INFORMATION SYSTEM Short content

The business information technology system facilitates us in some of the high-level business applications that are: - Administration system in final business accounts, invoices, warehouses, etc. - ticket reservations in the aviation system - banking and other insurance systems Modern business-based technologies have increased not only in the use of authorized means of collecting, transmitting and processing information, but also in profitable business profits as well as facilitating the exchange of data and the computer.

Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Lectures and exercises will be held in one semester and that is 2 hours of lectures and 2 hours of exercises (the number of hours is preferred to increase). This course is evaluated with 6 credits. Lectures will be held in groups of 30 to 40 students, and the exercises will be made in groups of 25 to 30 students. During the lectures students are activated with additional comments, questions and explanations. A maximum of 60 hours of formal contact time (lectures and labs) is needed. Likewise, project tasks will be performed according to the instructions of the professor and the assistant who will strengthen the student's practical and independent future work in studies or work. Consultations with the student will also be held according to the agreement. Students have the right to communicate via email with the professor and the assistant. Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

- Edmond Beqiri, Resurset e internetit me biznes elektronik, Prishtinë 2010, - Bashkim Ruseti, Kozeta Sevrani “Sisteme të Informacionit të Menaxhimit”,2008 - Ken Laudon, Jane Laudon “Management Information Systems”, 2009, - Zlejko Panian, “Poslovna Informatika” Zagreb,2005

Module / Course

ORGANIZATION OF ENTERPRISES Short content

The course aim to provide the main categories of analysis and design of the organizational structure of the company in order to develop an ability to analyze organizational contexts and determine operational needs and methods. Key methods for effective staff management and introduction of technological innovation in organizational processes will be discussed. Particular emphasis will be given to methods for promoting organizational change in public and private organizations.

Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The course aims to develop topics such as: selecting the most appropriate organizational structure, the accurate dimensions of resources within the structure, process management, standardization of physical flows and information, rules for resource co-ordination, load management and job constraints, performance monitoring (measurement, stimulation, and feedback), communication and reporting systems, continuous improvement processes. Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing: Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2:2 Literature: Cocozza A. (2014),Organizzazione. Culture, modelli, governance, Franco Angeli, Milano (tranne cap. 4 per 12CFU e capp. 4, 5 e 6 per 6CFU); Dafano F. (2014), Individuo e organizzazione: suggestioni e chiavi d’interpretazione, Aracne editrice, Roma; Dafano F. a cura di Petardi F. (2010-2014) - Lezioni di organizzazione aziendale - Dispensa di supporto alle lezioni (vedi Materiali didattici sulla bacheca on line).

55 dule / Course

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION Short content

This subject provides practical lessons related to the tools and knowledge required for traditional advertising. It focuses on the essential process of developing an advertising campaign:

- The model of brand development and positioning and the development of their identity. - Creating and evaluating marketing concepts. - Advertising planning and media issues. - Advertising control. - Managerial agencies. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

After completing this course, students should: - Understand how effective advertising is built and why we are confronted with adverts. - Identify the appropriate strategic, creative and executive advertising tools. Demonstrate the knowledge necessary for correct communication with customers and other business, institutional and public subordinates. Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing: Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2:1

Literature: Joseph R. Dominick. Dinamika e komunikimit masiv. Media në periudhën digjitale. 2010. UET, Tiranë Michael Bregendahl, Jan Madsen, Morten Haase. 2006. Market Communication. Systime. Danimarkë. Wells, Burnett dhe Moriarty. Advertising:Principles and Practices.6th Edition Pearson Education International. New Jersey.

Module / Course

GERMAN LANGUAGE I

Short content

This course is a training course designed for students of the first year of the Faculty of Economics. The course begins with the alphabet, vowels, diphthongs and the consonants of the German language, and the rules of pronunciation and spelling of the learned words. The rules of the definite and indefinite articles: der/ein, die/eine, das/einof the nouns of the German language will be explained, as well as the plural endings of nouns. The rules of the conjugation of regular and irregular verbs, separable verbs, and modal verbs in the present tense (Präsens), in the past tense (Präteritum), and in the perfect tense (Perfekt–with the verbs: haben and seinwill be taught. Adjectives, temporal prepositions, and the word formation from two or more nouns (Composition) will also be treated. Objectives and expected results of the leson

 Realization of conversational language;  Enrichment of the vocabulary of everyday life and economic terms;

 Using regular, irregular verbs, and modal verbs in speech and writing;  The correct use of definite and indefinite articles in Nominative and Accusative;  Writing short paragraphs;  Acquiring translation skills for the text (short sentences and texts).

Teaching and learning forms/methods

Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions,group work, etc.Contemporary methodology is applied in the teaching process. Various forms of modified lecture, independent work of students according to contemporary forms of cooperation (individual reflection orally and in writing, work in pairs, small group work, attentive reading and written assignment).

Assessment methods and criteria of passing:

Means of concretization / TI:

Course book, workbook, additional material, computer, projector, loudspeaker, whiteboard, marker

The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study: The ratio is: 2:1

Basic literature:  Menschen A 1.1, Deutsch als Fremdsprache, Kurs- und Arbeitsbuch, Hueber Verlag, Ismaning 2012.  Duden 4 (Grammatik des Deutschen), Duden 2005.  Helbig/Buscha: Deutsche Grammatik: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht, Langenscheidt 2008.  Dreyer/Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag. München 2010.  http://deutschtraining.org/course/deutschkurs-a1-online/

Module/Subject

HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

Short Content

Subject has to purpose to offer advance knowledge, to be able students for specific use of theory concept and methods from human resources management. Aims and excepted learning result (knowledge, skills and competencies)

Understanding that Human Resources Managing is process for ensuring of right people and on the right time. Students will understand basic elements of Human Resources Managing. Formsof teaching and learning

In two hours and one hour exercises per week it will elaborated learning material, and it will organize group discusion.It will present paper seminary, that will present and discuss together with students. Students encouraged following managing aspects and institution organizing, public and private companies and they take topics for discussion. Estimated methods and passing criteria

Hall equipped with computer/ Laptopand projector for presentation of materials,Table, marker. Report between theoric and practic part is 2:2 Literature  Manaxhimi i Burimeve Njerëzore, Dr. Shyqri LLACI,Dr. Zana KOLI, Tiranё  Paul Banfield-Rebecca Kay :Hyrje në Menaxhimin e Burimeve Njerezore, Përkthyer nga: Jonida Bregu, Botimi UET Press 2011 Tiranë;  Menaxhimi i Resurseve Humane, Enver KUTLLOVCI, Prishtinë, 2004

59 odule / Course

MARKET RESEARCH Short content

This course offers basic knowledge about scientific research and especially for marketing research. The topics that are discussed are: Understanding the role of marketing research, SIM and relationship with research disciplines, research marketing process, types of research and data types, qualitative research and quantification, data collection tools, samples, data collection, data analysis and compilation of research report. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The course objectives are for the student to prepare to understand the basics of marketing research and its relevance to decision-makers in the marketing management of firms. The student will understand the importance of Marketing Research in marketing management decision making as well as the rules and forms of realization of successful research.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

Fjalori i Gjuhës shqipe dhe Fjalor të tjerë të terminologjisë nga marketingu, biznesi dhe ekonomia. William G. Zikmund, Exploring Marketing Research, 8E. Thomson, South –ëestern, 2002. Gilbert A. Churchil, Basic Marketing Research, 4E. South-ëestern Thomson-Learning, 2001. Donald S. Tull and Del I. Hakins, Marketing Research. Fourth Edition, University of Oregon, Eugene., etj

Module / Course

NEGOTIATING SKILLS - LEADERSHIP Short content

The main object of the course is to familiarize students with : -Ways and contemporary forms of leadership, namely classic and creative management, and educate permaent manager. -Leadership-The sense of leadership and authority. -Leadership at a low level, leadership with vision and other new forms ofleadership -Issues open for Kosovan business management. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

At the end of learning the subject, students should be able to: - Students will develop the skills needed for a successful manager. - Gain knowledge on open issues on the management of Kosovo businesses. - The forms and methods of communication. - The creation of teams and their leadership and challenges for the teams. Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1

Literature:  Boriçi, Gjon “Pushteti dhe lidershipi”, Tiranë, Geer 2007  Prof.Dr. Berim Ramosaj “Bazat e menaxhimit” Prishtinë, 2007  Prof.Dr. Berim Ramosaj “Managment-Menaxhmenti Kreativ & lidershipi” Prishtinë, 2006  Prof.Dr. Berim Ramosaj Teste dhe Raste studimore, 2007

Module / Course

MANAGEMENT OF CHANGES Short content

This course aims to develop the student concept of Managing Changes in Individuals, Teams, Organizations and Societies. Change management is a process for managing the human side of change. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The course aims to provide advanced knowledge, to enable students to use specific concepts, theories and methods of change management.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature:  CHANGE MANAGEMENT: Elsevier Butterworth- Heinemann Linacre House, Jordan Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP 30 Corporate Drive, Burlington, MA 01803 First published 2005;  Menaxhmenti i Ndryshimit, Ligjërata të autorizuara, dispense,Dr.Sc. Hamdi HOTI, Universiteti i Prizrenit 2014/2015;  Bazat e Menaxhimit, Koncepte dhe aplikime themelore: ROBBINS/ DeCENZO, Kap.7. Menaxhimi i ndryshimit, UET, Tiranë;  Metodologjia e punës shkencore kërkimore: Ali JAKUPI, dispense, Prishtinё.

Module/Course

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Short summary

The course course "Project Management" will help prepare qualified experts to design a business plan plan to be the most productive activity. Furthermore, this course is intended to help students togain knowledge of what the project plan is, detailed index of a detailed plan, content, current situations, objectives, management (firm data), customers, competition, risks, market analysis, SWOT analysis, prices and profitsales tactics, distribution, advertising & promotion, public relations, business relationships, manufacturing, financial design, examples and assignments. Expected goals and expected learning outcomes

To familiarize students with the basic notions and contemporary concepts of project operation. The material is intended for students to understand the essence of project design and how their operation is managed. Also, students will learn how to get support from investors and lenders for an independententerprise. Students, in consultation with the faculty, will prepare market analyzes, determine the organizational structure, specify operational objectives, and prepare projects for the first year of activity (with a concrete task). Students will learn the complex interconnection and scrutiny of all phases in which the project passes. This discipline includes the development of a project plan that contains clearly defined goals and objectives, describing the way they will be achieved, so it is an attemptcarefully planned and well organized for doing a job. Forms of teaching and learning lessons

Lectures, student presentations, discussions, seminars, research projects, group projects.

Assessment methods and passing criteria

Students' assessment will be based on their attendance and engagement, written assignments, successes in the colloquium as well as the final exam. The eligibility criteria are based on the decision of the faculty council set out above in the RVV. Means of concretization / IT Table, marker and IT equipment The relationship between theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2 Literature Dr .Elez Osmani,Dr.Bledar Striniqi,Dr.Dorjan Deltina:Drejtimi –Project Operations,-Project management,Shkoder 2006. Vllatko Mileta: Project management. Ekonomia dhe Ndërmarësia, DANIDA@MASHT, 2013, Prishtinë, Kosovë. Kalpakjian, Serope; Steven Schmid (August 2005). Manufacturing, Engineering & Technology. Prentice Hall, 22–36, 951–988. ISBN 0-1314-8965-8. Enterprise Project – Quality Management: Guide Lines to Quality in Project Management http//ansi.org

Module / Course

ETHICS IN BUSINESS Short content

Ethics and moral reasoning, Principles in business, Market and ethics, Ethics of consumer goods and advertising, Discrimination of work and ethical aspects of it, Ethics and Ethics, Ethics of Ethics, Ethics of Ethics, Ethics of Business Organizations, Ethical and Social Reporting and Auditing, Ethical and Social Issues, Ethical and Social Audits, Ethics Auditing Concept and Its Role in Assessing Ethical Management Programs. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The course aims at elaborating the ethics function in order to contribute to the recognition of norms, values, basic ethical standards and codes of ethical behavior during business and business activities by students. Moreover, the focus of this course is oriented to the social responsibilities that we as a society have or what we should have.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature

Sadushi S., E Drejta Administrative, Shtëpia Botuese Ora, Tiranë 2008 Richard A. Chapman, Etika në Shërbimin Publik për Mijëvjeçarin e Ri, Nju Jork, 2002 Pasha, Llaci, Skreli, Tanku, Çepani, Etika, ekonomia dhe biznesi, Instituti për kërkime dhe alternativazhvillimi, Tiranë 2003. - Dr.M. Baraliu-Trajtime Etike,

Module / Course

TURKISH LANGUAGE Short content

The course covers general language skills that will help students communicate effectively in a wide range of formal and informal situations to increase fluency and confidence in the use of Turkish Language in Professional Contexts and to enable participants to prioritize of their own language learning needs. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Topics to be developed during 15 weeks (one semester) are as follows: Facts & Figures; Where and when; Family & Friend; Breakfast & Breakfast; Movies - Television; Work & Study; News - Weather; Coming - Going; A Planet, a Place! Life & Style.

Teaching and learning forms/methods

Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature

Yabancılar için Türke 1 , Gazi Universıty, Ankara 2006

68 odule / Course

AUDIT Short content

Historical development of the audit profession; Documentation and audit evidence; Audit planning and creation of audit programs; Internal controls; Control tests; Sampling in auditing concepts and frames; Audit of financial statements elements; Audit Review and drafting of the audit report. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

This course includes a study of external financial audit topics mainly oriented in an audit of financial statements. The course focuses on concepts and auditing procedures applied to the audit of financial statements. Topics covered include professional ethics of accountants and consideration of other assurance services, such as public accounting profession and international standards of quality control.

Teaching and learning forms/methods

Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT

Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 3:1 Literature 1. Whittington and Pany, botimii 17’te, Basis of Auditing , 2010, 1the Edition. 2. T.J. Louwers, R.J. Ramsay, D. Sinason, J.R. Strawser, Auditing & Assurance Services, 2007, 3th Edition. 3. IEKA, Manualiipasqyravefinanciare, shërbimet e përsigurisëdheetikës, 2010 1the Edition. 4. Lectures authorized by Prof. Ass. Dr. Bekim

Module / Course

SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT Short content

This course focuses on managing and improving the supply chain processes and performance. Will be valid for students who want to pursue a career in consultations or take up a position in operations, marketing or finance at a manufacturing or distribution firm. We explore the tricycle supply chain, key trading in supply chain decisions, and effective and efficient core supply chain management tools, inventory planning and inventory control, order fulfillment and supply chain, coordination. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

At the end of the course, the student should be able to:  Distinguish the reorganization processes that are being developed within the economic systems in the light of the relationship between customers and suppliers at the front and at the end of management,  Be able to analyze the relationship between various links in the production, sale and distribution of goods.  Understanding logistical and marketing management Within business processes and also of supply chain management,  The student will be more equipped to handle and understand the business economy, marketing and international courses. Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing Students are evaluated through testing, whereas the final grade consists of four components:  Attendance and activity classes: 0 - 10 points  First colloquium: 0 – 45 points  Working seminar: 0 – 10 points  Second colloquium: 0 - 45 points Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2:1

Literature:  Prof. Ibrahim Krasniqi, Authorized Lectures, UPZ, 2017_18  P. ROMANO-P. DANESE, Supply Chain Management, McGraw-Hill, Milan, 2006.  M. CHRISTOPHER, Supply Chain Management, Create Value with Logistics, Pearson Italia, 2005.  D.J.BOWERSOX-D.J.CLOSS-M.B.COOPER, Supply Chain Logistics and Management Manual, New Techniques, Milan, 2011.  Recommended reading  F.DALLARI-G.MARCHET, Logistics Outsourcing in the Wide Consumption Industry, Ed. Sun 24 Hours, 2008.

Module / Subject

FINANCIAL REPORTING

Short content

This subject is the first part of the Financial Reporting case. This subject discusses the theory and practice of compiling financial reports for external (external) needs. Namely, this subject focuses on how the financial statements reflect the company's economic events. Expected learning outcomes (knowledge, skills and competences)

The course objectives are for students to gain considerable insight into the financial reporting as well as the importance of the financial statements analysis in making the decision about the company's future on the part of the management and other users of these statements. Forms of teaching and learning

Two hours of lectures and two hours of weekly exercises will cover the teaching material, and a group discussion will be organized. There will be seminars, which will then be presented and discussed jointly with the students. Assessment methods and passing criteria

Literature

RrustemAsllanaj “Financial Accounting” Prishtinë 2010 HalitXhafa, BeshirCiceri ”Financial Direction” Tiranë 2006

Prof.Dr. Skender Ahmeti, “Financial Accounting”, Prishtine ,Universiteti i Prishtinës Fakulteti Ekonomik. 2007 Intermediate Accounting, 12th ed. (Kieso, Weygandt, Warfield) – Albanian translated version.

Module / Course

BUSINESSES HOTEL MANAGEMENT Short content

This subject analyses hotel management and helps towards their understanding and recognition, it gives a wide description of planning and measuring the tourism needs on a macro and micro level. Students will develop necessary skills for managing hotel businesses. They will analyse specific aspects which they will come across during their career and will gain skills necessary for hotel businesses’ management. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The analysis, recognition and respect of clients will be related to the means of communication to them. The subject allows the future managers to use the overbooking and pricing techniques as well as the use of metric marketing methods. The definition of attractions and tourist areas, the planning of hotels according to the necessary elements of sustainable tourism will be developed in conjunction with a thorough analysis of the decision-making process regarding current and future developments.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature:

 RoyA.Cook.,LauraJ.Yale.,JosephJ.Marqua(2009)Tourism: The BusinessofTravel,Pearson  G.MichaelHall.(2009)TourismPlanning:Policies,Processesand Relationships,Pearson . Jean-Pierre Lozato-Giotart.,Michel Balfet (2009) Progettazione e gestione di sistemi turistici. Territorio, sistemi di produzione e strategie,FrancoAngeli  Leksione të përgatitura të Strategji Turizmi, nga Petrit Hasanaj

Module / Course:

QUALITY MANAGEMENT Short content

SOIL- General knowledge on soil, soil notions including physical and physical-mechanical, chemical and physical-chemical properties of soil and mineral nutrition elements etc. PLANT - the physiological bases of plant production, the transformation of energy and nutrients, and the ways of plant growth and development, irrigation system, growth and development of plants, etc. CLIMATE - The impact of climate factors on the growth and development of plants is addressed. This chapter explains in a separate way the influence of temperature, light humidity and CO2 in the growth of plant development. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The main objective of this course is to that the students will be provided with knowledge regarding of managing the agriculture products and the development of a basic understanding of the role of crops in agriculture to provide knowledge on plant production functions, climatic- conditions, yield, quality of production and sustainability. This management will contribute to alternative productions to decision makers and intermediaries. Provide necessary knowledge about market structures, production position and market prices, as well as processors: about the power of firms in the market and about deal-purchase agreements. Moreover, this course aims to help students understand the wide range of disciplines and opportunities that exist in the agrarian field and their contribution to mankind. Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize soil characteristics, morphological and physiological characteristics of the plant and climatic factors that affect the growth and development of agrarian products. - To define the basic understanding of the concepts and principles oof agrarian products; - Get to know what are the factors that influence decision-making in managing the main crop production, and how they affect those in cultivation. -The students will be able to recognize the key linkages of management technology and basic production of agri-product cultivation. Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments

The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature: Menaxhimi i Cilësisë, Venetike Nakuqi, Tiranë 2009, The Management and Control of Quality; James R. Evans, William M. Lindsay; Thomso- Southwestern, 6th Edition, 2005 Quality Management: Introduction to Total Quality Management for Production, Processing and Services, 5th edn, , Goetsch, DL & Davis, B 2006, Pearson Six Sigma For Managers, Greg Bruce, McGraw-Hill, 2002Sotiraq Dhamo “Kontabiliteti financiar”, Tranë Financial Accounting and Reporting, Barry Elliott and Jamie Elliott, 14th Edition, 2011

Module / Course

ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM Short content

The content of this course is based on the meaning of the management information system in general, then the orientation becomes more specific, namely in the student's ability to build an accounting information system where orientation is mainly done for system building, system control and decision- making based mainly in the built accounting system. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

After successful completion of the course, students will develop their skills and will be able to: -To gain knowledge of the business environment where the economic entity operates, -Application of strategic sustainability instruments and methods and environmental management, -Registration of transactions, posting in books and preparation of the confirmation balance sheet, -The ability to integrate knowledge gained in contexts and the ability to work in teams and in practical projects, -The importance of the accounting plan for the design of a sustainable accounting system.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments

The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature: Sistemi Informacionit Kontabël, Agim Binaj, 2012 Accounting Information Systems, Controls and Processes,Turner Weickgenannt, 2009

Module / Course

BUSINESS ENGLISH III Short content

The course content is specifically relevant English Language Program for business and economic development as well as Entrepreneurship. The chapters and the lexicon that make basic literature fall apart with regard to study areas and the average level of foreign language recognition by students of higher education.

Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Bringing learners up to date with the language they need for business today, this book explains words and expressions and also provides practice of using the new language. This second edition reflects recent developments in technology, global relations and financial practice and covers a wide range of topics from Finance to Culture at Work. It also helps learners develop skills in key areas including Presentations, Meetings and Negotiations. With vocabulary drawn from the Cambridge Business English Corpus – a collection of real English compiled from authentic sources including business magazines, professional journals and educational books – learners can be sure that the language they're learning is up-to-date, relevant and natural. This second edition comes with or without a new CD-ROM, which offers practice exercises and games, audio of each word or phrase, tests and a phonemic chart for pronunciation support.

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2:1 Literature: - Sistemi Informacionit Kontabël, Agim Binaj, 2012 - Accounting Information Systems, Controls and Processes,Turner Weickgenannt, 2009

Module / Course

MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING Short content

This course will give third-year Business Administration Accounting-Accounting basic knowledge on basic concepts on management accounting and strategies. It determines the role of the manager in the business of the enterprise, recognizes the importance of planning and the impact of macro and micro economic environments in setting business goals. This course will address issues such as planning, organization, motivation, and management accounting management, which will deepen further in the coming years based on international standards. Particular importance is given to the role of management in society and businesses whether they are profitable or not. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The logical understanding of the basic concepts of Management Accounting and its role in relation to the organization and society as a whole, the understanding of managerial functions and the relationship between them, the ability to associate theoretical concepts with different situations in managerial accounting in practice, consolidation of knowledge basis, in order to further develop them in other managerial subjects, generate a strategic perspective, manage the change process, create and develop groups in Accounting Management, Finding Information Resources, and Valuation of Real Situations as well as Development critical thinking, improving communication and verbal and written presentation.

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2 Literature: -Kontabiliteti I Menaxhmentit, Prof.Dr.sc. Skender Ahmeti,2008 -Dispenca, “Kontabiliteti i Menaxhimit”, 2012 Prof,Ass.Dr. Adem Zogjani -Prof. Dr. Flutra Kalemi, “Kontabiliteti i drejtimit”, Tiranë 2008. -“Cost Accounting and Managerial”– Homgren T.Charles, George Fostes, Srikant M. Datar.

Module / Course

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS Short content

This subject is a scientific discipline which is based on most of the operational economic trials for the achievement of the enterprise, their progress, medium and long term periods, as well as solvency and so on. This analysis enables a complex review of all phases over which the financial statements pass. This discipline includes the development of a financial statement that contains clearly defined goals and objectives, also describing how they will be achieved for that enterprise, ie a carefully planned and well- organized effort to carry out this analysis. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The course "Analysis of Financial Statements" course will help students to get acquainted with the basic notions and the contemporary concepts of financial statement operation. The material is intended for students to understand the essence of compiling a financial analysis analysis. During the development of lectures and exercises in this subject, students will be able to recognize complex reviews of all phases over which the process of compiling the financial statements passes.

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2:1 Literature: -Analiza financiare (leksione) prof.dr sc.Nerimane Bajraktari dhe Fatbardha Molla -Analiza e bilancit prof.dr.Palok Kolnikaj ,prof.as.dr.Hydajet Shehu -Teknikat e flukseve financiare prof.dr.Palok Kolnikaj,prof.as.dr.Hydajet Shehu

Module / Course

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Short content

This course is oriented for needed of student who will be recognized with corperative governance system, as an oriented case in global level. The course is design to ensure a deep insight in a way how corporate and companies are governed. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Understand Corperative Governance system that are formed in the past from economic forces, politics, social and culture. To identify conqesuences of reflection forces nowdays that impact in controlling of corperative for the future of corporative governance. To choose and identify best models of Corporate Governance system for corporate and other Institutions. Students will understand basic elements of right management of Corporate Governance.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT Tables, markers and IT equipments The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2:1 Literature: Shyqyri Llaçi & Jorida Tabaku, Qeverisja e korporatave , 2008 Cikël leksionesh. Claesssens, World Bank, Corporate Governance and Development, 2003 Candbury Code, The Code of best practise”, 1992 London

Module / Course

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

5.2.15. Agreements with other accreditated carriers

University “Ukshin Hoti” Prizren has signed cooperation agreements with the following universities: University “Hasan Prishtina” Prishtina, University “Haxhi Zeka” Peja, University “Kadri Zeka” Gjilan, University “Isa Boletini” Mitrovica, and with several universities from Albania: University of Tirana, University “Luigj Gurakuqi” Shkodra, and University of Durres.

5.3 International Management

The name of the study program International Management

Qualification level by KCF (BA, MA, PhD, BA doctoral program, university degree, certificate or professional diploma)

The academic degree and the title of diploma Bachelor of Science in International Management- in full and short form BSc

The Field of the study according to Erasmus Subject 04 Aresa Codes (ESAC)

Profile of the academic program International Management

Minimum duration of the study 3 years (6 semesters).

The Form of the study (regular, without Regular 250 + 50 Part-time breaks from work, distance study, etc.)

Number of ECTS 180 ECTS or 60 ECTS/year

Modules/Subjects (Short overview) 1. Business Mathematics 2. Basics of Accounting 3. Basics of Economics 4. Basics of International Management 5. Intercultural Communicative Management 6. Business English – I- 7. Financial Accounting 8. Basics of Finance 9. Statistics 10. Basics of Marketing 11. International Business Environment 12. Business Law 13. Academic Writing 14. Operational Management 15. Project Management 16. Informatics in Business

17. Business English – II- 18. Market Research 19. Customer Behavior 20. Career Development 21. International Finances 22. Entrepreneurship 23. E- Marketing 24. Quantitative Analyze in Business 25. German Language –I 26. Financial Analyze 27. Turkish Language 28. Corporative Governance 29. International Business 30. Human Resources Management 31. Ethics in Business 32. Professional Internship 33. Business English – III- 34. German Language – II- 35. Strategic Marketing 36. Touristic Potential Management 37. Logistics and Distributions 38. European Economical Integrations 39. Diploma Thesis Students number Regular 250 + 50 Part-time = 300

Leader of the study field/program Prof. Ass. Dr. Artan Nimani

Permanent academic personnel

(scientific/artistic) Eleven (11) Assistant Professors (Number according to personnel categories) Four (4) Assistants

Study fees 25 euro per semester

5.3.2. Rationale of the program for the labor market The Faculty of Economics of the University “Ukshin Hoti” in Prizren offers two programs of bachelor studies: the “International Management” and the “Business Administration”. The development of these programs is closely related to the needs of the labor market and business development not only in the city of Prizren but also in the region. The numbers of students who are completing the secondary schools from this region have the real opportunity to select one of these graduate study programs.

Considering the historical demand for enrollment in these programs, which has been constantly increasing, there is a clear reason for developing these programs at the Bachelor level of studies at the Faculty of Economics at University “Ukshin Hoti” in Prizren. Since 2013/2014 we offer master studies in “Cultural Heritage and Tourism Management”. This program was developed in the framework of the TEMPUS project and in cooperation with ten partner universities, which were part of the project.

In the academic year 2014/2015, the organization of studies at the master level has started in the program: Master in Business Administration and in the academic year 2015/2016, we have started in the “Accounting and Auditing”. Consequently, these programs are enrolled mainly by students who complete undergraduate studies in programs “Business Administration” and “International Management” at the Faculty of Economics at Prizren University “Ukshin Hoti” This fact is another reason for implementation of these study programs at Bachelor level.

5.3.3. International Comparison of the program The International Management Program is comparable to the program of similar studies that are organized at the University of Vienna (The Universitat Wien-Guidelines for the Bachelor’s Degree Program in Business Administration and the Guidelines for the Bachelor’s Degree Program in International Business Administration) and the University of Kent of Great Britain.

5.3.4. The target group of the program This program is dedicated to all those who have completed secondary education, have finished state Matura and are ambitious to get involved in the international business world.

5.3.5. The Orientation of the study program according to the governing principles of the institution (mission) The mission of the International Management Program is to prepare students with practical management skills in the context of global enterprises achieving sufficient intellectual skills and capacities for productive leadership career in the economic system of free markets and private enterprises, based on the spirit of competitive entrepreneurship. The University of “Ukshin Hoti” in Prizren serves the Prizren region and the country with recruiting, developing and educating students to be able to get involved in the labor market in Kosovo and beyond. The university aims

85 to develop students’ competency skills through the programs in order to be equal and prepared with the knowledge and skills for their practical implementation.

5.3.6. The Purpose of the study program (short description of the program) The International Management Program aims at building, developing and implementing a practical knowledge orientation from management areas, especially management in international business. It provides the opportunity for graduate students to have sufficient knowledge of the global market and its behaviors. International BA Management Program includes courses in the field of management, international management, business and international business law, marketing and e-marketing, accounting, international accounting standards, corporate laws, corporate governance and cross-cultural cooperation. Another purpose of this program is that students develop creative, innovative and communicative thinking skills in solving business and decision-making problems based on the use of extensive analytical, research and practical literature.

The “International Management” study program is a three year program of studies and includes 6 semesters with a total of 180 ECTS. The aim of the program is to reach a qualified level of basic knowledge in the field of management and business. This program enables students to recognize the complexity of local and international business organizations, the interdependent business-to- business relationships and local and international legislation upon which they develop business as well as the difficulties in business administration. This program will provide students with sufficient knowledge of contemporary business management in a competitive business environment. By studying this program, students will totally be able to study the following subject principles: Business Mathematics, Basics of International Management, Basics of Accounting, Financial Accounting, Corporate Finance, Marketing Basics, E-Marketing, Entrepreneurship, Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, International Business, Business Communication, Corporate Governance and Statistics and Quantitative Analysis in Business etc.

Another goal of this program is to provide students with a practical experience to prepare them for access to various positions, including management positions in the various local and international business sectors. This biography of practical work will be implemented by practical programs conceived in co-operation with local and international business entities.

The University “Ukshin Hoti”, respectively the Faculty of Economics has established a program of professional practice with Raffeisen Bank Kosovo and the Economic Bank of Kosovo where our students conduct the internship in duration of one to three months. We also have a written

86 agreement with the Kosovo Business Alliance through which we arrange all third-year students in businesses, financial institutions, municipal assemblies and public enterprises for the duration of 60 hours.

The Faculty of Economics has signed cooperation agreements with the Chamber of Commerce and Industry of Edirne-Turkey, where every year students of the third year (priority will have those who know the Turkish language) will be able to perform the practical part.

The objectives of the qualification program are:

 The program will enable students to embrace theoretical and practical knowledge of sustainable behavior, local and international business activities.

 Through the Management Counseling program students will be able to develop analytical skills and reflect on business issues in global markets.

 Students will be able to develop the accessibility and flexibility of access and the ability to initiate and respond positively and appropriately to changes.

 International Management as a program will prepare students for business careers, efficient management or areas related to their management and leadership to contribute to our society and global management.

 The program will enhance lifelong learning skills, communication skills, knowledge of globalization and development as an international manager.

 Students will be able to apply the gained knowledge to solve problems scientifically and without prejudice.

 From the International Management Program, students will benefit from social and intercultural competences.

 The ethical aspect is also important and students will be able to perceive ethical behaviors and norms, and apply them in practice.

Since English language is dominating in many areas of the economy, the English Language course described in this program provides students with advanced knowledge of English. The “German Language” courses also enable students to develop their language skills to be professional in international markets. Based on the Agreements signed with many universities from Turkey, and especially with the signing of Agreement with the Edirne Chamber of Commerce and Industry, the Turkish language, envisaged by this program, enables students to communicate more easily and to better understand the environment business and business operations of Turkey, where they will perform internship in these companies. The study visits for students will also be provided, where they will be able to closely monitor the flows of management, governance, finances, in addition to international and local corporations. Therefore, we have signed an agreement with the Turkish Chamber of Commerce, as well as with Business Aspects of the Western Countries and the Kosovo Chamber of Commerce.

5.3.7. Expected learning results After completing the studies in the “International Management” program, students will be prepared for:

 entering the internal and external labor market,

 establishing national and international business,

 operating in a competitive business environment,

 analyzing and solving problems, and making adequate decisions,

 applying their knowledge in practice through various forms of communication and reporting,

 manage time effectively and independently,

 Manage business independently and responsibly by entering global markets.

5.3.8. Theory/Practice Report Throughout the whole study period, the ratio between theoretical and practical part will be approximately 70%:30%. This report has changes in certain subjects. However, in the last semester of the third year of studies, students will also develop the equivalent professional internship with 4 ECTS.

5.3.9. Calculation of ECTS The International Management Program is in full compliance with the new European higher Education guidelines as specified in the Bologna agreement. In the International Management program, the studies last for 3 years, or 6 semesters each one having 30 ECTS, which means that the studies end after collecting 180 ECTS. The engagement hours for an ECTS is 25 hours of study (1 ECTS=25 hours).

 1 ECTS = 25 hours of engagement  1 semester = 30 ECTS  1 year = 60 ECTSx25 hours=1.500 hours engagement  3 years=180 ECTSx25 hours=4.500 hours engagement.

5.3.10. Internship The University of Prizren has a signed agreement with the Kosovo Business Alliance for internships in public companies, private companies, financial institutions, banks and other companies. There is also a signed agreement with the Chamber of Commerce and Industry of Edirne-Turkey for internship.

5.3.12. Registration and admission conditions The criteria for student registration are foreseen by the Law on Higher Education in Kosovo, with the Statute of the University of Prizren and are placed in the public competition for admission of students. Determining the quota for admission of students is made by the Senate of the University of Prizren that currently is 250 regular students and 50 part-time students.

The selection of candidates who have applied on competition is done through test, while the points are collected from the results of the previous education and the results achieved in the test.

5.3.13. Program Planning Semester 1 Teaching No. O/E Subjects hours/week ECTS Teachers L E 1 O Business Mathematics 2 2 6 Fevzi Berisha 2 O Accounting Basics 2 2 5 Bekim Berisha 3 O Basics of Economics 3 2 5 Gani Gjini 4 O Basics of International Management 3 2 5 Artan Nimani 5 Intercultural Communication O Management 4 Nerimane Bajraktari 2 1 6 O Business English – I 2 1 5 Kadri Krasniqi 30 Semester 2 Teaching No. O/Z Subject hours/week ECTS Teachers L E 1 O Financial Accounting 2 2 6 Bekim Berisha 2 O Basics of Finance 3 1 5 Florije Govori 3 O Statistics 2 2 5 Artan Nimani 4 O The Basics of Marketing 2 2 5 Hysni Terziu 5 O International Business Environment 3 1 5 Drita Krasniqi 6.1. Z Business Law 2 1 4 Armend Podvorica 6.2. Z Academic Writing 2 1 4 Flamur Shala Total 30 Semester 3

Teaching No. O/E Subject hours/week ECTS Teachers L E 1 O Operations Management 3 1 6 Drita Krasniqi 2 O Project Management 2 2 5 Nerimane Bajraktari 3 O Business Informatics 2 2 5 Naim Baftiu 4 O Business English – II 2 1 5 Jusuf Mustafaj 5 O Market research 2 2 5 Rifat Hoxha 6.1. E Consumer Behavior 2 1 4 Isuf Lushi 6.2. E Career Development 2 1 4 Bahtije Gerbeshi Total 30

Semester 4 Teaching ECTS Teacher Nr. O/E Subject hours/week L E 1 O International Finance 2 1 5 Gani Gjini 2 O Entrepreneurship 3 1 5 Behxhet Brajshori 3 O E- Marketing 2 2 5 Hysni Terziu 4 O Quantitative Analysis in Business 3 2 6 Artan Nimani 5 O German Language - I 2 1 5 Sadete Pllana 6.1. E Financial Analysis 2 2 4 Florije Govori 6.2. E Turkish Language 2 1 4 Hysnije Koro Total 30

Semester 5

Teaching Nr. O/E Subject hours/week ECTS Teacher L E 1 O Corporate governance 3 1 6 Hamdi Hoti 2 O International Business 2 1 6 Halil Kukaj 3 O Human Resource Management 2 1 5 Hamdi Hoti 4 O Ethics in Business 2 1 5 Kadri Kryeziu 5 O Internship 1 0 4 Drita Krasniqi 6.1. E Business English – III 2 1 4 Amantina Pervizaj 6.2. E German language – II 2 1 4 Sadete Pllana Total 30

Semester 6 Teaching No. O/E Subject hours/week ECTS Teacher L E 1 O Strategic Marketing 2 2 6 Hysni Terziu 2 O Potential Tourist Management 2 1 5 Bedri Millaku 3 O Logistics and Distribution 2 1 5 Ibrahim Krasniqi 4 O European Economic Integration 2 1 4 Halim Bajraktari 5 O 10 Mentor Paper thesis 6 O Total 30

Description of Modules/SubjectsModule / Subject

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS Short content

At the end of this course students will be able to use and to understand Mathematical notions with the aim to use this knowledge as an aide in other subjects which use mathematical apparatus. In more details, students will know the concept of matrix and their determinants, to know the properties of determinants which are used in solving of the system of equations. Solve systems of equations in a different manner. To create sequences given their general formula and how to apply arithmetic and geometric sequences in solving various problems. To graphs of elementary functions. To apply the limit of the function in order to determine the continuity of the function. The elements of financial mathematics; measuring simple interest; computation of compound interest; deposits and rent; loans; amortization plan. Expected learning goals and outcomes

The purpose of Business Mathematics is to enable students to achieve knowledge from math needed for applying to science of the economy. The student will be able to use and understand the notions of high mathematics so that the knowledge can help them as a support device in the subjects in which the mathematical apparatus is necessary.

Forms of teaching and learning lessons Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions, assignments, etc.

Assessment methods and passing criteria

Means of concretization / IT White Board, marker and IT equipment.

The relationship between theoretical and practical part of the study The relationship is 2:2

Literature: Ajet Ahmeti (2012), “Matematika për ekonomistë”, Prishtinë 2012.

Module / Subject

BASICS OF ACCOUNTING

Content

The course is designed to address the importance of accounting information for decision makers, enabling students to use double entry bookkeeping to register financial transactions; general accepted accounting principles; financial statements and their components; the process of recognizing revenues and expenditures; the accrual basis of accounting; prepayments and deferred income, and other issues related to financial accounting. Aim and the expected outcomes of the student

Forms of teaching and acquisition Lecturers, exercises, interactive approach, consultations, seminar paper work etc.

Evaluation methods and criteria of passing

Student evaluation will be based on attendance and commitment to their written work, success in colloquia and final exam. Retention criteria are based on the decision of the faculty council presented above in the SER.

Concretization tools / IT White boards, markers and IT equipements. The ratio between the theoretical and practical study The report is 2:2

Literature: 4. Asllanaj, Rr., Kontabilitetifinanciar, 2010, ISBN 978-9951-00-117-5 5. Monger, R., Financial Accounting, A global Approach, 2010. 1th Edition, ISBN 9780470518403 6. Authorized lectures prepared by Prof. Ass. Dr. Bekim Berisha.

Module / Course

BASICS OF ECONOMICS Short content

Microeconomics study the economic behavior of small economic groups such as companies and households, is one of the largest subfields in the economy. This course aims to present the concerns of microeconomics overwhelming - efficient allocation of insufficient resources. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Ability to argue in an analytical and economical way that enables comprehensive microeconomic analyzes of management decisions and institutional design.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 3:2 Literature:

Ahmet Mançellari, Sulo Hadëri, Dhori Kule, Stefan Qirici : “Hyrje nё ekonomi “, Pegi, Tiranё, 2007 John Sloman : ” Economics” Pearson Education, Sixth edition 2006 Hal R. Varian: “Mikroekonomia”, Onufri , Tiranё, 2000

Module / Course

BASICS OF INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT Short content

Businesses operate in global markets and face global competition. The global financial crisis has unequivocally highlighted that globalization is in reality, the new world order. Organizations should be globally competent to survive. The management of these international, multinational, and transnational organizations requires skills and knowledge beyond the traditional management principles and techniques. In the field of management studies, international management is one of the areas of recent interest. At present, knowledge about international management exists only in a fragmented format. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

It is the purpose of this course to present the current knowledge of how businesses can succeed in an international environment. Both, the effect of action in an international environment by organizations and management in general, and the effect of action in particular countries will be studied. In addition to developing a good mastery of relevant concepts and ideas, it is important for you to understand the practical implications of what has been studied and to be able to apply what you have learned.

Teaching and learning forms/methods

Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 3:2

Literature:

NIMANI, Dr Artan (2017) Bazat e menaxhimit nderkombetar, Universiteti i Prizrenit.

Adler, N. (2008) International Dimensions of Organizational Behavior, 5th Edition, South Western. E, HELEN Deresky. International Management: Managing Across Borders and Cultures, Text and Cases, Global Edition 9.

Module / Course

INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATIVE MANAGEMENT Short content

The purpose of this course is to get students acquainted with fundamental concepts, legalities and basic anthropological and cultural knowledge, as well as the challenges of contemporary international management in relation to intercultural communication. The course aims to point out that knowledge and understanding of cultural differences as well as knowing the principles and dimensions of intercultural communication, corporate executives and multinational corporations and international management in general is a prerequisite for success at work. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Students will develop their theoretical knowledge of cultural anthropology, the typology of cultures, and their distinctive features. Students will know how to identify and respect the cultural factor as a factor influencing the success of entrepreneurship and management. Students will be able to analyze and decide which cultural components of culture will be specifically considered, in the case of negotiating processes for different agreements with relevant culture members, as well as for management in multicultural environments.

Teaching and learning forms/methods

Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1

Literature:

Judith N. Martin & Thomas K. Nakayama .”Hyrje në komunikimin ndërkulturor”. Tiranë: UET Press, 2010. Michael J. Papa, Tom D. Daniels, Barry K. Spiker.” Komunikimi organizativ – Qasjet dhe prirjet”. Tiranë: UET Press, 2009.

100

Module / Course

BUSINESS ENGLISH I Short content

The main objective of this course is to familiarize students with general language skills that will help them communicate more effectively in a variety of formal and informal circumstances / situations. Upon successful completion of this course, students must be able to:  Expand professional vocabulary.  Communicate with greater confidence.  Speak more accurately and fluently.  Improve written English through various exercises, and  Become through social networks with greater confidence and also to work successfully in multi-cultural environments. Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2:1

101

Literature: 5. David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent. (2007). Market Leader-Business English, Student’s Book. Longman: England (obligative) Pre-Intermediate 6. John Rogers. (2007). Market Leader-Business English, Practice File. Longman: England (obligative) Pre-Intermediate 7. Dictionary: Pauli Qesku. Fjalori Anglisht – Shqip 8. Dictionary: Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary

Module / Subject

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

Short Content

The course is designed to address the importance of accounting information for decision makers, enabling students to use double entry bookkeeping to register financial transactions; general accepted accounting principles; financial statements and their components; the process of recognizing revenues and expenditures; the accrual basis of accounting; prepayments and deferred income, and other issues related to financial accounting. Aim and the expected outcomes of the student

This course is oriented to the needs of students who have the main field accounting. The course provides students with basic accounting knowledge for service, trading and manufacturing companies. The aim is that the students develop skills to be able to record general accounting transactions, understand and interpret the underlying financial statements and use accounting information to help make better business decisions.

Forms of teaching and acquisition Lecturers, exercises, interactive approach, consultations, seminar paper work etc.

Evaluation methods and criteria of passing

102

Concretization tools / IT

White boards, markers and IT equipements. The ratio between the theoretical and practical study The report is 2:2 Literature:

103

Module / Course

BASICS OF FINANCE Short content This course deals with basic concepts in finance, money, simple and compound interest, time value of money, risk and return, financial institutions, financial instruments, financial derivatives, valuation of securities, financing methods. Objectives and expected results of the lesson:

This course aims to help: understanding the main concepts in finance; solving problems related to the time value of money; choice of opportunities and forms of financing the economic activity of company. The course enables students to develop skills in the use of technical instruments for valuating financial risk and return from investment in viable and profitable projects. After completing the course the student will be able to: To explain the basic concepts in finance, the time value of money, risk and return; To evaluate the investment risk; To classify financial institutions depending on their functions and positioning on financial markets; To know the financial instruments, types and they functions; To know how to apply the valuation models of securities in the money markets, capital markets and derivative markets; To identify the sources of business financing and influencing factors in the relative proportion between funding sources.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Evaluation methods and criteria of passing

The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 3: 1

104

Literature: 1. Fadil Govori: Financë, IMF, Prishtinë, 2010 2. Herbert B. Mayo: Financa, LU Tiranë, 2014 3. Mishkin, Frederick: The Economics of Money, Banking, and Financial Markets, 8th edition, Pearson Addison Wesley

105

Module / Subject

STATISTICS Short content

The purpose of the statistics is to enable students to gain the necessary knowledge on the role and importance of general and in particular economic statistics regarding the fundamental principles, methods and models of statistics and how to apply them during lectures and exercises in economic analysis. Forms of teaching and learning lessons

Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions, assignments, etc. Assessment methods and passing criteria

White Board, marker and IT equipments.

The relationship between theoretical and practical part of the study

The relationship is 2:2

Literature:

Rahmije Mustafa - Topxhiu: HYRJE NË STATISTIKË, Prishtina, 2016

106

Module/Course

BASICS OF MARKETING Short content

Course content is expected to affect the level of knowledge, skills and attitudes of students: marketing concepts and definitions, marketing study objectives, principles and other marketing principles. The process, activities, tasks and marketing actions. Plan marketing research and application of research results. Macro-environmental impact and factors affecting consumer behavior, mix marketing tools. Etc. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The purpose of the course program is to gain the knowledge and skills for the management and economic development, the treatment and the object of the marketing study in general. The purpose of the course basics of marketing is to prevail the methodology for preparing entrepreneurial programs in economics as well as management skills for marketing leadership in general. The results of this course are for students to gain some knowledge of marketing and to get acquainted with the theoretical and practical formatting of forms, different methods of applying marketing plans and implementing projects that derive from their direct business in marketing area, gain knowledge of the practical implementation of all models and the development of relevant strategies.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2

107

Literature:

108

Module / Subject

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Short content International trade economics and policy, International financial transaction mechanics that allow trade initiation and settlement, accounting systems that allow countries to monitor and manage the transfer of resources and capital, trade agreements and globalization, NAFTA and the World Trade Organization (WTO), major institutions and intermediaries that facilitate resource leakage (super-national agencies MNC and financial institutions, government agencies, private financial institutions), legal mechanisms and arbitration agencies that allow for the resolution of international conflicts, the global environment and the people in terms of opportunities for markets and shops for new goods and services, ethical issues faced by the international business community. Aims and learning outcomes (knowledge, skills and competences)

Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: Analyze the role and impact of international business on national economic development. Explain how the economic, political / legal environment affects international finances business operations. Discuss how cultural and behavioral differences affect local business practices, and how these differences can be addressed by using the appropriate strategies. Discuss the theory of international trade and government influence and business decisions international trade. The method of teaching and learning Lectures, exercises, interactive access, consulting, seminar papers and presentations.

Ways of assessing students Students' assessment will be based on their attendance and engagement, written assignments, successes in the colloquium as well as the final exam. The eligibility criteria are based on the decision of the faculty council presented in the SER.

Concretization tools / IT Appropriate literature, lectures, use of IT.

The relationship between the theoretical and practical part of the study: The ratio between theoretical and practical part is 3:1 Literature:

109

- BiznesNdërkombëtar- Rastestudime,Ushtrime, 2009, Ilirjan Lip

110

Module / Course

BUSINESS LAW Short content

Through this subject, students of the field of economics aim to achieve these basic goals: to provide knowledge on legal norms, state, and state bodies, and law subjects, legal meaning of enterprises, contracts and types of contracts, etc. The business law course will be taught by providing students with new and appropriate knowledge about the right and the needs of the economy for regulating it in legal terms. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Business law lectures will provide students with theoretical and practical knowledge of the necessity of recognizing institutes and law institutions in certain areas. This, under the conditions and circumstances in which the economy is developed today, becomes more understandable, but it is also necessary that the treatment and explanation of the legal system also presupposes the basis of functioning and regulation of the economic and industrial system.

Teaching and learning forms/methods

Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2:1

111

Literature

1. Dr.Mazllum Baraliu "Business Law", Prishtina, 2010. 2. Dr. Mehdi Hetemi "Right to Basic Knowledge of Business Law" Prishtina 2004 3. Mr. Armand Krasniqi "Business Law for Economy" 2014 4. Dr. Mehdi Hetemi "Afarsite Right" Prishtina, 1998. 5. Dr. Riza Smaka "Business Law", Prishtina, 2000 6. Mr. Armand Krasniqi "Right to Tourism and Catering". 7. Dr. Nerxhivane Dauti "Right of Obligation"

112

Modul / Course

ACADEMIC WRITING Short description

The aim of the course is: -To raise the level of language use and written communication, -To develop the communication skills and transmit knowledge, -To develop the ability of judging, comparing, analyzing, synthesizing, etc. Students should: -Apply and differentiate writing techniques like, -Analysis/ Topic selection; Research/ Collecting material; Curriculum; Information grouping and categorization; text review/ editing, -To have profound, complete, and accurate knowledge about the subject which will allow them to speak and write appropriately.

Means /IT White boards, marker, and IT equipments. The relationship between theoretical and practical knowledge The report between theoretical and practical part is 2.1

113

Literature: A basic and two aditional titles, not older than 10 years

114

Module / Subject

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Short Content

Case Operations Management relates to explaining theoretical and practical operations required and necessary for the efficient management of the function, planning, organizing, directing and controlling the resources of a business that needed to produce products and services with the aim of realizing as major benefits.

Aims and learning outcomes (knowledge, skills and competences)

At the end of this course, students shall be able to comprehend: - What represents the management of operations, which is the role of management in business operations, - What is the strategy of operations and make the difference between winning and competing priorities of a business, - To understand why it is important to design the product or service process and what are the stages of design, - Students will be able to build independent concepts related to the management of operations in manufacturing and service businesses through research and professional preparation of research projects in this area.

The method of teaching and learning Lectures, exercises, interactive access, consulting, seminar papers and presentations. Ways of assessing students

Prof SuzanaPanaritiManaxhimi i Operacioneve, Konceptet, Metoda, Strategji, Tiranë, 2013 GrupautorëshMenaxhimi i Operacioneve, 2012 OperatinsManagment, Willians J. Stevenson, (Rochester Institute of Technology), McGraw Hill Irvin, 2008 Operation Management, Jay Heizer (Texas Lutheran University), & Barry Render (Graduate School of Business, Rollins College), Prentice Hall, 2010.

115

Operation management, Lee J. Krajewsi, Larry P. Ritzman, Manoj K. Malhotra, Prentice Hall, 2009.Operation Management, Creating Value along the supply chain, Bernard W. Taylor & Roberta S. Russell, 2010

116

Module / Course

INFORMATICS IN BUSINESS Short content

The business information technology system facilitates us in some of the high-level business applications that are: - Administration system in final business accounts, invoices, warehouses, etc. - Ticket reservations in the aviation system, - Banking and other insurance systems. Modern business-based technologies have increased not only in the use of authorized means of collecting, transmitting and processing information, but also in profitable business profits as well as facilitating the exchange of data and the computer.

Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2

117

Literature:

Essentials of Management Information System 6e, PRENTICE HALL, 2016 Informatika ne biznes - Mihane berisha, universiteti i Prishtines, 2016. Teoria: “Business Driven Technology”; Stephen Haag, Paige Baltzan, Amy Philips. McGraw-Hill 2006, USA. ISBN: 0-07-298301-9. Microsoft Access”; Agni Dika. Prishtinë, 2006 si dhe njohuri ne programe softuerikë. Besnik Skënderi: Elemente themelore në Word dhe Excel-libra shqip për Power Point etj. Prishtinë 2011.

118

Module / Course

BUSINESS ENGLISH II Short content

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature:

Cambridge “Bussines Vovabulary in Use “ Intermediate By Bill Mascull; Cambridge Business BENCHMARK Pre- Intermediate to Intermediate By Norman Whitby;

119

Module / Course

MARKET RESEARCH Short content

This course offers basic knowledge about scientific research and especially for marketing research. The topics that are discussed are: understanding the role of marketing research, SIM and relationship with research disciplines, research marketing process, types of research and data types, qualitative research and quantification, data collection tools, samples, data collection, data analysis and compilation of research report. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1

120

Literature:

 Basic Literature: Prof.dr. Ramiz LIVOREKA, "MARKETING RESEARCH, (university book). Published by "Dinograf" Ferizaj, 2011.  Additional Literature:.  Albanian Language and Dictionary Glossary  Other terminology terms from marketing, business and economy.  William G. Zikmund, Exploring Marketing Research, 8E. Thomson, South-east, 2002.  Gilbert A. Churchil, Basic Marketing Research, 4E. South-East Thomson-Learning, 2001.  Donald S. Tull and I. Hakins, Marketing Research. Fourth Edition, University of Oregon, Eugene, etc.

121

Module / Course

CUSTOMER BEHAVIOR Short content

Customer Behavior is a subject that studies why and how consumers make certain decisions and how their behaviors change under the influence of certain factors. The subject focuses heavily on the influence of the consumer's psychological factors, external environment factors, and the situation in which the customer may be whenever he or she decides to buy something. It should be noted that the subject does not only study the act of purchase but also studies the process before and after the purchase, even examines how possession or lack of things can affect consumer behavior in general. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Customer behavior creates an opportunity to better understand why consumers choose certain products and companies, what is happening in the business world, why someone is successful and someone does not. If companies have information on what factors affect consumers' behavior and how they affect them, then they can tailor products and services to customers better. This serves as a first step in policy making and making the right decisions in marketing. The course provides the most advanced model for understanding consumer decision making, which serves as a program for business success in the market economy and in the time of hyper- competition.

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1

122

Literature:

Semiha Loca, Consumer Behavior, 2012 Vjollca Bakiu, Consumer Behavior, 2010. Artan Xh. Duke, Consumer Behavior, 2009. Michael Solomon, Gary Bamossy, Soren Askegaard, Margaret K. Hogg, Consumer Behavior, 2006. Roger D.Blackwell, Paul W. Miniard, James F.Engel - Consumer Behavior, 2006. Williams L. Wilke, Consumer Behavior, 1986. Kotler & Armstrong (2008). Principles of Marketing. Kotler & Armstrong (2013). Marketing Policies. The 13th edition.

123

Module / Course

CAREER DEVELOPMENT Short content

This course provides students with the opportunity to gain insight into career development issues. In addition, the course is presented as a good opportunity for students to know and evaluate the role of personal communication and written communication as important elements for career development. Also, through this course, students will gain knowledge not only of the role and the importance of career orientation education as well as career development, and additional knowledge about their professional development. The main topics included in this course are: reviewing career plans, career planning, role of recognition of personal values, beliefs and attitudes in career development, communication and careers, gender discrimination, job offers, negotiation, career development in the era of globalization, etc. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The knowledge gained from this course will impact on improving students' knowledge of different career-related issues.

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature:

Mete, E. (2010). Your Career Guide. Career Development Guide. Prepared by: Career Office, Coordination and Student Support at "Albanian University". Tirana, 2016. Alite, R. Gender Discrimination in Career Management.

124

Module / Course

INTERNATIONAL FINANCE Short content

The main purpose of this course is for students to gain insight into the main current economic problems in International Finance. In this context, we will emphasize the economic and political behaviors that affect corporate finances. Moreover, in foreign exchange transactions in international markets and stock markets. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Students will receive general knowledge on international finance development. So they will gain insight into the financial crises and how to cope with these crises. Students will also be recognized on Financial derivatives and exposure to potential risks.

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2:1 Literature:

1. Gani Gjini, International Finance, 2015, Prizren. 2.Frank J. Fabozzi - Franco Modigliani, Capital Markets Institutions and Instruments publishing house, mediaprint - Tirana, year 2013. 3. Understand Burden Jeffrey B. Little & Lucien Rhodes 4.Frederic S. Mishkin & Stenly G. Eakins, Markets and Financial Institutions College Victory year 2009 Prishtina.

125

Modul/ Subject

ENTREPRENEURSHIP Short Description

The course aims to conceptually present the complexity of development and growth of a new business, including the assessmeent of the advantages or strengths and weaknesses, opportunities and threats that surround the business environment. The course provides basic knowledge on theoritical and practical issues in the field of entrepreneurship and small enterprises, testing ideas , innovation, assessing opportunities, buyers, business plans, market, E—market and lounching joint investments. Aim and learning Outcomes

Students will develop their skills needed for a successful entrepreneur. They will analyze the specific aspects they will face while developing entrepreneurship and acquire the necessary skills in efficient resourrce management. The metodology for the realization of course topics Lectures,interactive discussions, seminars, papers ,ect. Evaluation methods and criteria

1.Dr. Emeric Solomossy, Dr Safet Merovci, “ Entrepreneurship”, University of Prishtina, Faculty of Economics, 2008, Prishtina. 2.Dr.Djuro Horvat, Zeljko Tinter, “ Entrepreneurship, University Koleg” Victoria” ,2008 ,Prishtina 3.DANDA,MEST”Entrepreneurship”, 2011, Prishtina.

126

Module/Course

E-MARKETING Short content

The course content is expected to affect the level of knowledge, skills and attitudes of students. Concepts and Definitions of E-Marketing (Electronic Marketing). E-marketing study objectives and defining Internet marketing. The need for internet marketing. Marketing on the Internet as a vital part of the integrated marketing strategy. Website, a platform for online marketing in the business-consumer sector. Creating relationships with consumers. Internet customer experience and the importance of creating a web site. Likewise, Web site marketing in services. Impact of the web site on consumer behavior. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2

127

Literature:

Authorized lectures, Prof.Ass.Dr. Hysni Terziu, Faculty of Economics Prizren, 2016/2017. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, 1999., P. S. &. Chaffey, Internet Marketing, 2005. Online Marketing Opportunity Report: Social Media, Blog, and Search Engine Activity by Industry, HubSpot.com., The Small Business Online Marketing Guide, Google, 2011, MSc. Shkumbin Misini, Market Place, Pristina: Universum College, 2012., R.E.H. &. M. Liebe, Economics Principles and Application, 2004. Standing, C. (2002). Methodologies for Developing Web Applications Information and Software Technology StrategjiaNdërsektorialepërShoqërinë e Informacionit Susan Sweeney, CA,CSP, HoF,101 Ways to Promote your website Sharma dheSheth, ”Electronic Services Quality”2004 Shneiderman, 1998 Electronic services quality Teo and Pian, Internet Marketing, 2003 Tourism Concern ( 2003), Annual Reports and accounts Wolfinbarger&Gilly, 2003 Electronic service quality.

128

Module / Course

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS IN BUSINESS Short content

The subject primarily focuses on analyzing business problems and using quantitative research methods as a tool for solving them. This course includes the understanding and implementation of modeling methods, statistical research, and the use of computer software for data analysis and decision making. Clarification and general rules for writing and submission of the report on the scientific research carried out course requirements. This module requires basic knowledge in statistics, quantitative methods, mathematics, computer knowledge, and economics. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The benefit of research is by public opinion research and market research that are extremely practical to the very theoretical analysis of social impact. Planners and administrators use research on basic information about policy decisions. Economists are based on regular consumer research on household financial status and on business enterprise surveys to measure recent investment.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 3:2

129

Literature:

Nimani, Artan, BASICS OF STATISTICS, KB, Prishtina 2012 Ronald Jay Polland, RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS BASED STUDIES, NY 1998 Cooper, D. Schindler, P. Business Research Methods, 9th ed, McGraw Hill, 2006 Sekeran, U. RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS: A skill building approach, 4th ed, Nrw Jersey, John Wiley ans Sons, Inc.2003

Module / Course

GERMAN LANGUAGE I

Short content

 Realization of conversational language;  Enrichment of the vocabulary of everyday life and economic terms;  Using regular, irregular verbs, and modal verbs in speech and writing;  The correct use of definite and indefinite articles in Nominative and Accusative;  Writing short paragraphs;  Acquiring translation skills for the text (short sentences and texts). Teaching and learning forms/methods

130 forms of cooperation (individual reflection orally and in writing, works in pairs, small group work, attentive reading and written assignment). Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / TI

Course book, workbook, additional material, computer, projector, loudspeaker, whiteboard, and markers. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is: 2:1

Basic literature:

 Menschen A 1.1, Deutsch als Fremdsprache, Kurs- und Arbeitsbuch, Hueber Verlag, Ismaning 2012. Additional literature:  Duden 4 (Grammatik des Deutschen), Duden 2005.  Helbig/Buscha: Deutsche Grammatik: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht, Langenscheidt 2008.  Dreyer/Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag. München 2010.  http://deutschtraining.org/course/deutschkurs-a1-online/

131

Module / Course

FINANCE ANALYSIS Short content

This subject is a scientific discipline that is based on most of the operational economic trials for achieving the company, their progress, mid-term and long-term periods, as well as solvency, and so on. This analysis enables a complex review of all phases over which the financial statements pass. This discipline includes the development of a financial statement that contains clearly defined goals and objectives, also describing how they will be achieved for that enterprise, (i.e.) a carefully planned and well-organized effort to carry out this analysis. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The course "Analysis of Financial Statements" course will help students to get acquainted with the basic notions and the contemporary concepts of financial statement operation. The material is intended for students to understand the essence of compiling a financial analysis. During the development of lectures and exercises in this subject, students will be able to recognize complex reviews of all phases over which the process of compiling the financial statements passes.

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2 Literature:

-Financial Analysis (lectures) prof.dr sc.Nerimane Bajraktari and Fatbardha Molla -Balance Analysis prof.dr.Palok Kolnikaj, prof.as.dr.Hydajet Shehu -Financial Flow Techniques prof.dr.Palok Kolnikaj, prof.as.dr.Hydajet Shehu

132

Module / Course

TURKISH LANGUAGE Short content

Teaching and learning forms/methods

Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature:

Yabancılar için Türke 1 , Gazi Universıty, Ankara 2006

133

Module / Course

CORPORATIVE GOVERNANCE Short content

This course is oriented for needed of student who will be recognized with corporative governance system, as an oriented case in global level. The course is design to ensure a deep insight in a way how corporate and companies are governed. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Understand corporative governance system that are formed in the past from economic forces, politics, social and culture. To identify consequences of reflection forces nowadays that impact in controlling of corporative for the future of corporative governance. To choose and identify best models of Corporate Governance system for corporate and other Institutions. Students will understand basic elements of right management of Corporate Governance.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 3:1

134

Literature:

-Qeverisjakorporative, “BotonShoqata e KontabilistëvetëÇertifikuardheAuditorëvetëKosovës me licencëdheautorizimtë BPP Learnin Media”ISBN 9780 7517 3296 2. -British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication data. -Shyqyri Llaçi & Jorida Tabaku, Qeverisja e korporatave , 2010 Cikël leksionesh., -Claesssens, World Bank, Corporate Governance and Development, 2003, -Candbury Code, The Code of best practise”, 1992 London.

135

Module / Course

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS Short content

136

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature:

 Halil Kukaj, Biznesi Ndërkombëtar, Universiteti “Ukshin Hoti” Prizren, Prizren, 2017.  Ilia Kristo, Biznesi Ndërkombëtar, PEGI, Tiranë, 2007  Hill, Charlls W.: “International Business”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2007.  Daniels D. John, Radebaugh H. Lee and Daniel P. Sullivan: International Business – Environments and Operations, Pearson, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004.

137

Module/Subject

HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

Short Content

In two hours and one hour exercises per week it will elaborated learning material, and it will organize group discussion. It will present paper seminary that will present and discuss together with students. Students encouraged following managing aspects and institution organizing, public and private companies and they take topics for discussion. Estimated methods and passing criteria

Hall equipped with computer/ Laptop and projector for presentation of materials, table, marker. Report between theoretical and practical part is 2:1 Literature:

 Manaxhimi i Burimeve Njerëzore, Dr. Shyqri LLACI,Dr. Zana KOLI, Tiranё  Paul Banfield-Rebecca Kay :Hyrje në Menaxhimin e Burimeve Njerezore, Përkthyer nga: Jonida Bregu, Botimi UET Press 2011 Tiranë;  Menaxhimi i Resurseve Humane, Enver KUTLLOVCI, Prishtinë, 2004

138

Module / Course

ETHICS IN BUSINESS Short content

Ethics and moral reasoning, Principles in business, Market and ethics, ethics of consumer goods and advertising, discrimination of work and ethical aspects of it, ethics and ethics, ethics of ethics, ethics of business organizations, ethical and social reporting and auditing, ethical and social issues, ethical and social audits, ethics auditing concept and Its role in assessing ethical management programs. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature:

139

Module / Course

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

140

Module / Course

BUSINESS ENGLISH III Short content

Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1

141

Literature:

-Offered to students in all possible forms of actual development - in physical print, in PDF, and as App for smart phones. -Business Vocabulary in Use: Intermediate with Answers and CD-ROM 2nd Edition ISBN: 9780521748629 CEF Level: B1 - B2 Publication date: April 2010

142

Module / Course

GERMAN LANGUAGE II Short content

This course is a training course designed for students of the first year of the Faculty of Economics. The course begins with alphabet, vowels, two vowels and consonants. German and the rules of pronunciation and spelling of words learned. The rules of prominent and unsaved joints will be clarified: der / ein, die / eine, das / ein for the names of all. German as well as the names of names. The rules of choice of regular and irregular verbs, divisive verbs, and modal verbs at the present time (Präsens), past time (Präteritum), and at the time performed (Perfekt - verbs: haben and sein. The names, timelines, and names of two of the many names (Compositions) will be treated. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

Realization of conversational language; Enriching the vocabulary of everyday and economic expressions; Using regular, irregular verbs, and modal verbs in speech and writing; The correct use of prominent and unsaved joints in the denominations and accents; Writing short paragraphs; Acquiring translation skills for text (short sentences and texts).

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1

143

Literature:

-Duden 4 (Grammatik des Deutschen), Duden 2005. -Helbig / Buscha: German Grammar: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht, Langenscheidt 2008. -Dreyer / Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag.

144

Module/Course

STRATEGIC MAREKTING Short content

Course content is expected to affect the level of knowledge, skills and attitudes of students: Strategic marketing concepts and definitions, marketing strategy definition, marketing strategy analysis methods, market segment strategy, enterprise strategy alternatives, market kinked with market economy, marketing management, understanding and adapting the strategy base, market segmentation strategy, alternative market strategy, choice of market strategy, and target. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The purpose of the course program is to gain knowledge and skills for the treatment and study of Strategic Marketing in general. The purpose of the Strategic Marketing is to prevail the methodology for preparing strategic entrepreneurial programs in economics as well as managerial skills for strategic marketing leadership. The results of this course are for students to gain some knowledge of strategic marketing and to get acquainted with the theoretical and practical formatting of forms, different methods of applying strategic marketing plans and implementing projects that derive from direct business in the field of strategic marketing, gain insight into the practical implementation of all models and the building of relevant strategies.

Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 2

145

Literature:

Prof.Ass.Dr. Liliana Elmazi "Marketing Strategy" Tirana 2002 University of Tirana. Prof. Ali Jakupi "Marketing Basics", Prishtina, 2000. University of Prishtina Faculty of Economics. Prof.Ass. Hysni Terziu, Authorized Lectures, Faculty of Economics, Prizren, 2014/2015. Pһilip Kotler and Keven Keler: Marketing Management, 2012. Prof. Nexhmi Rexha, "Marketing" Prishtina 1982 University of Prishtina, Economy Faculty. Prof.Dr. Nail Residi, Marketing, Pristina University 2007.

146

Module / Course

TOURIST POTENTIAL MANAGEMENT Short content

This subject analyses hotel management and helps towards their understanding and recognition, it gives a wide description of planning and measuring the tourism needs on a macro and micro level. Helps towards management of tourism potentials. The analysis, recognition and respect of clients will be related to the means of communication to them. The subject allows the future managers to use the overbooking and pricing techniques as well as the use of metric marketing methods. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The definition of attractions and tourist areas, the planning of hotels according to the necessary elements of sustainable tourism will be developed in conjunction with a thorough analysis of the decision-making process regarding current and future developments. The student should be able to:  Understand the organization of a modern hotel company;  Recognize and perform the jobs of the reception branch upon arrival;  Analyze tourist policies. Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).

Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1

147

Literature:

. Roy A.Cook.,Laura J.Yale.,Joseph J.Marqua (2009) Tourism: The Business of Travel, Pearson . G.Michael Hall.(2009) Tourism Planning: Policies, Processes and Relationships, Pearson . Jean-Pierre Lozato-Giotart.,Michel Balfet (2009) Progettazione e gestione di sistemi turistici. Territorio, sistemi di produzione e strategie,FrancoAngeli . Prepared lectures on Tourism Strategy by Petrit Hasanaj . Hasanaj . Application of FAS model in managing tourism potentials, by Petrit Hasanaj

148

Module / Course

LOGISTICS AND DISTRIBUTION Short content

The course aims to illustrate the features and opportunities associated with managing the integrated supply chain (SCM) within an economic system. The analysis focuses on the production management, commercial and distribution of goods and allows identification of the outsourcing of logistical transfer and the strategic role taken by third-party logistics operators. The methodological approach followed is that of supply chain management and distribution channels (commercial and logistic) where the company is positioned within a system of production, commercial and distribution relations at the front and back ends of the supply chain. The course examines customer-supplier relationships, commercial and logistic networks (distribution channels), strategies of various players in the market, techniques for optimization and management of physical flows (goods) and information (ICT). Objectives and expected results of the lesson

At the end of the course, the student should be able to:  distinguish the reorganization processes that are being developed within the economic systems in the light of the relationship between customers and suppliers at the front and end of supply management;  be able to analyze in a summarized way the relationships between different links in the production, sale and distribution of goods;  understand the meaning of logistics and marketing management within business processes and also supply chain management;  the student will be more equipped to handle and understand the business economy, marketing and international courses. Teaching and learning forms/methods Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER). Means of concretization / IT White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1

149

Literature:

 Prof. Ibrahim Krasniqi, Authorized Lectures, UPZ, 2017_18  P. ROMANO-P. DANESE, Supply Chain Management, McGraw-Hill, Milan, 2006.  M. CHRISTOPHER, Supply Chain Management, Create Value with Logistics, Pearson Italia, 2005.  D.J.BOWERSOX-D.J.CLOSS-M.B.COOPER, Supply Chain Logistics and Management Manual, New Techniques, Milan, 2011.

150

Module / Course

EUROPEAN ECONOMIC INTEGRATION Short content

The Meaning and history of creating regional economic integration. Levels of regional economic integration. Background and motives of EU creation. EU bodies and institutions. Policy Making in the European Union. EU Joint Policy. EU policy-making following the Treaty of Lisbon. Objectives and expected results of the lesson

This module aims to provide students with the necessary information on regional economic integration, with special emphasis on the European Union. Students will be introduced to the history of the creation of the European Union, its organs and institutions. EU macroeconomic policies, etc. Teaching and learning forms/methods

Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc. Assessment methods and criteria of passing

Means of concretization / IT

White boards, markers and IT equipments. The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study The ratio is 2: 1 Literature:

-Shpresa Shehu - Kursani; (2015), Policy Making in the European Union, College Juridika, Pristina. -Musa Limani; (2012), European Economic Integration, Universum College, Pristina. -Baldwin R :, & Wyplosz; (2009), The Economics of European Integration, Mc Graw Hill.

151

5.2.15. Agreements with other Accredited Carriers

University “Ukshin Hoti” Prizren has signed cooperation agreements with: University “Hasan Prishtina” Prishtina, University “Haxhi Zeka” Peja, University “Kadri Zeka” Gjilan, University “Isa Boletini” Mitrovica and with several universities from Albania: University of Tirana, University “Luigj Gurakuqi” Shkodra, and University of Durres.

152

5.4 Bachelor of Law

5.1. General information 5.1.1. Regulations and procedures for developing / reviewing and approving new curricula (quality criteria and responsibilities).

The Law Faculty Council has established a commission for re-accreditation of the Barchelor Law Program on 19.07.2017, with protocol number 03/200 which was responsible for drafting the curriculum respectively according to the needs of the labor market and the academic requirements of the Internal institutions. The Commission reviewed the program and held meetings on the subject proposal, where the change was made according to the abovementioned needs. The commission finally made the compilation respectively

5.1.2. The rules for student evaluation and their progress during the studies (to be presented briefly) the procedures for assessing the students, the examination deadlines, the requirements for the passing the exams and grades.

The University respectively Law Faculty has issued a regulation for determining the criteria of basic studies, where this regulation includes 16 pages of A4 format in which in detail the student study procedures and evaluation criteria and the number of credits that students should gain for the transition from one year to another academic year. The same regulation in accordance with the Statute has foreseen the deadlines of exams as well as the formation of commissions in the case of students' complaints.

5.1.3. Regulations and procedures for drafting BA, MA and PhD thesis topics (for the levels offered)

Regarding the diploma thesis procedure, now with the new program there will not be a thesis topic because the number of credits foreseen for the diploma thesis has been replaced by additional exams, with additional credits, which means 240 credits obtained from the examinations foreseen in this program. So the final exam is the finalization of studies.

5.1.4. Document on the planned legal relationship (s) between the institution and students

Given the well-being and teaching process, the University or the faculty has a number of necessary regulations that enable good and fair relations between the institution (Faculty / University), such as: Regulation for determining criteria of basic studies, Code of Ethics , Regulation on Disciplinary Procedure, Regulation on the internal organization of University services, Regulation on the exemption from payment of semester for certain categories.

153

5.2. Bachelor of Law 5.2.1. Basic data for the study program

Academic Degree: Students who will complete the studies at the Faculty of Law at the University of Prizren will gain the degree of: Graduated Lawyer- Bachelor (240 ECTS), Bachelor of Law (LL.B.).

Description of the Institution (name) University ’’Ukshin Hoti’’ Prizren Name of the study program Law Categorization (BA, MA, BSc, MSc, PhD, BA Academic Degree and the name of the Diploma Bachelor of Law in full and short form. Profile of the academic programme - Group to whom dhe offer is offered To all of them who completed secondary education and national exam. Minimal duration of the Studies 4 Years-8 Semesters Form of studying (full time, without disconection Full time from job,distance studying etc.) Number of ECTS 240 Modules /Courses (short description) 1.1. Roman Law 1.2. ABC of the Law and State 1.3. History of the State and the Law in general and in particular of the Albanian State 1.4. English Language (juridical) I Alternative:german language I, and french language I 1.5. Select one of these courses: 1.5.1. Introduction to Economics, 1.5.2. Sociology of Law Professional and Ethics of Law 1.5.3. , 1.5.4. Banking and Insurance Law.

2. 1. Constituional Law 2.2. International Protection of Human Rights 2.3. Philosophy of Law 2.4. English Language (jurica) II Alternative: german language II, and french language II 2.5. Select one of these courses: 2.5.1. Rethoric and Oratory of Law, 2.5.2. Parliamentary Theory and Practice, 2.5.3. Law on spatial planning and construction. 2.5.4.Cases and developments on the international Law

3.1. Civil Law general part 3.2.Criminal Law I (general part)

154

3.3. Public International Law 3.4. Administrative Law 3.5. Select one of these course: 3.5.1. Business Law; 3.5.2. Copyright Law; 3.5.3. Ecological Law, 3.5.4. Methodology and Legal Writing.

4.1. Civil Law special part (Property Law) 4.2. Constitutional Positive Law 4.3. European Union Law 4.4. Criminal law II (special part) 4.5. Select one of these courses: 4.5.1. Organized Crime; 4.5.2. Solution of the International Disputes; 4.5.3. Administrative Law special part.

5.1. Civil Procedure Law (I) Contested part 5.2.Criminal Procedure Law I 5.3. Criminalogy 5.4.Finances and Finacial Law 5.5. Select one of these course: 5.5.1. Diplomatic and Consular Law; 5.5.2. Forensic Medicine; 5.5.3. Penalogy.

6.1. Civil Procedure Law II none- Contested 6.2. Criminal Procedure Law II 6.3. Private International Law 6.4. Family and Inheritance Law 6.5. Select one of these courses: 6.5.1.Institutional Financial Law; 6.5.2. Victimology; 6.5.3. Procurement Public Law 6.5.4. Informatics and Computer Crimes.

7.1. Administrative Procedure 7.2. Law of Obligations 7.3. International Criminal Law 7.4. Labour and Social Insurance Law 7.5. Select one of these courses: 7.5.1. Theories of International Relations; 7.5.2. Customary Law; 7.5.3. Juridcal I, (Constitutional, Criminal, Civil and Financial Clinics). 7.5.4. Contract Law.

8.1. Constituional Justice 8.2. International Organizations Law 8.3. Tax and Budget Law 8.4. Criminalistics

155

8.5. Select one of these courses: 8.5.1. International Humanitarian Law; 8.5.2. Bankruptcy Law 8.5.3.Juridical Clinics II, 8.5.4. Criminal Policy.

Number of students required 150-200 Leader of the study programme Prof.Dr. Ass. Arif Riza Dekan Permanenlty academic staff Four Assistant Professors (Prof. dr. ass.) (scientfic/artistic) (number according to the staff category)

Study Fee: 25 Euro per semester

5.2.3. International Cooperation

UPZ Law Faculty on its own development agenda, one of the priorities is international cooperation. In this context, the model used for the development of this Program has been the curriculum of the faculties of law at the Universities of Graz, Tübingen and Heidelberg. Possibilities for concrete implementation of a national co-operation, eg. through the exchange of visiting professors, will be elaborated more at later stages. Student admission - Will be determined by program management and university.

5.2.4.Target group dedicated to this program

Classes for lectures in the first and second year will be from 100 students, respectively 125 students, while in exercises will be in the first year 4 groups with 50 students, in the second year will be 3 groups while in the second year the third and fourth year will be from two groups.

5.2.5. Orientation of the study program according to the governing principles of the institution (mission)

The mission of the Bachelor program is to prepare students with practical management skills in the context of modern European legislation by achieving sufficient intellectual skills and capacities for productive leadership career in the justice system in state administrative institutions and jurispodences the spirit of European legislation The University of Prizren serves the region of Prizren and the country with recruiting, developing and educating students to be successful in the labor market in Kosovo and beyond. The Universities aims to develop competency skills through programs through the programs, in order to be equal and prepared with the knowledge and skills for their practical implementation.

156

5.2.6. Aim and profile of the study program

The purpose of this field of study is to offer students the opportunity to acquire general legal knowledge that will serve them as a basis for further specialization in various fields in the legal and other fields. Also students with these knowledge in general theoretical and practical justice and comprehension in its broadest sense.The goal is not to educate students in a specific and specialized part of the law, but to enable them to understand the goals, principles and instruments of the law and their fields. Further, it is important to ensure an interdisciplinary understanding of the law that will link the various aspects in the field of justice-law in its economic, social and historical context. The more purpose is for students to become familiar with international law and compare them with national law. In this respect, the English language will be compulsory in two semesters. One of the main goals is to raise awareness among students of ethical norms in the field of law, the direct application of the law, and the awareness of the legal context in the democratic society. The other purpose of this program is for students to develop creative, innovative and communicative thinking skills in solving business and decision-making problems based on the use of extensive analytical, research and practical literature.

5.2.7. Expected learning outcomes

• The program will enable students to embrace theoretical and practical knowledge of sustainable administrative and jurisprudence institutions. • Through the study program students will be able and skilled in managing different situations in the administrative and judicial bodies. • Students will be able to develop the accessibility and flexibility of access and the ability to initiate and respond positively and appropriately to the changes. • This program will prepare career students in institutions or areas related to state organs and private enterprises and develop their skills to contribute greatly to society. • The program will enhance lifelong learning lifelong learning skills, communication skills, and personal development. • Students will be able to approach to solve the problems they may face in the institutions and administration of working organizations. • In the field of this program, students will benefit from social and intercultural competences. • Taking into consideration the fact that all solutions in jurisdictions are successful only when they are accepted by the people, the managers of institutions and should be able to coordinate the needs of various shareholders. • The ethical aspect is also important and students will be able to perceive ethical positions, make their arguments in line with ethical norms and be always accessible to them.

5.2.8 Relationship between theoretical and practical part / experimental practice of the study

157

Throughout the study period, studies are theoretical, but the institution also provides a legal clinic, where students are sent to local and central state institutions to obtain information from internships in institutions. However, according to the legislation in force, students who have completed their studies will be able to practice at the Court or Prosecutor's Office.

5.2.9. Calculation of the ECTS

The General Law Program is in full compliance with the new European higher education guidelines as specified in the Bologna agreement. In the legal program, the studies last 4 years, or 8 semesters, each semester having 30 ECTS, which means that the studies are completed after the accumulation of 240 ECTS. The amount of engagement hours for an ECTS is 25 hours of study (1 ECTS = 25 hours). - 1 ECTS = 25 hours of engagement -1 semester = 30 ECTS; - 1 year = 60 ECTS x 25 hours = 1.500 engagement - 4 years = 240 ECTS x 25 hours = 6.000 engagement

5.2.10. Internship

The University of Prizren has signed an agreement with the Basic Court, Basic Prosecution Office, Prizren Correctional Institution, Municipal Administrative Bodies, Local and International Organizations for practical work in these Institutions, with the aim of professional and practical training of students in relevant fields.

5.2.11. Research program for program / programs in assessment

This curriculum aims to combine theoretical knowledge with practical skills, using the skills and skills acquired during module follow-up so that students prepare for the labor market. Thus, this form of learning and study will equip students with concrete knowledge both in the theoretical and in the practical sense, for the purpose of their use and application in the future.

5.2.12. Conditions for enrollment and admission to students

The criteria for student enrollment are foreseen by the Law on Higher Education in the Republic of Kosovo, with the Statute of the University of Prizren and are placed in the public competition for admission of students. Determining the student admission quota is made by the Senate of the University of Prizren that currently is 150-200 regular students and 50 with part time.

158

5.2.13. Overview of the Programme Bachelor of Law for the academic year of 2018-2022

I Year - I Semester No. Course Status ECTS Lect Exerc Class Bearer of the Course Prof. Ass. Dr. 1.1. Roman Law O 7 3 2 5 Muharrem Faiku

Prof. Ass. Dr. Kadri 1.2. ABC of the Law and State O 7 3 2 5 KRYEZIU

1.3. History of State and Law in Prof. Ass. Dr. Eqrem general and in particular of the O 7 3 2 5 Zenelaj Albanian State. 1.4. English language (juridical) I PhD Cand. Bajram Alternative: German language I, O 5 2 1 3 Demollari French language I 1.5. Select one of these course: Phdc. Naim Spahiu 1.5.1.Introduction to Economy, Prof.Ass.Dr. Besim 1.5.2. Sociology of Law Gollopeni 1.5.3. Professional and Ethics of E 4 2 1 3 ProfAss.Dr.Armend Law, Podvorica 1.5.4. Banking and Insurance

Law. 30 13 8 21

I Year - II Semester Prof. Ass. Dr. 2. 1. Constitutional Law O 7 3 2 5 Kadri KRYEZIU

2.2. International Protection of Prof. Ass. Dr. O 7 3 2 5 Human Rights Halim Bajraktari Prof. Ass. Dr. 2.3. Philosophy of the Law O 7 3 2 5 Kadri KRYEZIU 2.4. English Language (Juridical) II O 5 2 1 5 Bajram Demollari Alternative: german language II, french language II

159

2.5. Select on of these courses: 2.5.1. Rethoric and Oratory of Law, Phd(c). Behar Selimi 2.5.2. Parliamentary Theory and Prof.Ass.Dr. Armend Podvorica Practise, E 4 2 1 3 Dr. Mentor Lecaj 2.5.3. Law on spatial planning and construction 2.5.4. Cases and Developments on the International Law.

30 13 8 23

II Year - III Semester No. Course Status ECTS Lect Exerc Class Bearer of the course

Prof. Ass. Dr. 3.1. Civil Law general part O 7 3 2 5 Muharrem Faiku

3.2. Criminal Law I (general O 6 3 1 5 Prof. Ass. Dr. Enver Buçaj part) Prof. Ass. Dr. Arif RIZA 3.3. Public International Law O 7 3 2 5 Prof. Ass. Dr. Halim Bajraktari Prof. Ass. Dr. Kadri 3.4. Administrative Law O 6 3 2 5 Kryeziu

3.5. Select of of these courses: 3.5.1 Business Law, Phd(c). Naim Sphaiu Prof.Ass.Dr. Berat Aqifi 3.5.2 Copyright Law E 4 2 1 4 Prof.Ass. Armend 3.5.3 Ecological Law, Podvorica 3.5.4 Methodology and Legal Dr. Mentor Lecaj Writing.

30 14 9 24

II Year - IV Semester 4.1. Civil Law special part Prof. Ass. Dr. Muharrem O 7 3 2 5 (Property Law) FAIKU 4.2. Positive Constituional O 6 3 2 4 Prof Ass. Dr. Arif RIZA Law

160

4.3. European Union Law O 6 3 2 4 Prof Ass. Dr. Arif RIZA

4.4 Criminal Law II (special O 7 3 2 5 Dr. Enver BUQAJ part) 4.5 Select one of these courses: Prof.Ass. Dr Armend 4.5.1. Organized Crime; Podvorica 4.5.2. Solution of the E 4 2 1 3 Phdc. Abdylkader Muqaj International Disputes; Dr. Safet Hoxha 4.5.3. Special Administrative Procedure. 30 14 7 21

III Year - V Semester No. Course Status ECTS Lect Exerc Class Bearer of the Course 5.1. Civil Procedure Law I O 7 3 2 5 Phd(c). Bestar Kolgeci Contested part

Prof Ass. Dr. Armend 5.2. Criminal Procedure Law I O 7 3 2 5 Podvorica

Prof.Ass.Dr. Armend 5.3. Criminology O 6 3 2 5 Podvorica 5.4. Finances and the Financial O 6 3 2 5 Phd(c). Naim Spahiu Law. 5.5 Select one of these Courses: Prof.Ass.Dr. Eqrem 5.5.1. Diplomatic and Consular Zenelaj Law; E 4 2 1 3 Dr. Fadil Kryeziu 5.5.2. Forensic Medicine; Prof.Ass.Dr. Armend 5.5.3. Penalogy. Podvorica 30 14 9 23

III Year - VI Semester No. Course Status ECTS Lect Exerc Class Bearer of the Course 6. 6.1. Civil Procedure Law II Non- Phd(c). Kastriote O 7 3 2 5 Contested part Vlahna 7. Prof. Ass. Dr. 6.2. Criminal Procedure Law II O 7 3 2 5 Armend Povorica 8. Prof. Ass.Dr. 6.3. Private International Law O 6 3 2 5 Halim Bajraktari

9. 6.4. Family and Inheritance Law O 6 3 2 5 Prof. Ass. Dr.

161

Muharrem Faiku 10. 6.5. Select one of these courses: Prof.Ass.Dr. Halil 6.5.1. The Institution Financial Kukaj Law, Prof. Ass. Dr. 6.5.2. Victimology; Z 4 2 1 3 Armend Povorica 6.5.3. Public Procurment Law, Dr. Safet Hoxha 6.5.4. Informatics and Computer Prof.Ass.Dr. Enver Crimes. Buqaj 30 14 8 21

IV Year- VII Semester

No. Course ECTS Lec Exerc Class Bearer of the Course Prof.Ass.Dr. Kadri 7.1. Administrative Procedure 6 3 2 5 Kryeziu Prof Ass. Dr. Muharrem 7.2. Law of Obligations 7 3 2 5 Faiku Prof. Ass. Dr. Halim 7.3. International Criminal Law 6 3 2 5 Bajraktari 7.4. Labour Law with Social Prof.Ass.dr. Muharrem 7 3 2 5 Insurance. Faiku 7.5. Select one of these courses: 7.5.1. Theories of International Dr. Mentor Lecaj Relations. Phdc. Naim Spahiu 7.5.2. Customary Law; 4 2 1 3 Prof.Ass.Dr. Muharrem 7.5.3. Juridical I, Constituional, Faiku Criminal, Civic and Financial

Clinics. 7.5.4.Contract Law 30 14 9 23

IV Year- VIII Semester

8.1. Constitutional Justice 7 3 2 5 Prof.Ass.Dr Kadri Kryeziu

8.2. International Organizations 6 3 2 5 Prof.Ass.Dr. Arif RIZA Law

8 8.3. Tax and Budget Law 7 3 2 5 Phd(c). Naim Spahiu

162

9 8.4. Criminalistics 6 3 2 5 Prof.Ass.Dr. Enver Buqaj

8.5. Select one of these courses:

Phd(c). Abdylkader Mucaj 8.5.1. International Humanitarian Phd(c). Ibrahim Mala 10 Law; 4 2 1 3 Prof.Ass.Dr. Enver Buqaj 8.5.2. Bancruptcy Law;

8.5.3 Constitutional Clinic II

8.5.4. Criminal Policy 30 14 9 23 Total ECTS (8 semesters) 240 111 67 179

O – Obligatory/obligatore, E-Elective/zgjedhore

Notice: In all courses where are two of exercise clasess, so (3 L + 2 Exerc) first the exam will be passed by the exercises then to having the right of sitting on exam.

5.2.14. Desciption of Courses

Number of the Course and Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific the Title: or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

1.1. Roman Law 1.1. Roman Law

Content: Contemporary views of the Roman law in the family (marital law, the right of parents and children), including the relevant areas of private international law; outlining references in other areas of relevant law in family law (eg social security law). Owner's Power. Release from Ownership. Claims for property protection. The right to use real rights, usufruct, and residential, joint ownership. Common Types. Heritage Principle. The Inheritance Law. Descendants of legal heirs. Inheritance of the Testamentare. Types of Will. Arrangements between the livings. The inheritance opening rules. Heritage Management. The Testamentary Executioner. Inheritance and responsibility. Competences: Providing contemporary understanding of Roman family law. Basic Literature: “E Drejta Romake”, Ivo Puhan, Prishtinë, 1980. Literatura plotësuese: “ E Drejta Romake”, Arta Mandro, Tiranë, 1998. “An Introduction to Roman Law”, Barry Nicholas, Oxford, 1975. “Textbook on Roman Law”, Andrew Borkowski, Paul du Plessis, Oxford, 2005. A Historical Introduction to the study of Roman Law, 3d. ed.”, Cambridge, 2008.

163

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific Number of the Course and or specific subject), covered topics, used literature. the Title: 1.2. ABC of the Law and the State 1.2. ABC of the Law and the State Content: Introduction to the general principles of public law, its resources, key institutions and their linkages. Kosovo's Constitutional Law and Administrative Law, the functions of the constitution and Constitutional Law, constitutional principles, basic rights, constitutional bases of the administration, administrative procedures and legal protection, etc. Competencies: Transmitting the general functioning of the Constitution and Administration in particular in one case in Kosovo. Literature: -Kadri Kryeziu, ABC-ja e së Drejtës dhe Shteti, Prizren 2017. -Luan Omari, Parime dhe Institucione të së Drejtës Publike, Tiranë, 1996 -Romeo Gurakuqi, E Drejta Publike, Tiranë, 2010. -Luan Omari, Kushtetuta e Republikës së Kosovës në një vështrim krahasues.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific Number of the Course and or specific subject), covered topics, used literature. the Title: 1.3. History of the State and the Law in general and in particular of the 1.3. History of the State Albanian State and the Law in general and in particular of the The aim of this course is to recognize and equip students with the necessary Albanian State legal culture of the history of the institutions and the history of the state and of the Law. This is possible through the description and analysis of political institutions, studied closely related to social reality. This course extends its study in a long line of time from antiquity to contemporary times, making a comparative look. The first module (state-institution history) is divided into four parts, ranging from the more general time limits of institutional development such as antiquity, the Middle Ages, Modern Periods, and Modern Periods. The second module (the history of the Albanian state) focuses on the development of institutions according to chronological periods of time by the state and slave law in Illyria up to the contemporary period, making a comparative look. From lectures from the History of Law, we expect that after completing this course, students will benefit from a general legal culture, in particular legal and historical culture, to understand the processes of development of law and the legality of its development since its creation to the present day and the legality of this process. Understand that the development of law has a positive upward trend and that the right to a later historical period is always more progressive and more developed than the one in the previous period. Content : Presentation of the historical biography of the Albanian nation has gone through the founding of their state and law. The purpose of this course is the Albanian state and the right from the initial existence of the Albanian

164

state (1912) to the independence of Kosovo (2008). Includes the state and the right in Illyria, the Albanian state under the leadership of Skenderbeu, customary Albanian law, customary criminal law, the League of Prizren, the Albanian Independent State between 1912-1914, the Ambassadorial Conference in London (1913 and the separation Albania, Lushnja Congress, 1924 Revolution, State and Right in the Zog regime, Albania's economic, social and political organizations after World War II (1945-1990), Transitional Period (1990-2010) -through the family European Constitution, the 1974 Constitution of Kosovo in Yugoslavia, the Constitutional Amendments in 1988 and the dissolution of Kosovo's institutions, the idea for the Republic of Kosovo and the reality, the development of the right in Kosovo 1999-2010, the state and the nation in European history, the future of the state in the context of European integration processes. Competences: general knowledge about developments in the Albanian state and the right in general, and the Kosovo state and the right in particular and its European perspectives. Literature: Dr.Hilmi Iamjli & Dr.Fatmir Sejdiu, historia shtetit dhe e së drejtës, Universiteti i Prishtinës, Prishtinë 2002, ; Historia e shtetit dhe e së drejtës në Shqipëri (grup autorësh), Tiranë. A. Luarasi, Shteti dhe e drejta shqiptare në epokën e Skënderbeut, Tiranë, 1998. A. Luarasi, Akte juridike për historinë e shtetit dhe të së drejtës në Shqipëri, I, II, Tiranë, 1999. I. Elezi, E drejta zakonore e Labërisë (në rrafshin krahasues), Tiranë, 2003

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature. Number of the Course and the Title: 1.4. English Language (juridical) I

1.4. English Language Content: The course structure refers to the choice of topics and the (juridical) I organization and content of the course content. The main content of the selected topic includes one or more essential conversations about which other units of the unit are built, brief dialogues to illustrate grammar points, detailed grammar points, complementary exercises, classroom activities, exercises, reading texts, hearing and writing, and ultimately the exercise sector. Many units also include glossary notes, games, translation exercises, and spelling, phonetics, morphology and vocabulary. Competencies: The course aims to improve the competency in English. It provides systematic practice in four main areas of language learning: reading, writing, speaking and listening, discovering situations and broader meaning related to the subject. Students exercise their language skills by playing in large-scale roles of specific and general professional situations, such as participation in job

165

interviews, preparation of CVs or summaries, filling in application forms, and writing formal letters and not formal. Basic Liturature : - Opportunities Elementary Student’s Book – Michael Harris, David Mower, Anna Sikorzynska -Opportunities Elementary Language Powerbook – Michael Dean , Olivia Johanson Additional Literature: -Mini – Dictionary, A Modern English Dictionary, Fjalori Anglisht-Shqip- Anglish

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific Number of the Course and or specific subject), covered topics, used literature. the Title:

Alternative: 1.4.1. German Language I 1.4.1. German Language I Content: The course structure refers to the choice of topics and the organization and content of the course content. The main contents of the selected topic include one or more essential conversations about which other units of the unit are built, brief dialogues to illustrate grammar points, detailed grammar points, complementary exercises, classroom activities, exercises, reading texts, hearing and writing, and ultimately the exercise sector.Many units also include glossary notes, games, translation exercises and pronunciation, phonetics, morphology and vocabulary. Competences: The course aims to improve the competence in general German. It provides systematic practice in four main areas of language learning: reading, writing, speaking and listening, discovering situations and broader meaning related to the subject. Students exercise their language skills by playing in large-scale roles of specific and general professional situations, such as participation in job interviews, preparation of CVs or summaries, filling in application forms, and writing formal letters and not formal. Relationship between the theoretical and practical part of the study: Theoretical part 30% and practical part 70%. Basic Literature: 1. Deutsch für Juristen: Vom Schwulst zur klaren Formulierung 2. Arf Riza, Fjalori Juridik, Gjermanisht- Shqip, Juristische Wörterbuch, Deutsch-Albanish, Prishtinë 2012 3. Helbig G., Buscha J. (2000): Übungsgrammatik. München 4. Hall K., Schneider B. (2007): Übungsgrammatik für Fortgeschrittene DaF. Ismaning Langenscheidts Großwörterbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache; 5. Duden Deutsches Universalwörterbuch (2011), 7. Auflage. Mannheim, Leipzig, Wien, Zürich: Dudenverlag 6. Schmuck, Michael (2010):

166

7. Tekste të përzgjedhura.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific Number of the Course and or specific subject), covered topics, used literature. the Title: 1.4.2. French Language I 1.4.2. French language I Content: The course structure refers to the choice of topics and the organization and content of the course content. The main contents of the selected topic include one or more essential conversations about which other units of the unit are built, brief dialogues to illustrate grammar points, detailed grammar points, complementary exercises, classroom activities, exercises, reading texts, hearing and writing, and ultimately the exercise sector. Many units also include clipboard notes, games, translation exercises, and pronunciation, phonetics, morphology, and vocabulary. Competences: The course aims to improve the competency in the general French. It provides systematic practice in four main areas of language learning: reading, writing, speaking and listening, discovering situations and broader meaning related to the subject. Students exercise their language skills by playing in large-scale roles of specific and general professional situations, such as participation in job interviews, preparation of CVs or summaries, filling in application forms, and writing formal letters and not formal. Literature: Murat Bejta, Dictionary: French Albanian Vedat Kokona, Dictiionary : French Albanian

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific Number of the Course and or specific subject), covered topics, used literature. the Title:

1.5. Select one of these course: 1.5.1. Introduction to Economics 1.5.1. Introduction to Economics Content: The course "Introduction to Economics" will contain the basics, notions, principles, concepts, methods and legalities of the market economy. Also with this course will be developed knowledge of the firms, their functioning, business motives, capacities , inputs, outputs and financial results. The course will also cover the macroeconomic policies, the advantages and problems of the contemporary economy, the features of the world economy and the interdependence of the national economy, market structure, competition law, prerequisites and legality of the market economy. Specifically, the state and level of development of Kosovo's economy will be presented, problems and perspectives. Competences: The purpose of the course "Introduction to Economics" is that students through it acquire basic knowledge of elementary meanings in the

167

field of economics. These knowledge will serve to create students skills to understand the laws of the economy and to deepen the analysis of economic problems. They will also be able to apply the knowledge gained in the field of economics, build the skills necessary to meet rational needs individually and create opportunities for optimal market solutions. They will gain sufficient knowledge of the exercise of economic activity, establishment of businesses and their successful management.Basic Literature: Bektashi Mejdi & Nysret Gacaferri: Ekonomia – Botimi i dytë i plotësuar, Universiteti i Prishtinës, Fakulteti Juridik, Prishtinë, 2005 Gregory Mankivv dhe Mark P.Paylor: Ekonomiksi, UET Press, 2010.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

Number of the Course and 1.5.2. Sociology of Law the Title: The Importance of Learning of Sociology of law. Since human society is a 1.5.2. Sociology of Law complex entity and since its functioning is dreadful due to the different nature of social phenomena which constitute the social structure, then studying human society in order to recognize it is indispensable and unavoidable. This study is conducted efficiently by Sociology, which aims to study society and its entire spectrum. 2. The subject and problems in Law Sociology Practical Issues Legal Sociology is the newest discipline of General Sociology as such is a particular sociological field where to this day there is serious effort in defining the object of its study and this discipline is confronted with strong objections in two directions by jurists who underestimate. Legal Sociology introducing within the legal sciences and sociologists who struggle to divide between Soc. Juridical by Soc. General. The founders of soc. Legal issues are gathered around the notion of social control, which means the report or adoption of the legal norms to the social reality and the specifics of the country. Moris Orina, who has said that little sociology is part of the right, but most of them go to justice. Sources of injustice: are the totalitarian, tyrannical systems that construct and realize the norms norms outside normal standards. These systems of life do not derive from reality but from their logic. 3. Trends in Justice and Their Relation to Sociology Legal analysts express their views in two meanings: in that narrow and wide. Their legal views were identified with the rules and principles that applied to the courts when making their decisions. The tendency of the analytical school was to have the courts consider the bodywork bodies and as such with their activity to be subject to the right of baptism. Logistic normativity relies on Kant's "idealism" to protect the possibility of existence of any juridical sociology that is nothing more than a blossoming of "legal positivism" combined with dogmatic rationalism. 4. The tendency in sociology and their relation to law - The sociological positivism introduced by Ogyst Konti is expressed in some forms often against the insights of the founders of sociology. For Kontinsociology there is a double meaning. On the one hand is the social sciences positive science on the other hand it is

168

general science, science on science, a kind of primary philosophy that has replaced the metaphysical philosophy. 5. Legal sociology report with soc. the general have common but also distinctive points. The common points are that both study societies and social phenomena. General sociology studies institutions, genesis and their functioning, legal sociology studies the genesis of the right in social life. 6. Definition of Soc. Juridical Sociology is part of the General Socilogy or its discipline which studies the right to social reality, starting from the things that are seen and which are manifested effectively in collective behaviors, such as organizations, practical and traditional life, or innovations in conduct continuing with the material base. Literature: - Dr.sc Beqir Sadikaj “Sociology of Law”, Prishtinë 2010. - Fatmir Zanaj,”Sociologjia e se Drejtes” Tirane,2010. - Dushko Verban, “Sociologija Prava”, Zagreb 200. - Anthony Giddens, “Sociologjia”, Tiranë: 1997 - Luan Omari, “State of Law,” Tirana: 2002

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

1.5.3. Professional and Ethics of Law Number of the Course and the Title: Content: This course will expose students to broad-ranging social culture, issues, professional standards, and legal responsibilities. This will prepare 1.5.3. Professional and students to practice ethical professional behavior. This course is for initial Ethics of Law consultants who need to learn the principles of ethics and discover the legal and professional issues that prevail over counseling. Content includes the process of bringing ethical decisions to the principles of autonomy, goodwill, competence, trustworthiness, justice, and abuse of office. Competences: Students should be able to describe relevant codes of ethical behavior, professional standards, legal norms, regulations, guidelines, policies, legal issues, ethical responsibility for Judges, Prosecutors and Lawyers. Literature: -Etika Ligjore dhe Profesionale, Doracak i pergaditur nga ABA/ROOLI (botimi shqip) 2005, -Kodi i Etikes Profesionale për Avokatë, OAK, Prishtinë, 2007 -Statuti i Odës së Avokatëve të Kosovës, Prishtinë 2007, -Kodi i Etikës dhe Sjelljës Profesionale të Gjykatësve, KGJK, Prishtinë, 2006 -Kodi i Etikës dhe Sjelljës Profesionale për Prokurorët, KGJK, Prishtinë, 2006

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

169

1.5.4. Banking and Insurance Law Number of the Course and the Title: Banking and insurance law serves at the same time as a powerful tool for the protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms in accordance with the 1.5.4. Banking and UN Charter, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the European Insurance Law Convention on Human Rights, the European Social Charter , with the Constitution, the Labor Code. It protects private and state property, guarantees the enjoyment of the rights deriving from the positive insurance right. The subject of social protection systems studies the pension systems, and all other types of social and economic aid, Students will also be introduced to the establishment, financing and operation of private pension institutes. Literature: -Cela, Kudret. Haxhi, Paskal. E drejtë e Krahasuar e Punës. Tiranë: Ilar, 2002. -Starova, Gëzime. E Drejta e Punës. Shkup: Logos-A 2004. -Bok, Derek C. Gorman, Robert, A. Finkin, Mathew W. Labor Law: cases and materials 14-th ed. USA: foundation Press, 2004. -Sargeant, Malcom. Lewis, David. Employment law 5-th ed., London: Pearson, 2010. -Bujupi, Ismajli, Hava. E Drejta Ndërkombëtare e Punës. Prishtinë 2003. -Ligji mbi Marrëdhëniet Detyrimore 2013. -Ligji për Sigurimet e Detyrueshme në Kosovë.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

2.1. Constitutional Law Number of the Course and the Title: This course aims to familiarize bachelor students with the theoretical part of Constitutional Law as a separate branch of law. In particular, students will 2.1. Constitutional Law analyze fundamental constitutional concepts, constitutional systems and institutions, sources of constitutional law, the nature and types of constitutions, the constitutional aspect of the rule of law and the protection of constitutional rights and freedoms. Special attention will be paid to the constitutional system of the Republic of Kosovo, the constitutional principles and constitution in Kosovo, including the organization and scope of the constitutional bodies of the Republic of Kosovo. At the end of the course, students should be able to: understand and recognize the basic legal and political institutions of the constitutional system; -apply experiences gained from constitutional law; -apply their knowledge of constitutional and civic rights and their respect for everyday life; -follow the scientific and political achievements of constitutionality and civic rights. Literature: -Arsim Bajrami. Sistemi Kushtetues i Kosovës, Prishtinë, 2011. (Elective)

170

-Rosenfeld, Michel, and András Sajó, eds. The Oxford handbook of comparative constitutional law, Oxford University Press, 2012. -Marko, Joseph. "The new Kosovo constitution in a regional comparative perspective." Review of Central and East European Law 33.4 (2008): 437- 450. -De Visser, Maartje, Constitutional review in Europe: a comparative analysis, A&C Black, 2014. -Jackson, Vicki, Constitutional Engagement in a Transnational Era, Oxford University Press, 2013. Constitution and Laws -Kushtetuta e Republikës së Kosovës, me amendamtet kushtetuese (2008) -Rregullorja e Punës së Kuvendit të Kosovës (2010) -Ligji për Gjykatën Kushtetuese të Kosovës -Ligji për Presidentin -Ligji për Policinë e Kosovës -Ligji për Forcën e Sigurisë së Kosovës -Konventa Evropiane për të Drejtat e Njeriut -Ligji për Gjykatat -Ligji për Këshillin Gjyqësor të Kosovës -Ligji për Këshillin Prokurorial të Kosovës -Ligji nr. 03/l-189 për administratën shtetërore të republikës së Kosovës -Komentar – Kushtetuta e Republikës së Kosovës, botimi I, f.672. Autor Enver Hasani, Ivan Cukalovic. 2013 9

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

2.2. International Protection of Human Rights

Number of the Course and Content: Presentation of the concept of human rights in history and the main the Title: doctrines, the concept of human rights in international law, international conventions on human rights, international institutions that are authorized to 2.2.International protect fundamental rights and freedoms , international institutions and their Protection of Human procedures for dealing with human cases and crimes, the obligations of states Rights regarding human rights in Kosovo and their gravity today. The role and importance of human rights in Kosovo and minorities, etc. Case studies will be used to deepen the knowledge of international human rights law. Presentation of Universal and Regional Human Rights (UN) systems, discussions on the generalization of human rights, implementation and implementation of human rights and current issues in this area. In particular, this course aims to familiarize students with the fundamental principles of International Human Rights Law, the main international legal sources such as: International Conventions, Treaties, Declarations of Human Rights, and major international institutions for the protection of Human Rights and Freedoms, for example. European Court for the Protection of Human Rights and Freedoms based in Strasbourg.

171

Competences: Introduction to international human rights protection; the use of study cases to gain a profound understanding of the fundamental questions of international law and standards, institutes and practices of international human rights law; awareness of the potential and limitations of international law by responding to human rights violations; the benefit of presenting skills and the ability to read and evaluate selected legal cases. Students will be able to understand the importance of protecting human rights in international law, the competent international institutions that enforce human rights and freedoms. The course also affects the ability of students to engage in more research activities and at the same time to develop legal and critical thinking about the protection of human rights and freedoms in international terms. An emphasis would also be devoted to these rights in countries and expanding and empowering international conventions in the country. Basic Literature: -Zyberi Gentian dhe Qerim Qerimi, “E Drejta Ndërkombëtare e të Drejtave të Njeirut”, Prishtinë, 2015. -Gruda Zejnullah, Mbrojtja Ndërkombëtare e të Drejtave të Njeriut, Botim i pestë, Prishtinë 2010. -Walter Kalin & Jorg Kunzli, The Law of International Human Rights Protection, Oxford 2009. -Internacional Protection of Human Rights: Achievements and Challenges, Felipe Gomez Isa & Koen de Feyter, 2006 Bilbao, -Malcolm N. Shaw, International Law, 6th ed, Cambridge University Press 2008. On Internet: http://www.humanitariannet.deusto.es/publica/PUBLICACIONES_PDF/Int ernational%20protect.pdf. Internationaler Menschenrechtsschutz, Theodor Schilling, 2. Auflage,Tübingen 2004. http://books.google.de/books?id=CEvLRfyVNc4C&printsec=frontc over&hl=de&source=gbs_ge_summary_r&cad=0#v=onepage&q&f=false.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

2.3. Philosophy of the Law

Number of the Course and Philosophy of Law is one of the advanced and complex scientific disciplines the Title: which as such is extremely important and necessary for Law Faculty students. This scientific discipline differs from other disciplines, how to deal 2.3. Philosophy of the Law with different phenomena, including issues that are more relevant, with the examination of the essence, nature, origin, and the conditions of the appearance of the right, then the theoretical assumptions of science on the law, the character of the concepts, the categories, the norms, the principles of law, etc., as well as what is called metaphysics of the law. The philosophy of law is based on two major theories that are essential to be understood by law students, such as: 1. Natural Law Theory, where chronological treatment

172

of issues pertaining to law and the natural right from ancient times to modern times. In this context, such topics as the first philosophical legal meditations, the Roman philosophy of natural law are dealt with; Philosophy of Natural Law to Christian Thinkers to Modern Law on Natural Law Theory of Legal Positivism, which begins with theory 2 positivist classics of Jeremy Bentham and John Austin's Law and continues to the postmodern philosophy of law. Literature: -Fatmir Zanaj, Filozofia e së Drejtës, Tiranë, 2012. Additional Literature: -R. Lukiq, Filozofia e së Drejtës, botim i vitit 1995, shqipëruar dhe përshtatur nga Prof.Dr.Osman Ismaili, Prishtinë,2008. -Guido Fasso, Historia e Filozofisë të së Drejtës Lashtësia dhe Mesjeta. Shtëpia botuese: Laurasi University Press

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

2.4. English Language (juridical) II Number of the Course and the Title: Content: This course covers the general language skills to help students communicate effectively in a wide variety of formal and informal situations, Alternative: enhance the impact and reliability of using English in a professional context, 2.4. English Language and enable participants have priority over their English language learning (juridical) II needs. The course includes case law study, communication strategies, meeting skills, and negotiation. The dictionary is designed to develop language communication skills in the legal context through a variety of relevant topics. Case activities will include role-play of meetings and negotiations, providing a brief introduction to legal topics, reading and discussing the legal text, including case reports, and dictionaries that build exercises. Competencies: Students are expected to communicate with confidence in legal situations and use more specialized legal vocabulary. Students will improve English in these ways: to speak more credibly, speak more clearly and fluently, participate in meetings, improve your English in writing, including emails, expand professional vocabulary, improve understanding of grammar, socializing and networking, with great credibility, working with success in an intercultural environment. Basic Liturature: -''Interchange'', Third Edition, Jack C. Richards Additional Literaturee: -Mini – Dictionary, A Modern English Dictionary, Fjalori Anglisht-Shqip- Anglish.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

173

2.4.1. German Language II

Number of the Course and The course "german for Jurists" is a practical course that enables students to the Title: get acquainted with German terminology in the field of justice. Along with the vocabulary, grammar structures are typical of communication in the 2.4.1. German Language judiciary. II Objectives of the course: to develop the students' receptive and productive skills in the field of justice; expand the vocabulary of the student with legal terminology; to draw up different official letters; Learning outcomes: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Communicate with German speakers in concrete situations in the field of justice; - draft different types of official papers; - to use their interpersonal skills in different contexts. Teaching Methodology: Teaching is accomplished through lectures and exercises. Combined methods and cognitive, communicative and intercultural approaches are used to achieve the goal: improving receptive and productive linguistic skills. Through the method of conversation we work individually, in pairs and in groups. In the theoretical part of the subject are treated certain elements of the grammatical structure of German that are in function of the realization of communication. Students need to actively participate in the lesson, to work continuously during the semester (homework) even independently. Basic Literature: 1. Deutsch für Juristen: Vom Schwulst zur klaren Formulierung. 2. Helbig G., Buscha J. (2000): Übungsgrammatik. München 3. Arif Riza, Fjalori Juridik Gjermanisht- Shqip 4. Hall K., Schneider B. (2007): Übungsgrammatik für Fortgeschrittene DaF. Ismaning Langenscheidts Großwörterbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache; 5. Duden Deutsches Universalwörterbuch (2011), 7. Auflage. Mannheim, Leipzig, Wien, Zürich: Dudenverlag Schmuck, Michael (2010): tekste të përzgjedhura.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

Number of the Course and 2.5.1 Rethoric and Oratory of Law the Title: Rhetoric and legal expression is a new concept within the study of legal 2.5. Select one of these habits through rhetoric. In Kosovo, it is a new subject, but also in the region. courses: The first hours we will devote to rhetoric, assembly and public presentation,

174

2.5.1 Rethoric and where will be talked about the report of rhetoric and the congregation, then Juridical Oratory talk about assembly and talent, assembly as master and art, and later talk about it congregants and the rhetoric. In this part we will talk about democracy and free speech, demagoguery and good talk (mantra), and of course we will talk about three segments of rhetoric that make a speech to be accepted, of the desired level So we'll talk about Logos, Ethos and Pathos. All of this is part of the first part of the lectures. In the second part, we will discuss the lessons from the history of rhetoric and the congregation, where we will lecture about the Greek miracle - with the cradle of rhetoric, talk about the rhetoric and its appearance in Greece, the ties of the law and the congregation - Logographers, we will talk about the renowned assemblers, such as DEMOSTENS, CICERON (Marko Tulije Cicero), Quintilian, of course, talk about Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, and others. Literature: - Osman Ismaili, Flamur Hyseni, RETORIKA (ligjërata të autorizuara), Prishtinë, 2015 Additional Literatura : -Stefan Lukas. Art of Public Speaking, New York, 2008

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

2.5.2. Parliamentary Theory and Practice

Content: The concept of democracy and the types of democracy, basic Number of the Course and knowledge of state power and its exercise, the development of the Title: parliamentarism and its general characteristics, parliament, structure, functions and organization, government and its organization, , parliamentary 2.5.2. Parliamentary elections and their role in democracy, the development of parliamentary Theory and Practice systems in different countries of Europe, in the region, and especially in Kosovo, etc. Competencies: General knowledge about parliamentary democracy and types of state government. Basic Literature: -Prof. dr. Arsim Bajrami “Parlamentarizmi“ (Aspekte Krahasuese ), Prishtinë, 2010 Additional Literature: -Ylli BUFI, “Tempulli i demokracisë”, OMBRA GVG, Tiranë - Helena CattRoutledge, ”Democracy in practice”, London and New York, 1999 -Hans Keman, “Comperative Democratic Politics”, Sage Publications, London, New Delhi, 2002; -Luan Omari, ”Sistemi Parlamentar”, Tiranë1994.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

175

2.5.3 Law on Spatial planning and construction

Content: The aims of this course are to elaborate spatial planning policy and Number of the Course and competencies for urban planning. Competencies of Local and Central the Title: Government in spatial planning, normative regulation urban planning, building permit procedures. The need for this course in Kosovo is too great! 2.5.3. Law on spatial Suffice it to look at the landscape around to observe the interventions and planning and multiplications that have occurred in Kosovo, as well as agricultural soil construction contamination by spatial nonplanification and illegal construction without any standard of construction and spatial planning. Competences: The course will provide students with specific knowledge of the construction right (ie the administrative building permit act) and spatial planning. Literature: Dr.Agur Sokoli, E drejta procedurale administrative, Fakulteti Juridik, Prishtinë 2005. Klaus Finkelnburg, Karsten-Michael Ortloff, Martin Kment, Öffentliches Baurecht Bauplanungsrecht, 2011, 6., überarb. Auflage. Horst Locher, Ulrich Locher Das private Baurecht, Lehrbuch für Studium und Praxis, 2011, 8., neubearbeitete Auflage.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

2.5.4. Cases and Developments on the International Law

Within this case are explained cases in International Public Law; such as: Number of the Course and The case of Ukraine, North Korea, Srebrenica, Iran, Iran / Iraq, etc. In the the Title: normative sphere, the codification of international public law will be explained; the legal power of the acts of international institutions, etc. 2.5.4. Cases and Students will be able to understand the current cases of international public Developments on the law; interpretation and analysis of the current problems of international law. International Law Responsibility and military activities and human rights; etc. be competent to conform to the principles of this right to analyze and interpret developments in the international arena. clarify the relationship between domestic law and international public law; to use legal methodology to interpret the principles and norms of international law; Literature: -Enver Hasani, Tema të Zgjedhura nga e Drejta dhe Marrëdhëniet Ndërkombëtare (Prishtinë: Jalifat Publishing & Universiteti i Prishtinës “Hasan Prishtina, 2016). Zejnullah Gruda, E Drejta Ndërkombëtare Publike (Prishtinë: 2013). -Carter Weiner, International Law, Aspen Casebook series, Sixth Edition, New York 2011.

176

-Nicaragua v. United States of America), Merits, Judgment. I.C.J. Reports 1986, p. 14. -Democratic Republic of the Congo v. Uganda), ICJ Reports 2005, p. 168 -William H. Taft/ Todd F. Buchwald, Preemption, Iraq, and International Law, American Journal of International Law 97 (2003), 557; Iraq Inquiry, Statement by former legal Advisor in the UK Foreign Office, Sir Michael Wood, http://www.iraqinquiry.org.uk/media/43477/wood-statement.pdf, The National Security Strategy of the United States of America (2002) -Armed Activities on the Territory of the Congo (Democratic Republic of the Congo v. Uganda), Separate Opinion of Judge Simma, 2006. -Daniel Bethlehem, Principles Relevant to the Scope of a State's Right of Self-Defense Against an Imminent or an Actual Armed Attack by Non-State Actors, American Journal of International Law 106 (2012), 1-8 Dire Tladi, -The Nonconsenting Innocent State: The Problem With Bethlehem’sPrinciple 12, American Journal of International Law 107 (2013), 570-576Claus Kreß, The Fine Line Between Collective Self-Defense and Intervention by Invitation: Reflections on the Use of Force against ‘IS’ in Syria, https://www.justsecurity.org/20118/claus-kreb-force-isil- syria/;UNSC Resolution 2249 (2015) - Legality of the Threat or Use of Nuclear Weapons, Advisory Opinion, I.C.J. Reports 1996, p. 226Legal Consequences of the Construction of a Wall in the Occupied Palestinian

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

3.1. Civil Law general part

Content: Developing understanding about dogmatic correlation and practical experiences of the mentioned issues. Relationships between rights Number of the Course and obligations and rights endure pornography. Real and absolute right property. the Title: The right to a relative obligation. Registration of Property Rights. The right to duty as a relative right. Ways to Acquire Property From Crop. Types of 3.1. Civil Law general rights and obligations of the parties in the responsibilities of legal relations. part Means to ensure the execution of duties. Obligations arising from the cause of the damage. Loose payments. Enrichment without cause. Competencies: Improve the fundamental knowledge of Civil Procedure Law and issues of voluntary jurisdiction. Literature: Andrija Gams ,’’Imntroduction to the Civil Law’’, Prishtinë,1988. Abdulla Aliu,’’Propoerty Law (Pronësia)’’, Prishtinë,2006. Nerxhivane Dauti, ’’Obligation Law’’, Prishtinë 2008.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

3.2. Criminal Law I (general part)

177

Content: This course covers the general part of criminal law and will focus on the general principles and doctrines applicable to all crimes. This course Number of the Course and covers the topics selected in real criminal law: the main doctrines of criminal the Title: law, definitions, function and general principles of criminal law, definitions and elements of crime, object and subject of crime, criminal responsibility 3.2. Criminal Law I (accountability, guilt). Also the definition and types of criminal sanctions (general part) such as: criminal penalties, alternative punishments and additional penalties, types of penal measures, etc. Competencies: Students will have a profound knowledge of criminal law and the application of these skills and knowledge in practice. They will be able to understand the nature, structure and causes of crime, including the ability to propose and implement preventive and combat measures. They will also be prepared with the ability to provide critical, analytical and creative thoughts about the various processes associated with the criminal justice system. Literature: Criminal Code of Kosova, Prishtinë, 2004. Law upon execution of the criminal sanctions, Prishtinë, 2004. Ismet Salihu:Criminal Lawe - Pjesa e Posaçme, Prishtinë, 2008. Ismet Elezi: Criminale Law- Pjesa e posaçme, 2009, Tiranë. Bajram Ukaj: Dënimet në të drejtën penale të Shqipërisë, Prishtinë, 2006.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

3.3. Public International Law

The course aims to provide the student with basic knowledge about the basic principles of international public law, the main subjects of public Number of the Course and international law, developments in international public law and on sources the Title: of public international law on relations between international and national law, on the main theories regarding the creation of new states as subjects of 3.3. Public International international law, on the elements of the state, on the manner and theories Law regarding states' recognition, sovereignty of states, relations international, diplomatic and consular missions, international treaties / agreements, peaceful resolution of disagreements among international subjects, current problems of international law, etc. Through these topics, which will be dealt with in this course, students will be able to have basic knowledge in understanding and expanding knowledge about functioning and decision making, international law in relation to domestic law, level of state cooperation and International Organizations, where students will be able to identify problems and solve them through handling practical cases. Basic Literature: - Zejnullah Gruda: International Public Law. Botim i plotёsuar dhe i pёrmirёsuar 2009.

178

-Arben Puto: International Public Law ; Botim i 8-tё, Tiranё 2004. -Arif Riza, E Drejta e Organizatave Ndërkombëtare dhe Organizatat Ndërkombëtare, Prishtinë 2011 Advanced Literatuare: -Ian Brownlie: Principles of Public International Law, Seventh Edition, 2008. -Malcolm N. Shaw, International Law, Seventh Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2014. -Martin Dixon, Textbook on International Law, Oxford University Press, 2013.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

3.4. Administrative Law

Content: This course should present the science of administrative law to students. It should provide insight into administrative law and administrative Number of the Course and procedural law. Special reference should be Administrative Law in Kosovo. the Title: Ultimately, the course will ask students to provide a public participation reform project in bringing decisions in public administration in Kosovo as a 3.4. Administrative Law way by which the whole process efficiency is properly controlled. In addition, the over-administrative concept on Kosovo should be discussed, providing some critical analyzes for the authorization of public administration for non-public public actors. Apply knowledge in the field of administrative law (gained through the study itself and / or respective lectures) in concrete cases; administrative authorities, administrative powers, administrative conflicts, identify administrative problems; structure solutions, etc. Competences: Provides students with the knowledge and skills needed to address the problems in the area of administrative law. Basic Literature: -Administrative Law, Esat Stavileci - Agur Sokoli – Mirlinda Batalli, Prishtine 2010. -Administrative Procedure Law, Agur Sokoli, Prishtinë 2005. Sokol Sadushi: -E drejta administrative 2, Teoria e Aktit Administrativ, Tiranë, 2000; Ermir Dobjani: E drejta administrative I,Tiranë 2000 Additional Literature: -Allgemeines Verwaltungsrecht, Hartmut Maurer, 18., überarbeitete und ergänzte Auflage 2011.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

179

3.5.1. Business Law

Number of the Course and Content: Introduction to the general principles of Business Law in Kosovo. the Title: Consequences of incorporation, principles of limited responsibilities. Duties and Responsibilities of Directors. Corporate Governance. Shareholder 3.5 Select one of these indemnities and minority shareholders' access. Couples and Fitmit courses: (Ownership). Corporate Bankruptcy and Saving Schemes Organization 3.5.1. Business Law Business Law Reform and the role of the European Union. Competencies: The Business Law Form of the Organization provides a comprehensive coverage of the principles associated with single traders, partnerships, partnerships with limited liability, and joint stock companies. Also getting legitimate relvant. It will consider the problems that have arisen in the area of corporate governance and the recommendations that have been made to address them. Basic Literature: -Dr. Mazllum Baraliu, Business Law, -Dr. Mehdi Hetemi, E drejta me njohuri themelore të së drejtës afariste, Additional Literature: -Mr.sc Armand Krasniqi, Tourism and Hotel Business Law, -Dr. Riza Smaka, State and Business Law,

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

3.5.2. Copyright law

The course aims to provide the student with the necessary knowledge on the principles and basic rules of copyright that this right regulates the functions Number of the Course and of intellectual and copyright law and the various valuesin society. Students the Title: will be familiar with the principles, applicable constitutional, legal and institutional rules, on the intellectual property right as a whole in national 3.5.2. Copyright law and international terms. Particular emphasis will be given to the functioning of rights, protection, copyright and intellectual rights in our country, comparing with European and international law, the Paris Conventions, Bern, the treaties and treaties relating to with this subject. The course will be presented to students through concrete examples in order to facilitate the learning of relevant subject knowledge. Understand the fundamental principles of the right to intellectual and authorship; To clarify the position and the role of these rights in the future in our country on the interests of this field; To use the legal methodology to interpret the principles and norms of the intellectual property right, the protection and the financial benefits of these matters; To analyze the meaning of these national and international rights; To criticize and debate, protect current issues of intellectual property, copyright and argue its position based on the principles and rules of intellectual property law.

180

To enhance the student's personal and professional skills in this European and global trend. Literature: -Abdulla Aliu, “E Drejta e Autorit“,Prishtinë 2004. -“WIPO Intellectual Property Handbook’’: Policy, Law and Use WIPO 2004.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

3.5.4. Methodology and Legal Writing

Aim of the course: Providing knowledge on legal techniques to create legal norms as well as legal acts. The subject is applicable in terms of establishing Number of the Course and legal norms and legal acts regardless of their types. The importance of this the Title: subject is great and unimaginable, because the students of the past generations have not learned about the writing of norms and legal acts, so 3.5.4. Methodology and they have had difficulties in this regard. Legal Writing Competences: This course is theoretical, so much more practical, because theoretical knowledge comes to the fore at the stage of creating norms and legal acts. Literature:

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

4.1. Civil Law special part (Property Law)

Content: Developing understanding about dogmatic correlation and practical experiences of the mentioned issues. The notion, principles and resources of Number of the Course and the right, the possession, and possession, the right of neighborliness, the right the Title: and the types of servitudes are treated. Literature: 4.1. Civil Law special Andrija Gams ,’’Introduction to Civil Lawe’’, Prishtinë,1988 part (Property Law) Abdulla Aliu,’’Property Lawe (Pronësia)’’,Prishtinë,2006 Nerxhivane Dauti, ’’Obligatory Lawe’’, Prishtinë 2008. Abdullah Aliu, Civil Lawe, Prishtinë 2014.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

4.2. Positive Constitutional Law

Content: This course covers the material and procedural part of the Constitution of the Republic of Kosovo. The purpose of the course is to Number of the Course and provide knowledge on: the competences and the way of functioning of the the Title: constitutional bodies such as the Parliament, the President and the

181

Government of Kosovo, as well as the separation of powers, their mutual 4.2. Positive control, the formally and materially drafting of laws in conformity with the Constitutional Law Constitution of Kosovo, guaranteeing human rights and freedoms, as well as constitutional remedies. Competences: Students will have an in-depth knowledge of the Constitution of Kosovo and the Constitutional Court Jurisdiction. They will be able to understand the provisions of the Constitution of Kosovo and to use constitutional remedies, especially those relating to proceedings before the Constitutional Court. Literature: Constitutional Law, Kurtesh Salihu, Prishtinë, 1998 Constitutional Law , Luan Omari & Aurela Anastasi Tiranë 2010 Constitutional Law , Aurela Anastasi ,Tiranë 2003 Kristaq Traja, Constitutional Justice, Tirane, 2000. Advanced Literature: Europäisches Verfassungsrecht Theoretische und dogmatische Grundzüge Hrsg. v. Armin von Bogdandy u. Jürgen Bast Berlin 2009,2, aktualis. u. erw. Aufl

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

4.3. European Union Law

Content: The course will provide detailed knowledge of how EU institutions work, how EU law is adopted at European level, and central issues at the Number of the Course and critical stage in EU development. The key component of the course is to the Title: conceptualize the EU's emerging political system where there is a continuing link between government processes (institutional and legal frameworks 4.3. European Union action), public policies (adoption and impact of political decisions and EU Law legislation), and policies (of the interests, ideas, opinions and values of political actors - such as citizens, businesses, regions, government ministers, bureaucrats, party leaders). 2. THEORETICAL: To use this information in its full potential, the course will develop your understanding and use of many general theoretical explanations in political science and law. Among other things, these theories help us to clarify: why the Commission, the Court and the Parliament have gained new powers; why informal political networks are just as important as those that make regulations; why market integration and regulation is a procedure faster than social and environmental protection; why the elections in Europe are not successful; and why the EU is more a legal process of governance than many other systems. Competencies. ANALYSIS: But what is the purpose of information and theory? The subject also aims to develop a critical-analytical approach to many of the questions facing European citizens and political leaders in the coming decade. For example. How can the EU be more accountable? Should

182

EU institutions be designed? Does EU law legitimize or delegitimize the Union? Is the EU creating the structure of national states and national governments at European level or is it creating a new kind of political and legal advantage? Basic Literature : -Bashkim I. Zahiti: European Law;Second Edition 2012 Prishtine -Blerim Reka/Otmar Holl/Ylber Sela: Institutcionet dhe Plitikat e Uniont Evropian, 2010, -Arif Riza, E Drejta e Organizatave Ndërkombëtare dhe Organizatat Ndërkombëtare 2012. Advanced Literature : -Paul Gràg Grainne Debúrca, EU Law, Text, Cases and Materials, Sixth Edition, Oxford, 2015. -Robert Schütze, EU Trities and Legislation, Cambridge University Press, 2015. -Oppermann /Classen /Nettesheim: Europarecht, 5., vollständig neu bearbeitete Auflage 2011. -Rudolf Streinz, Europarecht: 9., neu bearbeitete Auflage 2011. -Badinger, H., Has the EU's Single Market Programme Fostered Competition? Testing for a Decrease in Mark-up -Ratios in EU Industries, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 2007. -Baldwin, R., Wyplosz, Ch., The Economics of European Integration, 2nd Edition, MacGraw-Hill Professional, New York-London, 2006.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

4.4. Criminal Law II (special part)

Content: As recognized Criminal Law is divided into general and special parts. This case covers the special part of the criminal law which defines Number of the Course and specific crimes-murders, rapes, strikes, thefts, disorder of order and the Title: tranquility, etc. These definitions are supposed to be in accordance with the principles and where relevant doctrines are relevant. This course provides 4.4. Criminal Law II students with knowledge on specific crime elements and learns to separate (special part) specific crimes in specific groups depending on their nature. Competencies: After completing the course, students will be able to understand the nature of the elements for each crime defined in a special section of the Criminal Code. They will also be prepared to make crime qualifications in the future in accordance with the applicable legal provisions. Literature: -Dr Ismet Salihu: Criminal Law –Special part , Prishtinë, 2009. -Ismet Elezi, Criminal Lawe , Special part, Tirane 2005. -Vlado Kambovski: Criminal Lawe- General part, Skopje, 2006.

183

-Ismet Elezi, S.Kaçupi, M.Haxhia: Komentar i Kodit Penal të Republikës së Shqipërisë, Tiranë 1999.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

4.5.1. Organized Crime

The main aim of the course is to provide students with general knowledge of Number of the Course and the forms of organized crime and the functioning of organized crime crime the Title: organizations. The knowledge gained will serve students in their work in criminal justice institutions such as police, prosecutors, courts in their work 4.5.1. Organized Crime on detecting and investigating organized crime as a sophisticated criminal form. Through this course, students will be informed about the characteristics of organized crime, regarding the forms of organized crime, the causes and ways of committing the crime, the criminal organizations and their functioning, as well as the preventive and repressive measures that state institutions should undertake to prevent this form of criminality. After the semester, students will gain basic knowledge of the subject of Organized Crime - Understand fundamental notions related to the characteristics, forms, causes and measures and means for preventing and combating organized crime; - Determine the forms of organized crime; - Identify the characteristics of specific forms of organized crime; Apply the scientific knowledge of Organized Crime in the practice of combating and preventing this form of criminality. Basic Literature : -Rexhep Gashi, Organized Crime (Authorised Lectures), Prishtinë, 2014. Additional Literature : - Regjep Gashi, Parandalimi dhe luftimi i krimit të organizuar sipas legjislacionit penal të Kosovës, E drejta, nr.2, Prishtinë, 2010 -Kodi Penal i Republikës së Kosovës, Prishtinë, 2013. -Kodi i Procedurës Penale i Republikës së Kosovës, Prishtinë, 2013. -Ligji nr.03/L-196 “Për parandalimin e shpërlarjes së parave dhe financimit të terrorizmit”, Gazeta Zyrtare e Republikës së Kosovës, nr.85, Prishtinë, 2010. -Strategjia shtetërore e Republikës së Kosovës kundër krimit të organizuar dhe plani i veprimit 2009-2012, Prishtinë, 2009.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

4.5.2. Solution of the International Disputes

184

Number of the Course and Content: Providing basic knowledge on international litigation resolution the Title: with a particular focus on international conflict resolution tools, current international crises that endanger global peace and security, legal and 4.5.2. Solution of the diplomatic remedies as well as those provided by international organizations International Disputes will have special treatment in this lesson. These solutions, including Arbitration, Mediation, Negotiation and Negotiation Good Services, Reconciliation, Survey Committee, International Courts will also be elaborated separately in this case. An emphasis is also given to the subject as a practical need of time in solving the unsolved problems among different parties in various domestic and international legal aspects. Literature: Zejnullah Gruda, Public International Law, 2007 Roger Fisher and William Ury With Bruce Patton, Getting to Yes, Editor Improving Compliance with International Law (1981) Getting Together: Building Relationships As We Negotiate (1988) (Ligji mbi Arbitrazhin nr. 02 L-75, Ligji për ndërmjetësimi, nr.03/L-057, ligji i procëdurës kontestimore, nr. O3/L-006, etj). -Përmbledhje Ligjeratash të përgaditura nga Halim Bajraktari. Prizren, 2014.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

4.5.3. Special Part of the Administrative Law

The special part of administrative law includes and analyzes the rules Number of the Course and governing the way public administration exercises in individual situations, the Title: and in particular the way of issuing administrative acts in concrete areas of administration. This course also analyzes legal institutes and procedural 4.5.3. Special Part of the rules that ensure the legality and objectivity of work and deployment in the Administrative Law public administration and inspire rationalization and economics of the procedure as well as hamper the arbitrariness of the body conducting the administrative procedure. This course analyzes the special rules of administrative law, special administrative procedures, administrative matters and administrative act. Literature: -Sokol Sadushi, Administrative Law – Organization and Administrative Activity, Prishtinë, 2012. -Agur Sokoli, Administrative Procedure Law, Faculy of Law, Prishtinë, 2014. -B. Pollozhani, E, Stavileci, E. Dobjani, L. Salihu, Administrative Law, Skopje, 2010. -Akademik Esat Savileci, Introduction to Administrative Scienes, Enti i Teksteve dhe i Mjeteve Mësimore i Kosovë, Prishtinë, 1997. -Dobjani Ermir, Administrative Law 1, Tiranë, 2007. -Stavileci, Esat, Nocione dhe Parime të Administratës Publike, Akademia e Shkencave dhe e Arteve e Kosovës, Prishtinë, 2005. -Sadushi, Sokol: E Drejta Administrative II, Tiranë, 2005.

185

-Çomo, Jani: E Drejta Administrative e Republikës së Shqipërisë, Libri i tretë, Tiranë, 1984. -Pollozhani Bajram: Salihu Lazim: Procedura Administrative dhe Konflikti Administrativ, Logos-A, Shkup-Prishtinë- Tiranë, 2004. -Borkoviç, Dr. Ivo: Upravno pravo, Narodne Novine, Zagreb, 2002., -Schwartz, Bernard: Le droit administratif Americain, Paris, 1952. -Wade, H. R. W.: Administrative Law, New York, 1988. -J. C. Ricci: Droit administratif, Paris, 1996. -V. de Grutner: Allgemeins verwaltungsrecht, Berlin, 1988. -Gianini, M. S.: Instituzioni di diritto administrativo, Milano, 1981. -Doracaku për përgatitjen e Provimit te Jurisprudncës, Prishtinë, 2015. -Legislation Resourses: -Ligji i Procedurës Administrative i Republikës së Kosovës, Ligji Nr. 02/L- 28; -Ligji mbi Procedurën Administrative, Gazeta Zyrtare e RSFJ-së, 47/86; -Ligji për Konfliktet Administrative i Republikës së Kosovës, Gazeta Zyrtare e Republikës së Kosovës: Nr. 82, tetor 2010 LigjiNr. 03/L-202; -Ligji për Gjykatat, Gazeta Zyrtare e Republikës së Kosovës: Nr. 79, gusht 2010, -Ligji Nr. 03/L-199; -Ligji Nr. 05/L-087 për Kundërvajtje, Gazeta Zyrtare e Republikës së Kosovës, Nr. 33 / 8 shtator 2016, Prishtinë -Ligji nr. 2004/46 i Republikës së Kosovës mbi librat amzë; 7. Ligji i Republikës së Kosovës nr.02/L-118 mbi emrat personal (2007); -Ligji nr. 2004/46 i Republikës së Kosovës për regjistrat e gjendjes civile; -Ligji nr. 03/L099 i Republikës së Kosovës për letërnjoftimin (2008). -Ligji nr. 03/L-126 i Republikës së Kosovës për të huajt; - Ligji Nr. 03/L-034 për shtetësinë e Kosovës.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

5.1. Civil Procedure Law I (contested part)

Content: General principles of procedural civil law, contemporary Number of the Course and development regarding dogmatic linkage and practical experience in the the Title: issues mentioned. Competencies: Improve the essential knowledge of Civil Procedural Law 5.1. Civil Procedure Law and volunteer matters by providing students also in practical cases as I (contested part) practical information. Literature: -Faik Brestovci, “Civil Procedure Law I”, Prishtina, 2004; -Faik Brestovci, “ Civil Procedure Law II”, Prishtina, 2006; -Handbook on Execution Procedure Law” e përgatitur nga Gjyqtarë përmbarues; -Faik Brestovci, “E Drejta Civile Procedurale Ndërkombëtare”, Prishtina, 2001.

186

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

5.2. Criminal Procedure Law I

Description of subject including competences gained (general specific or Number of the Course and specific subject), covered topics, literature used: the Title: Content: This course will elaborate on fundamental issues of human rights protection, respectively the rights of participants in criminal proceedings, 5.2. Criminal Procedure such as the meaning, number and type of human rights in criminal Law I proceedings, domestic and international legal acts defining protection of human rights, historical development of efforts to advance the position of participants in criminal judicial proceedings (in particular as defendant), and evidence that is considered legal or illegal during criminal proceedings, etc. Competencies: Criminal judicial proceedings are conducted against the defendant whose responsibility has been verified during criminal proceedings. The implementation of criminal court proceedings does not exclude the possibility that during the various phases of criminal proceedings the measures taken violate human rights. Literature: - Ejup Sahiti, E Drejta e Procedurës penale, Prishtinë 2005. - Ejup Sahiti Argumentimi në Procedurën Penale, Prishtinë 2006. - Hashim Çollaku, Prokurori publik në procedurën penale, Prishtinë 2010.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

5.3. Criminology

The purpose of the course is to prepare and train future lawyers, especially those working in criminal justice bodies (police, prosecutors, courts, prisons, Number of the Course and pre-detention centers, educational institutions, prison hospitals, etc.) as well the Title: as other bodies dealing with this issue) to successfully use the acquired criminological and penological knowledge related to the forms and causes 5.3. Criminology of criminality and the implementation of modern means and methods in the process of re-socializing persons convicted and successful prevention of criminality in general. An issue is also devoted to the subject as a practical need of the time and the actualities that our country is facing with the problems of criminality. After the semester, students will benefit from basic knowledge: - Understand the underlying knowledge of the subject of Criminology and apply them to practical life; - Follow up and compare the achieved scientific results in the field of Criminology and use these results in the process of combating and preventing criminality;

187

- Understand the fundamental notions concerning the forms, causes and criminality prevention as well as the means and methods in the process of re-socialization of convicted persons; Implement the scientific knowledge of Criminology in preventing criminality. Literature: -Dr.sc. Ragip Halili, Criminology Prishtinë, 2016. -Dr.sc.Rexhep Gashi, Organized Crime, Prishtinë, 2014; -Dr.sc. Rexhep Gashi, White Collar Crime, Prishtinë, 2012.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

5.4. Financies and the Financial Law

Number of the Course and Content: Very important tax treatment: individual income tax, corporate the Title: income tax, value added tax, tax transfer; the classification of taxes, the Kosovo Financial Constitution, the general doctrine of fiscal law of 5.4. Financies and the obligation, the tax procedure, etc. Financial Law Competencies: Wide View of Kosovo's Fiscal Law. Literature: -Bozhier Jelqiq, Shkenca mbi financat dhe e drejta financiare” informator” Zagreb 1983, ( perkthim ) Prishtinë 1984. -Genta Bungo, Shkenca mbi financat dhe e Drejta Financiare ( Cikel Leksionesh) “ARSA” Tiranë 2004.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

5.5.1. Diplomatic and Consular Law

Number of the Course and The basic purpose of lectures and exercises with students from the subject: the Title: Diplomatic and consular law is the preparation of students of juridical direction for the recognition of the notion of diplomacy, theories on 5.5.1. Diplomatic and diplomacy and the art of diplomacy. A special interest will be also the history Consular Law of diplomacy from antiquity to the modern period. Also, law students in this subject will have the opportunity to acquire knowledge from diplomatic correspondence as well as diplomatic practices of foreign countries; the activity of diplomatic and consular missions; permanent missions to international organizations, as well as the external service of states, their functions; Important parts are state bodies that are responsible for loading diplomatic and consular missions and representing states in relation to other countries, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; The central part of this course is the Diplomatic and Consular Immunities and Privileges. Handling of practical cases also plays an important role in this course. Through this course, students will be able to benefit from the basic knowledge of Diplomatic and Consular Law, to give you the opportunity to

188

gain a clear understanding of the functioning of the Diplomatic and Consular Missions, their Rights and Duties, to understand the role and importance of representation of states in other countries. Basic Literature: - EQREM ZENELAJ, E Drejta Diplomatike dhe Konsullore „VATRA“ – PRISHTINË, 2014. - Eqrem Zenelaj, Historia e Diplomacisë, VATRA“ – PRISHTINË, 2012 - Zejnullah Gruda: International Public Law. Botim i plotёsuar dhe i pёrmirёsuar 2009. Recommended Literatuare: -Ludwik Dembinski, The Modern Law of Diplomacy. External missions of states and international organizations. Dordrecht, Boston, Lancaster: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1998. - Zejnullah Gruda, Diplomatic Manual, Prishtina, 2009. -Konventa e Vjenës për Marrëdhëniet Diplomatike, Vjenë1961; -Konventa e Vjenës për Marrëdhëniet Konsullore, Vjenë 1963 -Ligji për Shërbimin e Jashtëm të Republikës së Kosovës; -Ligji për Ministrinë e Punëve të Jashtme dhe Shërbimin Diplomatik të Kosovës; -Ligji për Ndryshimin dhe Plotësimin e Ligjit për Ministrinë e Punëve të Jashtme dhe -Shërbimin Diplomatik të Republikës së Kosovësë; -Ligji për Statusin, Imunitetet dhe Privilegjet e Misioneve Diplomatike, Konsullore dhe -Personelin e Kosovës dhe Praninë Ndërkombëtare Ushtarake si dhe personelin e saj; -Ligji për Protokollin e Shtetit të Republikës së Kosovës.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

5.5.2. Forensic Medicine

Number of the Course and Content: Basic forensic knowledge on postmortem examination and the Title: interpretation of findings and results of other relevant autopsy investigations, logical conclusion on cause, mode and time of death. 5.5.2. Forensic Medicine Knowledge of medical ethics, courtesy, duties, rights, medical negligence and legal responsibilities of doctors to patients, profession, society, state and humanity in general. Raise awareness of the relevant legal / judicial procedures applicable to forensic practice. Preservation and delivery of samples in post-mortem, forensic and other relevant cases to relevant government agencies for necessary consideration. Manage forensic implications, diagnosis and principles of joint poisoning therapy. Basic Literature:

189

-Text book of Forensic Medicine and Toxicology by V.V. Pillay, Edition, Paras Medical Publishing, Hyderabad. -Fundamentals of Forensic Medicine and Toxicology by R. Basu, Publishers- Books and Allied (P) Ltd, Kolkata.Guharaj Forensic Medicine, 2n d Edition by P.V. Guharaj, Edited by M.R.Chandran, Orient Longman, Hyderabad.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

Number of the Course and the Title: 5.5.3. Penalogy

5.5 Select one of these This course provides general knowledge on the way of execution of criminal course: sanctions as an important stage of criminal procedure with which the aim of 5.5.3. Penalogy the criminal sanctions is to be achieved. Naturally, besides the democratization of criminal law, the purpose of criminal sanctions has also been humanized, focusing on the re-education, re-socialization and re-education of convicted persons, and therefore Penology's purpose is to address the way of executing criminal sanctions, the modalities with which the purpose of criminal sanctions will be achieved. Certainly the imposition of penal sanctions, without fixing the stage of their execution, would be difficult to implement and consequently would not be successful in realizing the prevention of criminality. The orientation of the purpose of retribution-revenge punishment to preventive-preventive action represents an important step in the prevention of criminality and through special prevention and general preventive measures. This course is part of the criminal sciences which is intended to help students acquire the right knowledge about the execution of criminal sanctions and at the same time to combine the knowledge gained from the criminal law that determines the criminal offense, the perpetrator Criminal Procedure and Criminal Sanction, Criminal Procedure, regulating the procedure for imposing criminal sanctions and now Penology, which is science on the execution of sentences, that analyzes the execution of penal sanctions. Of course, the prevention and successful fighting of criminality will be achieved if convicted persons are re-educated and re-socialized, becoming able to live in accordance with the rules in force. The tendency of continuous growth of criminality and the appearance of new forms of criminality on the one hand and the humanization of punishment and the guarantees offered by international documents for the position of convicted persons are indispensable for the study of the phase of execution of penal sanctions, punishment and adaptation of the appropriate treatment for each convict, reflect on the overall criminal policy of a country. After completing this course the student will gain the basic knowledge from the subject of Penology: - Understand the importance of the stage of execution of criminal sanctions;

190

- Understand the evolution of the society's response to criminality; - Know the ways of executing criminal sanctions - Identify the characteristics of the execution of various criminal sanctions; - Find out the different types of correctional institutions; - Understand the role of adequate treatment of convicted persons in order to re-educate them; - To recognize the guarantees provided by applicable laws and international acts for the treatment of convicted persons; - Identify the challenges faced by institutions that execute criminal sanctions. Through theoretical lectures and practical case studies, students will be able to understand the role and importance of penology in preventing criminality and of course that knowledge will serve them in their professional upgrading. Basic Literature: Dr. Sc. Ragip Halili, Penalogy, Prishtinë 2014. Dr.Sc. Vasilika Hysi, Penalogy, Tiranë 2012. Additional Literature: - Students should also study the relevant provisions regulating the persecution of criminal sanctions in Kosovo and UN conventions on human rights and freedoms, the European Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms and other international documents human rights with the following: -Criminal Code of Kosovo, Code no. 04/L-082, G. Z. Nr. 19/ 2012, dhe Nr.30/2012. -Kodi i procedurës penale i Kosovës, Kodi nr. 04/L-123 ,G.Z., Nr. 37/ 2012. -Code of Justice for Juveniles, Code no. 03/L-193 ,G.Z. Nr.78/2010. -Ligji për ekzekutimin e sanksioneve penale, Nr.04/L- 149, G.Z. Nr.31/2013.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

6.1. Civil Procedure Law II Non-Contested part

This course attempts to access the basic and necessary knowledge for the realization of a subjective private right ascertained in the civil procedure and the so-called voluntary judiciary, that is, the contentious procedure. The didactic concept will be such interactive in reviewing the core legal institutes for this subject. This subject is very voluminous and will thus Number of the Course and consider the basic aspects of the execution and non-contentious procedure, the Title: and more in the theoretical aspect. Several cases will be offered to deal with some of the central legal institutes of the contentious and execution 6.1. Civil Procedure Law procedures. II Non-Contested part Literature: - Brestovci, Faik, Morina, Iset, Qehaja RrustemCivil Procedure Law , Prishtinë 2017; -Brestovci, Faik, Civil Procedure Law II, Prishtinë 2oo4; Laws:

191

-Ligji për procedurën kontestimore -Ligji për procedurën përmbarimore - Ligji për procedurën jokontestimore - Ligji për gjykatat - Disa materiale të përgatitura nga USAID (do të shpërndahen në formën elektronike) -Morina, Iset/Nikqi, Selim, LPK-Komentar, Prishtinë, 2012.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

6.2. Criminal Procedure Law Penale II

The purpose of the course is to enable students to acquire and deepen their knowledge of the Criminal Procedure Code II (Special Part), which as part of the criminal law science contributes to the fight against criminality in the broad sense of the word. The curriculum from this subject will be discussed in the theoretical and practical aspects (through lectures, drafting of Number of the Course and procedural-criminal records, seminars, debates and discussions with the Title: students). It also aims at analyzing the importance of criminal procedural actions that are undertaken with the aim of illuminating the offense and 6.2. Criminal Procedure detecting its perpetrator and imposing a criminal sanction, as well as easily Law Penale II coping with the challenges of solving various issues with procedural- criminal nature, to easily compile the procedural-criminal records, to address issues directly related to the competences of the procedural bodies, with the aim of realizing the main purpose of criminal proceedings in the preventive and repressive fight against criminality. Upon completion of the semester, students will receive basic knowledge from the case of Criminal Procedure Law II (special section): - Form the concept of what is the procedural criminal law II; - To elaborate the stages of the criminal procedure and the authorizations of the subjects of the criminal procedure within them; - To elaborate alternative criminal proceedings, the juvenile criminal procedure (its specifics) and special criminal proceedings, - To draft various procedural-criminal cases, To achieve the qualification of criminal offenses and to resolve concrete criminal cases. Basic Literature: -Criminal Procedure Law, Dr.sc. Ejup Sahiti, Dr.sc.Rexhep Murati -Code of Crimnial Procedure, Prishtinë, 2013 -Komentari i Kodit të procedurës penale, Prishtinë, 2014. Additional Literature: -Roli i Prokurorit të shtetit në procedurën penale, Dr.sc. Hashim Çollaku, Prishtinë, 2013 -Klinika Juridiko-Penale, Dr.sc. Hashim Çollaku, Prishtinë 2016 -Criminal Procedure Law, general part, Dr.sc. Azem Hajdari, -Argumentimi në procedurë penale, Dr.sc.Ejup Sahiti, Prishtinë, 2006

192

-Constitution of the Republic of Kosova, Prishtinë 2008.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

6.3. Private International Law

This course provides general knowledge on the intensification of legal relations with a foreign element, with its object being private legal relations with a foreign element, conflict of laws, conflict of jurisdiction (international competences and recognition of foreign judicial decisions and arbitration ) as a legal-civilian position of foreigners and private relations that manifest Number of the Course and themselves as a foreign element, ie relations that relate to the sovereignty of the Title: two or more states, and so on. The movement of people and the movement of goods, especially the recent time with the dismantling of a considerable 6.3. Private International number of states, migrations, asylum and the influx of populations, creates a Law new situation that faces this area, which requires a variety of solutions that will, responds to the interests of legal entities, as well as those legal-private relations (civil) that incorporate a foreign legal-private element, the interests of having rights in conformity with the principles and rules of this law. Moving everywhere bigger people from one country to another, capital turnover, trade development and other legal-civil relations, intellectual creation, recognition of foreign documents, recognition of court decisions and arbitration, and numerous juridical-civil relationships of various natures have created the need for legal resolution of these situations that occur every time and again in modern times. As a result of the need to find legal solutions for various situations created, international private law has been developed in order to solve various legal-private problems. Also theoretical and scientific attitudes regarding the legal arrangement of the juridical-private relations with foreign elements should be recognized. This course is designed to help students improve their personal context within DNPs in Kosovo and abroad both in theoretical and practical terms by providing examples and current cases that tackle this subject. An emphasis will be given to legal-practical problems in gaining knowledge about the subject in the international law. Basic Literature: -Bekim Kadriu, Private International Law, Tetovë, 2015. -Asllan BILALLI & Hajredin KUÇI, Private International Law, Prishtinë,2012. Recommeded Literatura : -Daniel Gutmann, Private International Law , Tiranë, 2015 -Clarkson & Hill’s, Conflict of Laws, Fifth Edition, Oxford University Prees, 2016. -Geert Van Claster, European Private International Law, Oxford University Press, 2016. -Adrian Briggs, The Conflict f Laws, Third Edition, 2013.

193

-C.M.V. Clarkson & Jonathan Hill, The Conflict of Laws, Fourth Edition, Oxford University, 2011. -Në: www.gazetazyrtare.com (Ligji mbi Arbitrazhin, Shtetësin, Azilin dhe huajt, Dokumenti për rregullimin e të drejtës ndërkombëtare private 2015). -Ardian Kalia, “E drejta ndërkombëtare private”. Tiranë, 2014. -Hajredin Kuçi, Asllan Bilalli, Kolizioni i ligjeve, Prishtinë, 2007. -Arta Mandro-Balili, Ganete Walker, Ardian Kalia, “E Drejta Ndërkombëtare private”. Tiranë, 2005.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

6.4. Family and Inheritance Law

Description of the course including competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, literature used: Content: Contemporary view of hereditary and family law in Kosovo (the right of parent and child) including relevant fields in international private law; highlights references in other areas of relative law in family law (eg Number of the Course and social security law). the Title: Competences: Provide contemporary understanding of Inheritance and Family Law in Kosovo by presenting some concrete cases. 6.4. Family and Literature: Inheritance Law -Abdulla Aliu & Haxhi Gashi,’’E Drejta Familjare, Prishtinë, 2007 -Hamdi Podvorica e drejta trashegimore 2006 -D.Kelly Weisberg & Susan Frelich Appleton: ‘’Modern Family Law- cases and materials’’, Law’’Aspen Law & Business, New York, 1998.-Aleks Laurasi: ‘’Marrëdhëniet familjare’’ Laurasi’’, Tiranë, 2001.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

6.5.1. Institutional Financial Law

The aim of this course is to give students the understanding of the different types of financial markets and institutions, financial instruments, the functioning of international financial markets and institutions, the interactions between the main market participants, the regulatory and institutional environment in which they operate . This course examines Number of the Course and multiple types of financial instruments, such as shares and bonds, as well as the Title: modern financial instruments such as derivative instruments (Options, Futures contracts, Swaps contracts, etc.). The subject also explores different 6.5.1. Institutional forms of financial institutions, financial intermediaries (banks and non- Financial Law banks). The course also elaborates financial market segments, such as money, capital, and currency markets. It also covers special treatments related to the concept of risk, risk management in financial institutions, mainly credit risk and financial market risk. The course aims to give students

194

an understanding of the role and importance of money, credit, markets and financial institutions in a modern economy. The overall objective of the course is to give students a thorough understanding of the central role of financial institutions in the economy, particularly by emphasizing: • The role of the financial system in the economy; • The role and function of organized financial markets and financial institutions; • Functions and missions of financial institutions and markets; • Structural changes and competition in the financial sector. After completing this course, the student must have the knowledge and skills to: Understand the role of the financial system in the economy; Understand the role and function of organized financial markets and financial institutions; A familiarity with financial instruments, financial markets and financial institutions; Describe the role of financial institution within financial markets; Recognize the most popular cash and securities markets of the capital market; Explain how money markets are used by institutional investors; Basic Literature: -Frederic S. Mishkin & Stanley G. Eakins, Markets and Financial Institutions, Universiteti Victory, Prishtina, 2009 -Safet Merovci, financial Markets, Universiteti i Prishtinës, Prishtinë, 2008 -Gazmend Luboteni, Bankat dhe afarizmi bankar, Prishtinë, 2013 Literatura shtesë: -Frederic S. Mishkin: Ekonomia e parave, bankave, dhe tregjeve financiare botimi i 8, Pearson Education Inc. 2007; Zamir Iqbal & Abbas Mirakhor: -- - John Wiley &Sons Hyrje në financat islame, teoria dhe praktika, (Asia) 4 Pte Ltd, 2007.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

6.5.2. Victimology

The main purpose of the course is to provide students with general knowledge on the causes and forms of victimization as well as measures aimed at combating and preventing their victimization. Knowledge acquired will serve students in their work in criminal justice institutions, such as police, prosecutors, courts, correctional institutions, and victim protection centers, to understand the forms of victim submission, the causes and preventive measures that should be taken be undertaken to Number of the Course and prevent victimization. Also, students will gain knowledge on the access and the Title: treatment of victims of criminal offenses in order to successfully rehabilitate them. 6.5.2. Victimology After the semester, students will benefit from basic knowledge from the subject of Victimology -

195

- To have basic knowledge of the subject of Victimology and to apply them in practical life; - Understand the fundamental notions that relate to forms, causes and prevention of victimization; - Understand the status of the victim and the measures to be taken to deal with it; To apply the scientific knowledge of Victimology in the practice of successful combat and prevention of victimization; Basic Literature: -Dr.Ragip Halili, Victimology, Prishtinë, 2011 Additional Literature: -Dr.Rexhep Gashi, Politika ndëshkimore ndaj delikteve të gjakut në Kosovë gjatë periudhës 1980-1989, Prishtinë, 2003.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

6.5.3. Procuremnent Public Law

The main purpose of this course is for students to gain knowledge in the field of public procurement as a very important area of public administration. Since public procurement is a new area for all Central and Southeastern European countries, Kosovo public procurement has begun after the end of the war in 1999 and as such is a new, unresponsive and unhealthy field. Since public procurement remains a domain through which public funds and resources are managed, where at EU level it is estimated that around 15% of Number of the Course and GDP is spent through these procedures, then its importance is not only for the Title: theoretical reasons but also for for practical needs, especially for transitional and unconfined markets and entrepreneurship in the east. 6.5.3. Procuremnent Public procurement participation in the gross domestic product speaks best Public Law about the role and importance of procurement in a particular company, as well as the impact of public procurement procedures on economic, social, environmental, etc., as well as the impact on the quality of jobs , goods and services and through them generally the quality of general social life. Achieving knowledge in this area would in the first place help discipline and consolidate the public squares, efficient and effective management of public funds, equal and non-discriminatory treatment of businesses and installation of sound competition in the function of economic development. Also the realization of knowledge in this area would help in the discipline of public administration, the return of citizens' trust to governance as a fundamental value of democratic societies. Literature: -Dr.sc Safet Hoxha, Bazat e Prokurimit Publik, Prizren 2016 -Mr.sc Ilaz Duli, Prokurimi Publik në Kosovë, Prishtinë,2008 -Dr.sc. Gani Asllani, Konkurenca dhe e Drejta e Konkurencës, Prishtinë, 2016 -Public Procurement in the Eu.marian Trepte,Oxford Univesity,2007.

196

- Peter Stg Jacobson&Simon Evers Kalsmose-Hjelmborg, EU Public Procurement Law, Sune Troels.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

6.5.4. Informatics and Computer Crimes

This course serves to provide an autonomous opinion on computer criminality, which is a particular form of criminality in which the computer is presented as a means of conducting illegal action or as an attack object directed by persons possessing knowledge and special inclinations to computer systems, in order to bring benefits to oneself or others. In this subject, theoretical views on the ways of using the computer as a means of committing a crime, the computer as an attack object, the computer as a means of execution (modus operandi), the computer as a means of Number of the Course and concealment, planning, organization and leadership in the realization of the Title: criminal activity, computer as a fraudulent tool, computer as a means of preventing, clarifying and proving criminal activity. 6.5.4. Informatics and Literature: Computer Crimes -M. Wasik, Crime and Computer, Oxford 1991, fq.24, cit.sipas D. Dragiqeviq, Kompjuter- ski Kriminalitet i Informacijski Sustavi” Zagreb, 1999. -Charls Babbageu (1791-1871) matematicent inovator dhe ekonomist i njohur për për- pjekjet e tija në ndertimin e kompjuterëve si dhe inovacioneve tjera, vep.cit.sipas .D. Dragiqeviq: Leksikon Ekonomije i Informatike” Zagreb, 1999. -Don Parker:”Fighting computer crime”, New York, 1985.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

7.1. Administrative Procedure

Content: Introduction to Administrative Procedures and Basis of the Administrative Procedure Law in Kosovo, views in the Special Administrative Areas and Basis of Right to Establishment, Construction and Spatial Planning Law, Police Law, Selected Courts. Specifically, the course should provide knowledge and skills regarding Kosovo administrative procedures, and later included shareholders. Also, a special refrain will be held regarding the administrative dispute in Kosovo, and the judicial review procedure following an administrative decision. Number of the Course and Competence: To spread basic knowledge; to encourage a problem with the Title: thinking to thinking. Basic Literature: 7.1. Administrative -Dr.Agur Sokolo, E Drejta e Procedurës Administrative, Fakulteti Juridik, Procedure Prishtinë 2005.

197

-Akademik Esat Stavileci, Hyrje në të Drejtën Administrative, Enti i Teksteve dhe i Mjeteve Mësimore i Kosovës, Prishtinë, 1997.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

7.2. Law of Obligations

Content: Relationships between the right to obligations and property rights. Wealth as real and absolute right. The Right of Obligation as a Relative Right. The Right to Asset Registration. The Right to Duty as a Relative Right. Ways of Profiting From Current Property. Types of Rights and Obligations of the Parties in Responsibilities of Legal Relationships. Means to ensure the execution of tasks. Obligations arising from the causes of the damage. Non-compliant payments. Enrichment without cause. Competencies: Detailed analysis of vital aspects of fair and binding property Number of the Course and rights with means of discussion and modeling cases and jurisprudence the Title: Literature: -Dr. Sc. Nerxhivane Dauti, E Drejta Kontraktore, Prishtinë, 2004. 7.2. Law of Obligations Ligji i detyrimeve të Kosovës, 2004; -Dr. Mariana Semini, E Drejta Kontraktore, Tiranë, 2003. -Dr. Sc. Nerxhivane Dauti, “E Drejta Kontraktore- Practicum” (Botim i përpunuar, i korrigjuar), Universiteti i Prishtinës, Fakulteti Juridik, Prishtinë, 2011.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

7.3. International Criminal Law

This course offers general knowledge on intensifying and resolving international criminal problems, to understand the concepts and the practical side of this criminal case with an international element. In circumstances where the world is faced by the ever-increasing trend, from the rise of criminality of criminal offenses and problems of international criminal nature, the need for studying this area is being increased to many international dimensions to prevent ever increasing occurrences offenses such as genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes, crimes against peace, terrorism, trafficking in human beings, arms smuggling, narcotics Number of the Course and smuggling, money laundering, corruption, juvenile delinquency, flagrant the Title: violations of human rights and fundamental freedoms, murders from various motives, crime in the economy, finance, public traffic and other forms of 7.3. International crime), this great and harmful evil, which is constantly following human Criminal Law society, we can successfully counteract, not only with the mechanism of prevention and repression, but also with the deepening of the stud knowing about the causes and circumstances that condition this negative phenomenon in national, state and international relations.

198

Presentations will be the current issues of the international criminal field that the world today faces but also as a state we are and will be part of these cooperative processes at regional, European and international level, being part of these mechanisms both in the beneficiary spectrum and in that contributor and collaborator. This branch of law is designed to help students have the knowledge needed for this subject, as a more profitable and cooperative opportunity with the jurisdiction of different states, and Kosovo and beyond. To be informed that the criminal law in general and the international criminal law in particular have as their object criminal offenses, criminal liability, penal sanctions and other institutions that are defined in the current internal criminal codes, in the international criminal statutes and in the acts which will be taught and studied within this lesson so that these institutes become clearer, more understandable and practically easier to apply. An issue is also given to the subject as a practical need of the time and the actualities that our country is dealing with the problems of criminality and the formation of the Special Court for Kosovo by studying criminal offenses, penal sanctions by the acts and codes of international law by constructing - offering more peace for mankind Literature: -Ismt Salihu, Internationl Criminal Law- Me komentarin e shkurtër të ligjit për Gjykatën Speciale. UBT, Prishtinë, 2016. -Jola Xhafo, Internationl Criminal Law, Tiranë, 2009. -Kodi Penal i Kosovës, Prishtinë, 2013. -Kodi i Procedurës Penale të Kosovës, Prishtinë, 2013. -Ligji për Bashkpunimin Juridik ndërkombëtar në çështiet penale, Ligji Nr.0/4L-2013, 31 korrik 2013. Konventa për parandalimin dhe dënimin e krimit të gjenocidit, 1948. -Ligji për ratifikimin e Marrëveshieve ndërkombëtare në mes të Republikës së Kosovës dhe Bashkimit Evropian mbi Misionin e Bashkimit Evropian për Sundimin të ligjit në Kosovë, Ligji Nr. 04/L-274,23 prill 2014. -Ligji për Policin e Kosovës, Prishtinë 2008. Konventat e Gjenevës – 1949. -Disa konventa të Hagës dhe traktate të tjera, Tiranë, 2001. -Statuti i Gjykatës penale ndërkombëtare për ish Jugosllavi, 1993. -Statuti i Gjykatës penale ndërkombëtare për Ruandën, 1994. -Statuti i Romës për Gjykatën e përhershme penale ndërkombëtare, 1998. -William A.Schabas: International Criminal Court, Cambridge, 2001. -William A. Schabas, Gjenocidi në të drejtën penale ndërkombëtare, Prishtinë, 2003. -Jean Pradel, Geert Corstens dhe Gert Vermeulen, E drejta Penale Evropiane, Tiranë, 2009. -Bajram Ukaj, Dënimet në të drejtën penale të Shqipërisë, 2006, Prishtinë -Ismet Elezi: E Drejta Penale- Pjesa e Posaçme, Tiranë 2002.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

199

7.4. The Labour and Social Law

Content: Definitions, concepts and sources of social security; general and historical domains; cases also jurisdiction; health care, workers' injuries and illnesses and occupations, benefits from sickness, pensions and family benefits, etc. Collective labor relations - collective agreements; labor agreements; labor council; the right to participate in the labor council; industrial action (strike, closure of factories). Competences: Presentation of definitions, concepts and sources of social security; general and historical domains; cases also jurisdiction; health care, workers' injuries and diseases and occupations, benefits from sickness, pensions and family benefits. Number of the Course and Literature: the Title: -Prof.Dr.Hava Bujupi-Ismajli, Labour Law, Prishtinë 2007. -Prof.Dr.Gezime, Starova Labour Law, Shkup-Prishtinë-Tiranë, 2004 7.4. The Labour and -Prof.Dr.Kudret Cela, E Drejta e Punës, Tiranë, 2008. Social Law

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

7.5.1. Theories of International Relations

Content: This course aims to make students familiar with the main stages of the evolution of MN (IR) as a discipline since 1945, which can be seen as a debate about the value of explanation in specific theories, called Realism . The purpose of the course is twofold. First, let students know the possibilities and limitations of theoretical studies in MN (IR). The subject should allow students to become aware of different ways of seeing and understanding international issues. It is based on the practical difference between the clarifying function and the constructor of the theory. I should not only tell how I can use the theory to analyze the events "given", but how these definitions and analyzes of these many events have been built by themselves Number of the Course and from different theories. This should enhance students' abilities to discover the Title: the implications of methodological and theoretical assumptions. Secondly, this awareness should be seen as a point of learning how to translate ideas, 7.5.1. Theories of though unfinished, from one theory to the next. Students are invited to think International Relations about the question of their personal ideas and make them understandable and convincing of these views that do not share the same theoretical (or political) assumption. In this regard, it can be seen as an exercise in practical diplomacy. Presentation of theoretical relations and their developments, provision of theoretical knowledge of the international system to the students, the relationship between the main players of this system, theoretical and pragmatic analysis of how the international system is built and functioning. Knowledge of international relations principles, actors and influences,

200

geography and history, power-based policies, the international system, other power-based policy alternatives, liberalization and postmodernization, peace studies, foreign policy and decision making, etc. . Competences: Students will understand the basic concepts of this particular field, gain deep insights into specific topics and are able to discuss current issues and improve their oratory and writing abilities. Literature: Paul Viotti and Mark Kauppi, International Relations Theory: (Fourth Edition, Pearson, 2010) Scott Burchill, Theories of International Relations (Fourth Edition, New York: Palgrave, 2009) Thom Biersteker, International Law and International Relations: Bridging Theory and Practice, (Routledge, 2007 ) Cynthia Weber, International Relations Theory: A Critical Introduction, (Third Edition, Routledge, 2009) Robert Jackson And Georg Sorensen, Introduction to International Relations: Theories and Approaches (Third Edition, Oxford University Press, 2009) Steven C. Roach, Critical Theory of International Relations, (Routlege, 2009).

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

7.5.2. Customary Law

The purpose of this course is for students to acquire knowledge of customs law that they will be able to use when carrying out customs procedures. Customs system, in every country, through customs policy permanently is in function of economic development. The realization of customs policy, as part of the fiscal policy of an economic system, in contemporary countries depends and relies on the functioning of customs institutes and instruments. Many issues from the scope of the customs system have been tackled and regulated apart from autonomous laws and international agreements. This circumstance is also present in the Customs and Excise Code of the Republic of Kosovo. The objectives of this course are related to achieving deeper Number of the Course and knowledge of the customs system, customs policy as part of the country's the Title: fiscal policy and Upon completion of this course, the student is expected to be able to: 7.5.2. Customary Law

Basic Literature: •Ylber Rraci, Basics of the Customs System, Prishtinë, 2010

201

•Customs Code and Excise ( CCE) •LAW No. 05/L -037 of VAT

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

7.5.3. Juridical I, Constitutional, Criminal, Civil and Financial Clinics

This program will be implemented through an interactive lecture, but with a high degree of student participation in case studies and hypothetical. Case studies, and hypothetical, students will be offered in advance, along with instructions, and the case will have a more practical character. Students will be divided into groups to discuss procedural issues and merits of 3 cases treated. For this will be the case provided by the constitutional court located in the region and the European Court of Human Rights, to analyze how they are set issues affecting the constitutional rights and freedoms. Constitutional Clinic enables students to apply the acquired theoretical Number of the Course and knowledge into practice through legal research, drafting of constitutional the Title: requirements, the preparation of decisions and judgments, attending hearings and developing the skills of constitutional representation. 7.5.3. Juridical I, This course aims to strengthen the skills and capacity of students to analyze Constitutional, Criminal, reference, represent and protect the constitutional cases. Civil and Financial The clinic, in recent years has offered students the opportunity to learn about Clinics constitutional interpretation, and cross-constitutional justice, and to put into practice the theoretical lessons are based on the judgments of constitutional courts. Basic Literature:

Legal education: simulation in theory and practice, Ashgate Publishing, Ltd., 2014. Additional Literature:

Reflection." (2014).

Successes and Setbacks for Clinical Legal Education in Eastern Europe, An."Int'l J. Clinical Legal Educ. 20 (2014): 427..

Justice, 4 The." Fordham L. Rev. 70 (2001): 1929.. z M. "Role of Legal Clinics in Leading Legal Education: A Model from the Middle East, The." Legal Educ. Rev. 22 (2012): 177.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

7.5.4. Contract Law

202

In contemporary societies characterized by the "free enterprise" system and the notions of individual freedom, the "contract" is one of the main means by which private individuals and business firms carry out their affairs. The contract law course further develops the knowledge of candidates in the Contracts field and asks why the promises have been implemented as contracts, which promises are applied, and how they apply to daily trading relationships. The subject emphasizes the close and critical analysis of local law obligations as it affects the day to day of contracting business. The case reviews the main legal issues affecting applicable agreements. These issues include questions as to when a contract becomes mandatory, what persons Number of the Course and acquire rights under a contract, the conditions under which a performance the Title: guarantee is required or what is required, what constitutes a breach of contract, and remedies available in case of breach of contract. There will be 7.5.4. Contract Law discussions on potential contractual problems and the choice of contract techniques to avoid the risks of litigation in unsafe legal environments such as the use of liquidated damages and bailout clauses. Throughout the course of the course, attention will be paid to the general problems of interpretation of the language of the contract, the role of contracts in a market organization. Basic Literature: -Dr. Sc. Nerxhivane Dauti, Contractual Law, Prishtina, year 2012 -Dr. Sc. Nerxhivane Dauti, Obligation Law, Prishtinë 2012. -Prof Dr.Mariana Tutalani, Obligation and Contract Law, Tiranaq, 2015. Additional Literature: -R.G. Lawson, Susan Sigleton, Commercial Contracts- A practical guite to standart terms. Tottel Publishing, 2016 2. Dr. Mariana Semini, E drejta e detyrimeve, Tiranë, 2003; -Dr. Vizner B., Komentar zakona o obligacioni odnosna, Knjiga I, II, Zagreb, 1978. -Sefadin Blakaj, Draft Common Frame of Reference (DCFR) in European Contract Law-with a focus on pre-contractual duties (Graz: University 4 of Graz, 2008). -Sefadin Blakaj, Distance contracts (Justice Booklet, No.1, 2011), Prishtine.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

8.1. Constitutional Justice

Content: The final authority of the Constitutional Court in the Republic of Kosovo is treated for the interpretation of the Constitution and the compliance of the laws with the Constitution. The powers of the Constitutional Court are dealt with, which only decides on cases brought before the court in a legal manner by the authorized party (Kosovo Assembly, President of the Republic of Kosovo, Government and People's Advocate etc.). It also deals with Additional Jurisdiction, which can be regulated by law. It also elaborates the composition of the Constitutional

203

Court, the appointment of judges, the decisions of the Court, the mandate of the judges, and so on. Literature: -Erwin Chemerinsky , Constitutional Law, Fourth Edition (Aspen Casebook) Number of the Course and ,Jun 5, 2013. the Title: -Kathleen M. Sullivan and Noah Feldman, Constitutional Law, 18th Edition (University Casebook) (Jul 15, 2013). 8.1. Constitutional Justice -Geoffrey R. Stone, Louis M. Seidman, Cass R. Sunstein and Mark V. Tushnet, Constitutional Law, Seventh Edition (Aspen Casebook Series) , 29, 2013) -Visar Morina, Constitutional Justice, Prishtinë 2013. -Arsim Bajrami; Sistemi Kushtetues në Republiken e Kosovës, Prishtinë 2010. -Enver Hasani/Ivan Cukalovic; Komentar- Kushtetuta e Republikës së Kosovës, Deutsche Gesellschaft für Internationale Zusammenarbeit (GIZ) GmbH, Prishtinë, 2013. - Kristaq Traja, Drejtësia Kushtetuese, Tiranë, 2000. -LIGJI PËR GJYKATËN KUSHTETUESE NR. 2008/03-L-121 -Ligji për Gjykatën Kushtetuese Nr. 2008/03-L-121 Rregullore e punës e Gjykatës Kushtetuese të Republikës së Kosovës.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

8.2. International Organizations Law

Content: Introduction to International Organizations, Structure of International Organizations and their Principles, Functioning and Purpose of these Organizations. International Organization - United Nations Organization, their authority and procedures, UN specialized agencies, regional regional organizations, their organization and functioning, etc. Competences: The role and importance of general and regional organizations and their role in Kosovo. Literature: -Arif Riza, E Drejta e Organizatës Ndërkombëtare dhe Organizatat Ndërkombëtare, Prishtinë 2012. -Zejnulllah Gruda, E Drejta Ndërkombëtare Publike, Prishtinë 2007. -Leroy Bennet, International Organisations, (New Jersey: Prentice Hall, Number of the Course and 1995) i njejti libër në gjuhën kroate ( i përkthyer). the Title: - J. Samuel Barkin, International Organizations, Theories and Institutions, Second Edition, Palgrave Macmillan, New Zork 2013. 8.2. International Organizations Law Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

8.3. Tax and Budget Law

204

The purpose of this course is to get students acquainted with basic problems related to budget law. Students will be able to be informed about the basic concepts of taxation and budgeting. In terms of state functionality, how important are revenue from taxation and the way of budget planning. The very existence of the state and its functionality depend on the collection of taxes, and as a consequence it is important that students become more aware of the subjects and the naturalness of taxes. What are the procedures and impact of taxes, and the budget procedure will also be the focus of the study of this subject. Literature: - Bedri Peci, Shekenca mbi financat dhe e drejta financiare, Prishtinë 2017 - Sabri Kadriu, Financa Publik, Prishtinë 2012- Bozhidar Jelqiq, Shkenca Number of the Course and mbi financat dhe e drejta financiare, “Informator” Zagreb 1983 (Perkthim) the Title: Prishtinë 1984; - Genta Bungo, Shkenca mbi financat dhe e Drejta Financiare, (Cikel 8.3. Tax and Budget Law leksionesh), “ARSA”, Tiranë 2004; - Mario Leccisotti, Leksione të shkencës së financave, “ELITE” Torino 1997,(perkthim).

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

8.4. Criminalistics

Description of the course including competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, literature used: Content: Through this course students will be provided with general knowledge of the cutting-edge tools and scientific methods that follow-up authorities apply for prevention, detection, investigation and resolution of crime. Further, students will be provided with deep knowledge of tactical measures and operational actions, investigations and judicial actions used by authorities in the area of crime prevention and fighting. Competencies: After completing this course, students will have considerable knowledge about contemporary tools and tactical methods used by police, prosecutors and courts in the field of crime detection and investigation. 4.5.3 Literature: Number of the Course and -Inman, Keith: Principles and Practice of Criminalistics: The Profession of the Title: Forensic Science CRC Press, 2000. -Prof.dr. Vesel Latifi:Kriminalistika, Prishtinë, 2009; 8.4. Criminalistics Prof.dr. Skender Begeja:, Kriminalistika, Tirane, 2004] Richard Saferstein: Criminalistics: An Introduction to Forensic Science, Prentice Hall, 2003.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

8.5.1. Humanitarian International Law

205

The main purpose of this course is to provide students with basic knowledge of humanitarian law, or the right to war. Addressing the international legal basis governing the right to war, or the conditions under which war is to be dealt with, the protection of human rights in times of war; protected categories, institutional structures, represent the central part of this subject. By addressing the Geneva and Hague Conventions on war rights and the analysis of practical cases in current international humanitarian law, mechanisms for the protection of such rights as foreseen by international acts will be dealt with. This course will be important in providing basic student knowledge in order to understand human rights in wartime and international legal acts that protect these rights. Therefore, by addressing international legal instruments, analyzing practical cases, it will be clearer to students what the human rights Number of the Course and are in these warfare, and what are the mechanisms for protecting these rights. the Title: Literature: 8.5.1. Humanitarian - MARCO SASSOLI, ANTOINE A. BOUVIER, ANNE QUINTIN , HOW International Law DOES LAW PROTECCT IN WAR? CASES, DOCUMENTS AND TEACHING MATERIALS ON CONTEMPORARY PRACTICE IN INTERNATIONAL HUMANITARIAN LAW , 3RD ED., ICRC, GENEVA, 2011. -EMELY CRAFORD, ALISON CAPERT, INTERNATIONAL HUMANITARIAN LAW, CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS 2015. -JONATHAN CROWE, KYLIE WESTON- SCHEUBER, PRINCIPLES OF INTERNATIONAL HUMANITARIAN LAW, UK AND US, 2013.. - JEAN S. PICTET, PARIMET E TË DREJTËS NDËRKOMBËTARE HUMANITARE (PUBLIKIM DHE PËRKTHIM I KRYQIT TË KUQ NDËRKOMBËTAR – ICRC. - Katër Konvetat e Gjenevës të 12 Gushtit 1949 - Protokolet e Konventave të Gjenevës të vitit 1977.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

8.5.2. Bankcruptcy Law

This course aims to elaborate and answer the questions raised when a company goes bankrupt: Is it possible for a company to rehabilitate or at least be in a better position before liquidation? If you enter a liquidation procedure, what kind of company ages that are available can be distributed to creditors? Who can be considered a creditor and how would they rank in their claim rights? The Bankruptcy Law aims to maximize return on creditors, establish a fair and equal system in ordering claims and asset allocation among creditors, and establishing mechanisms through which the reasons for failure would be

206

identified and those who bad management is forbidden to manage other enterprises. Upon completion of this course, the student is expected to be able to: Recognize domestic and international legislation on bankruptcy law; Analyze bankruptcy practices in the country; Number of the Course and Compare bankruptcy practices in other countries; the Title: Assess when a company has to enter a bankruptcy procedure; Determine creditors' priorities that will be met by the sequential order 8.5.2. Bankcruptcy Law category in all liquidation cases; Basic Literature: -Prof. Dr. Mazllum Baraliu “E Drejta Biznesore”, Prishtinë 2010. -Ligji nr. 2003 / 4 pёr Likuidimin dhe Riorganizim in e Personave Juridik në Falimentim -Ligji nr. 02/l-115 për Ndryshimin dhe Plotësimin e Ligjit për -Likuidimin dhe Riorganizimin e Personave Juridik në Falimentim -Ligji nr. 04/-l-035 për Riorganizimin e Ndërmarrjeve të caktuara dhe pasurisë së tyre -USAID, Programi për Përmbarim dhe Legjislacion Komercial, -Manual Trajnimi, Shoqëritë tregtare, 2014 Additional Law: -The Law of Insolvency, Professor Ian F Fletcher, Sweet & Maxwell, 2014 -Principles of Corporate Insolvency Law, Roy Goode, Royston Miles Goode, Sweet & Maxwell, 2011 UNCITRAL Legislative Guide on Insolvency Law, Parts One and Two (2004) UNCITRAL Legislative Guide on Insolvency Law, Part Three (2010) UNCITRAL Legislative Guide on Insolvency Law, Part Four (2013) -Riza Smaka, E drejta Biznesore, Universiteti Ilira Prishtinë-Tiranë 2008 -Omar, Paul J. International Insolvency Law: Themes and Perspectives. Ashgate Publishing (2008) -Blum, Brian. Bankruptcy and Debtor/Creditor Examples and Explanations, 5th Edition. (January 12, 2010). F-rey, Phyllis and Sindney K. Swinson. Introduction to Bankruptcy Law. West Publishing (Apr 12, 2006).

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

8.5.3. Legal Clinic II

The main purpose of the Criminal Legal Clinic is to enable students to interpret legal provisions and to solve various legal problems by examining various cases in the area of criminal law. Also in this course students will be provided with general knowledge about judicial skills and articulation of legal arguments in written form. Classroom work will consist in explaining general concepts for fact-finding, legal interpretation, solving legal problems

207

and judicial skills through the examination and study of various cases in the field of criminal law. -Criminal Code of Kosova 2012. -Funk, Markus, Doracaku për Shkathtësi Gjyqësore, 2006 që mund të shkarkohet në ueb faqen vijuese http://www.shppk.org/docs/trial_skills.pdf -Vendimet e gjykatave të Republikës së Kosovës në lëmin penal; - Vendimet e gjykatave të EULEX-it, që mund të shkarkohen edhe në ueb faqen vijuese http://www.eulexkosovo.eu/en/judgments/index.php; Number of the Course and - Sahiti, Ejup, E drejta e procedurës penale, Universiteti i Prishtinës Fakulteti the Title: Juridik, Prishtinë, 2005; -Murati, Rexhep, Rishikimi i procedurës penale për shkak të provave dhe 8.5.3. Legal Clinic II fakteve të reja, Universiteti i Prishtinës, Prishtinë, 2006.

Description of the course including the competences gained (general specific or specific subject), covered topics, used literature.

8.5.4. Criminal Policy

The course Criminal Policy aims to provide students with general knowledge, will have the opportunity to learn more about the theoretical and practical measures taken in contemporary societies in order to prevent and combat criminality in society. Prior to the handling of these measures, they will be informed about the criminal-policy actions and opinions related to the prevention of criminality that have appeared in various social and economic formations. Thus, they will learn about the views and reactions to criminality in the primitive community, the slavery society, the medieval period, the new era and the contemporary period. They will then be informed about the role of the judiciary bodies and penal legislation in preventing criminality. More specifically, they will be informed about the role of the police, the public prosecutor, the judges and the organs for the execution of criminal sanctions. While in the criminal law field, the impact of the Criminal Code, the Number of the Course and Criminal Procedure Code and the Law on Execution of Criminal Sanctions the Title: in the prevention and combating of criminality will be addressed. Also within this subject will be treated forms and carriers of crime prevention. 8.5.4. Criminal Policy Thus, as a form of prevention, general social prevention, special social prevention and individual prevention will be studied. While from criminality prevention providers will be treated, the family as the main carrier, school, environment and neighborhood, etc. Basic Literature: -Prof.dr. Vesel Latifi: Criminal Politics, Prishtinë, 2010. -Prof.dr. Ismet Elezi, prof.dr. Vasilika Hysi, Politika Penale, Tirane, 2001 -Prof.dr. Millan Millutinoviq: Politika Kriminale (botim në gjuhën shqipe), Prishtinë. Additional Literature: -Joanna Beata Banach- Gutierrez and Christofer Harding,

208

EU Criminal Law and Policy, Values, Principals and Methods, Routledge New York 2017. - Prof.dr. Rexhep Gashi : Execution of the sentences with prisoning in Albania, Prishtinë, 2001.

5.2.15. Agreements with other accredited providers that ensure that students can be transferred to similar programs to one of these accredited carriers in case of bankruptcy or withdrawal of accreditation.

The University "Ukshin Hoti", Faculty of Law has signed cooperation agreements with: University "Hasan Prishtina" Prishtina, University "Haxhi Zeka" Peja, University "Kadri Zeka" Gjilan, University "Isa Boletini" Mitrovica and with several universities from Albania and it: University of Tirana, University "Luigj Gurakuqi" Shkodër, University of Durres, etc. Also, the University of Prizren has agreements with other international universities such as the University of Graz of Austria, and many Universities ofromTurkey etc.

209

5.5 SOFTWARE DESIGN – (BA)

5.2.1. Basic data for the study programme Description (name) of the academic Software Design programme

Level of qualification according to 6 , BA NQF (with abbreviations BA, MA, PhD, doctorate programme, university course, certificate or professional diploma)

Academic degree or name of the Bachelor of Science in Computer Science (B.Sc) with diploma, spelled out in full and in concentration in : abbreviated form • Software Design

Area of study according to the 11.3 Erasmus Subject Area Codes (ESAC)

Profile of the academic programme Software Design (specialisation)

Minimum period of study 3 Years (6-Semesters)

Target group To those students who completed secondary school.

Form of studies (full time, part time, Full Time distance learning etc.)

Number of ECTS credits (total and Total 180 ECTS / 60 ECTS per Year per year) Modules / Subjects (titles) Semester I

 Introduction to Informatics  Mathematics I  Introduction to Programming  New media and multimedia  IT and Entrepreneurship  English for Computer Science I  Introduction to Networking

Semester II

 Algorithms & Data Structure  Introduction to Web Languages and Technologies  Discrete Math  Operating. Syst. and Syst. Managements  Internet protocols  English for Computer Science II  Human-Computer Interaction

- 210 -

Semester III

 Software Engineering and Project management  Database Systems  Object Oriented Programming  Web Design  Machine Learning  English for Computer Science III  3D modeling and animations

Semester IV

 Computer graphics and image processing  Advanced Databases  Advanced Web Development  Research Methods  Information Systems Design  E-Business  Online Marketing

Semester V

 Artificial Intelligence  Game Development  Cloud Computing  Project  Meetings and Negotiations  Software Quality Assurance  The Internet of Things

Semester VI

 Mobile Computing  IT-Security  Distributed Systems  Thesis

Number of study places 200 students

Person in charge for the study Dr.Sc. Samedin Krrabaj programme

Permanent scientific/artistic 1. Dr.Sc. Ercan Canhasi personnel (number per staff category) 2. Dr.Sc. Samedin Krrabaj 3. Dr.Sc. Xhevahir Bajrami 4. Dr.Sc. Malush Mjaku

- 211 -

5. Dr.Sc. Naim Baftiu 6. PhD.C. Zirije Hasani 7. PhD.C. Dhurate Hyseni 8. PhD.C. Betim Maloku 9. PhD.C. Agon Koka 10. MSc. Ilir Murturi 11. MSc. Selman Jagxhiu Tuition fees According to University Rules

5.2.2. Labour Market

Actually there is no significant market research regarding the labor market relevance of this study program. However, there is an assessment of the information and communications technologies (ICT) sector in Kosovo conducted at the request of USAID/Kosovo. According to USAID, Engineering schools in Kosovo may have basics, but far behind providing tech-skills for work. Based on their analysis the IT Sector alone currently provides only little potential economic impact but ICT is a promising sector with a great impact on the future economic development of Kosova. There is the huge number of companies in Kosovo and in the region that use the data processing and information technology. Therefore, this study program aims to provide these companies and society in general, professional staff in order to make them competitive with similar European companies and worldwide.

In Kosovo there are 3 major Internet service providers (ISP): IPKO, Kujtesa and PTK. There are also many ICT companies operating in Kosovo, some of the bigger ones with 50+ employees are (Gjirafa, Inc, 3CIS, Comtrade, Komtel, iSoft, Ipko, Rrota, Cactus, ProNet, Rrota, LogicPlus, Microsoft, Kujtesa, Ati-Kos). It appears that the key constraints for this sector are education and training; improvements to the telecommunications regulatory capacity; stronger sector entrepreneurship and business skills. It is well-known that these companies have many gaps mainly with respect to professional staff. One of the reasons may be found in poor engineering programs offering from universities currently in Kosovo.

- 212 -

In Kosovo there are some Universities (public and private) which offer the different programs in Computer Science and Technology. University of Prishtina (Mathematic Faculty and Technical Faculty) provides two programs mainly software oriented. Technical Faculty provides also a new program in Mechatronic, but all these programs are only partly similar to our proposed program. The main private Universities that provide programs in Computer Science and Technology are UBT (University for Business and Technology), AAB-Riinvest as well as Iliria. Although the programs of these Universities are in some relationships with some Universities from abroad (case UBT), there is no indication of any big achievement regarding the labor market and society needs. This first of all because the programs do not meet the requirements of labor market. According to USAID, Engineering schools in Kosovo may have basics, but far behind providing tech-skills for work. Based on their analysis the IT Sector alone currently provides only little potential economic impact but ICT is a promising sector with a great impact on the future economic development of Kosova. Therefore, this study program aims to provide these companies and society in general, professional staff in order to make them competitive with similar European companies and worldwide.

5.2.3. International comparability of the programme

. Conform Bologna Accord and in compliance with the European Quality Standards . In the spirit of the mission and the vision of the Public University of Prizren, and based on specifics of the Computer Science program, . Provision of quality studies based on the most advanced international practices is the main objective of this Faculty. The process for achieving this objective is realized by building upon the Bologna Accord, European Quality Standards, and international academic institutions. The study plan of the Faculty of Computer Science has been harmonized with study plans of these universities:, Vienna University of Technology, Johannes Kepler University in Linz, Kingston University ,Imperial College London, Muenchen University of Technology. For local comparability of the programme is taken in consideration the Public University of Prishtina, Faculty of Computer Science at Gjilan, as well as the Computer Science programs at AAB College. There are several Universities and Colleges in Kosovo which offers similar programs in Computer Science, but none of them offer a proper concentration as University of Prizren.

- 213 -

 University of Prishtina (FIEK- Department of Computer Science) offer Bachelor Program in Computer Science, but with an old Curriculum with general knowledge and without any concentration field.  University of Gjilan (Faculty of Computer Science) is the only public Faculty in Kosovo, which offers Computer Science Program with two different specializations (Web Design and Informatics in Economy).  None of private institutions like AAB, UBT and Iliria offer similar specializations on Software Design. Therefore the Computer Sicence programs offered in University of Prizreni are the only such programs in Kosovo, and are novelty in Kosovo society. For detailed comparability see the relevant links.1

5.2.4. Group (the target) to whom the programme is dedicated; Graduates of this program "Software Design" are expected to be employed frequently in the software development sector in very broad range of positions. This target group is well versed in all phases of software development. They can work as systems analysts, in systems modeling and implementation, as well as software engineers and project managers. They can also be positioned in many database development and management positions. Even web and mobile development is suitable since there are many related courses.

5.2.5. Orientation of the study programme according to the leading principles of the institution; The mission of this study programme is to promote the study of Computer Science based on European (Bologna process) programs and experience. These programs guaranties that our students will be specialist in the area of computer science, with main focus in Software Design.

5.2.6. The aim and profile of the study Through this program, the Faculty for Computer Science of Public University of Prizren offers knowledge about basic and advanced science and technological challenges in field of computer science and its application in an IT-industry. Knowing that engineers in modern time should be able to solve more and more complex issues, to design and to implement software packages, to design and implement network solution, or to improve information technologies, it will be offered this bachelor program which cover techniques that will increase productivity in software development and

1 https://tiss.tuwien.ac.at/curriculum/ http://www.kent.ac.uk/courses/undergraduate/ www.upgj.org , www.universitetiaab.com

- 214 -

information technology. The program thus offers training which covers every stage in the software life cycle. The teaching and learning methods used in the program are specially tailored to the needs of working students

5.2.7. Expected learning outcomes During the study, the students will be covered with all necessary information and knowledge from theory and practice. On this bachelor the students will be able to apply the knowledge gained through three years of study, in order to develop, implement and progress towards master study within a country or abroad.

By successful completion of the Faculty of Computer Science, students will be able to:

 Demonstrate fluency and competency in an object-oriented programming language.  Identify and analyze requirements and specifications for computing problems and plans strategies for their solution.  Compare and evaluate design and algorithm choices used to solve computing problems.  Work effectively as an individual under guidance and as a member of a team.  Apply relational database concepts, principles, and theories to designing and creating information systems.  Apply operating system and computer architecture concepts and principles to problem solving in the context of computer systems.  Apply knowledge of networking concepts and principles to solving problems related to networked computer systems.  Communicate technical problems and solutions to a range of audiences.

5.2.8. Relation between the theoretical and practical/ experimental part of the study; The Faculty of Computer Science, pursuant to the study plan, uses a combination of theoretical and practical learning and teaching aspects. Most of the lectures are mainly composed from the theoretically part as well as practical part which takes place at our laboratories. Students are recommended that by the completion of the second academic year to apply for practical experiences of their field in institutions and organizations (or to select a project in fifth semester), which are relevant for implementation of theoretical and practical knowledge.

For the detailed relation between theoretical and practical part of the study see table below:

University of Theory (Lectures) Practice Prizren (Laboratory)

Faculty Faculty of Computer Science

- 215 -

Concentration Software 300 contact hours 300 contact hours field 1 Design per Year per Year (Program)

700 learning 800 learning hours hours per Year per Year

30 ECTS / Year 30 ECTS / Year

5.2.9. ECTS calculation; At the Faculty for Computer Science, the Bachelor studies will be 6 semesters (3 years), with a program obtaining a total of 180 ECTS and approximately 4500 learning hours for the courses, and the graduate is awarded the title Bachelor of Science (B.Sc).

The calculation formula is based on the sum of Lectures hours, Lab hours and Independent study (see below)

퐿푒푐푡푢푟푒 퐻표푢푟푠 +퐿푎푏표푟 퐻표푢푟푠 +퐼푛푑푒푝푒푛푑푒푛푡 푆푡푢푑푦+푂푡ℎ푒푟퐴푐푡𝑖푣𝑖푡𝑖푒푠2 퐸퐶푇푆 = 25 5.2.10. Practical work – internship; We are tending to cooperate with several Software development companies (Rrota, Virtuo, Komtel, Asseco, Pronet ...), Post and Telecommunications of Kosovo (PTK), Internet service provider companies (Ipko, Kujtesa) as well as other potential business companies like Meridian L.L.C. Most of these companies are willing to cooperate with the University of Prizren and have already given a verbal commitment.

5.2.11. Research plan for the study programme (s) under evaluation; For this study program researching is an important part. A detailed plan with main focuses and implementing phases is an ongoing process and in close collaboration with new departments that will be created. However, the tendency is to research in field of:  Data Science and its application to industry  Natural Language processing for Albanian language  The role of applying Software technologies in Society

5.2.12. Students registration and admission criteria; For the candidates applying for these Programs of studies, an admission test in subjects related to the program (Math and Basic IT) will be organized, as provided by the University regulation. If the Commission engaged for the new Students’ recruitment considers that he/she fulfils conditions

2 Other Activities are: Consulting time, Exam -time Preparation as well as all other student activities.

- 216 -

pursuant to recruitment regulations, the registration stage begins, undertaken by the Student Service Office.

If the candidate submits excellent success (average grade of secondary school 4.5) he/she will be admitted without examination.

5.2.13. Overview of the programme (all areas should be filled out): The study plan at the Faculty of Computer Science is approved by the Senate of the Public University of Prizren, following proposal of the Faculty Council, as provided by the University Statute.

Study programs leading to the award of the title of Bachelor of Sciences in Computer Science are reflected in collection of credits pursuant to the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS); to obtain a university degree (180 credits).

The amount of credits and the collection manner are dependent on curricula approved and published. (see Curricula).3

Year I

Semester I Hours/weeks

Nr. O/E Subject L E ECTS Lecturer 1. O Introduction to Informatics 2 2 6 Dr. Samedin Krrabaj

2. O Mathematics I 2 2 6 Dr. Avdulla Zejnullahu

3. O Introduction to Programming 2 2 6 Dr. Ercan Canhasi

4. O New media and multimedia 2 2 6 Dr.PhD.C. Astrit Hulaj

5. E IT and Entrepreneurship 2 2 6 Dr. Edmond Beqiri

6. E English for Computer Science I 2 2 6 Dr. Hamide Begaj

7. E Introduction to Networking 2 2 6 Dr. Vehbi Sofiu

Total 30

Semester II 1 M Algorithms & Data Structure 2 2 6 Dr.Ercan Canhasi

2 M Introduction to Web Languages 2 2 6 Dr.C Zirije Hasani and Technologies

3 M Discrete Math 2 2 6 Dr. Avdulla Zejnullahu

3 Only one (1) from three (3) elective courses offered per semester should be absolved from students.

- 217 -

4 M Operating Systems and System 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri Managements

5 E Internet protocols 2 2 6 Dr.C Astrit Hulaj

6 E English for Computer Science II 2 2 6 Dr. Kadri Krasniqi

7 E Human-Computer Interaction 2 2 6 Dr.Xhevahir Bajrami

Total 30

Year II

Semester III Hours/weeks

Nr. O/E Subject L E ECTS Lecturer 1. O Software Engineering and Project 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku management

2. O Database Systems 2 2 6 Dr.Ercan Canhasi Dr.C. Zirije Hasani 3. O Object Oriented Programming 2 2 6 Dr. Ercan Canhasi

4. O Web Design 2 2 6 Dr.C Zirije Hasani

5. E Machine Learning 2 2 6 Dr. Xhevahir Bajrami

6. E English for Computer Science III 2 2 6 Dr. Hamide Begaj

7. E 3D modeling and animations 2 2 6 Dr. Xhevahir Bajrami

Total 30

Semester IV 1 O Computer graphics and image 2 2 6 Dr. Xhevahir Bajrami processing

2 O Advanced Databases 2 2 6 Dr. Samedin Krrabaj

3 O Advanced Web Development 2 2 6 Dr.C. Zirije Hasani

4 O Research Methods 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

5 E Information Systems Design 2 2 6 Dr. Fesal Baxhaku

6 E E-Business 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu

7 E Online Marketing 2 2 6 Dr. Vehbi Sofiu

Total 30

- 218 -

Year III

Semester V Hours/weeks

Nr. O/E Subject L E ECTS Lecturer 1. O Artificial Intelligence 1 1 3 Dr. Xhevahir Bajrami

2. O Game Development 1 2 4 MSc. Selman Jagxhiu

3. O Cloud Computing 1 2 5 Dr. Arsim Susuri

4. O Project 0 1 12 PhD.C. Zirije Hasani PhD.C. Dhurate Hyseni PhD.C. Betim Maloku PhD.C. Agon Koka MSc. Ilir Murturi MSc. Selman Jagxhiu

5. E Meetings and Negotiations 2 2 6 Dr. Vehbi Sofiu

6. E Software Quality Assurance 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

7. E The Internet of things 2 2 6 To be decided

Total 30

Semester VI 1 O Mobile Computing 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

2 O IT-Security 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu

3 O Distributed Systems 2 2 6 To be decided

4 O Thesis 2 2 12 All

Total 30

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students an: Introduction to the basic concepts of computer science: Data and information encoding (ASCII, Unicode), number systems (decimal, binary, hexadecimal, octal), hardware (from Neumann architecture), software, basics of networking and programming languages. 1O1. Introduction Expected learning aims and outcomes: to Informatics After the course, each student is expected to be able to: practice and use(ASCII, Unicode), number systems (decimal, binary, hexadecimal, octal) describe hardware (from Neumann architecture ) have an overview on different software have an overview on basics of networking and programming languages.

- 219 -

Teaching and learning methods:

This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and laboratory sessions. The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam.

Concretization means / IT:

Office 2013, Visual Studio, Simulation Software for digital circuits

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Total module study time, classes and independent study time: 150 hours. Literature. 1. Moriss M. Mano, Digital Design, ISBN-10: 0131989243 2. Dr. Agni H. DIKA, Qarqet Kompjuterike Kombinuese, UP, Prishtinë 3. J. Glenn Brookshear Computer Science-An Overview, 9th Edition Addison Wesley Longman, 2007 Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students a basic knowledge in mathematical logic (statements and predicate logic), formal foundations, Moduloarithmetik, identification of (pseudo-) prime numbers (Fermat, Carmichael, ...), factorization, series development and fundamentals of computer graphics. Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: understand practical benefit of Mathematic in Computer Science have on overview on a basic knowledge in mathematical logic and analysis able to use math formulas in order to solve problems in computer science (programming) Teaching and learning methods:

This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and problemm solving sessions. The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical 1O2. Mathematics work and independent study/practice. I Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

20% Coursework and 80% Final exam.

Concretization means / IT:

Mathlab, Mathematics

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Total module study time, classes and independent study time: 150 hours. Literature. 1. Matematika 1, Isak Hoxha 2. Depends from professor Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about compiler and linker in comparison to the interpreter, fundamentals of classical procedural programming such as comments, data types and variable declarations, commands, operators, assignments, 1O3. Introduction control structures and functions. to Programming Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: have an overview in Fundamentals of classical procedural programming such as comments, data types and variable declarations, commands, operators, assignments, control structures and functions.

- 220 -

understand Compiler and linker in comparison to the interpreter. to write a small procedural program Teaching and learning methods:

40% Labor Exercise and 60% Final exam.

Concretization means / IT:

Visual Studio, Java, C++

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. H.M. Deitel, P. J. Deitel, How to Program C++, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, ISBN 0-13-111881-1, 2. Agni Dika, Bazat e Programimit në C++Universiteti i Europës Juglindore, Tetovë,ISBN 9989-866-23- 3. Java how to program 11th Edition – Dietel and Dietel 4. A good web site with books and material for Java, can be found: 5. http://www.freeprogrammingebooks.net/free_ebook_java_free_ebooks_java/index.php

Short description of the content: Introduction to Multimedia, New Media and Internet Hypertext, Hypermedia, Information systems Web Usability Color models and raster images, vector diagram, image compression Audio formats, -techniques, -compression Video formats, -techniques, -compression. Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: have an overview into Multimedia, New Media and Internet Hypertext understand practical benefit of Multimedia able to use image compression Audio formats, -techniques, -compression Video formats, - techniques, -compression Teaching and learning methods:

This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and laboratory sessions. The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical 1O4. New media work and independent study/practice. and multimedia Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

20% Labor Exercise and 80% Final exam.

Concretization means / IT:

Office 2013, other software depends from Lecturer

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. Nigel Chapman And Jenny Chapman, Digital Multimedia, Wiley, 2009 2. Myzafere Limani, Bazat e Multimediave, Universiteti i Prishtinës, 2005

Short description of the content: 1Z1. IT and In this course the students will be familiar with Inspirations, How are ideas generated, Entrepreneurship Brainstorming. Theories and tools for Creative Thinking, Vision. Mission Statement, Personality analysis. Management in IT and innovative companies. They will learn further

- 221 -

about Organization. Company culture and organisational behaviour. Money. Introduction to macro- and microeconomics,

supply & demand, How to read a balance sheet.

Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to:  Explain how creativity and innovation come about. Critically assess the unique characteristics of high-tech and IT innovation.  Apply the most important management theory and practice to the requirements of innovative companies.  Analyze budget calculations and identify tax issues.  Critically assess the elements needed for a good business plan.  Critically discuss the network, procedures and perspectives which are important in establishing a company Teaching and learning methods:

Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study.

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

20 % from 2 assignments, 30% from Project, and 50% from Final Exam Concretization means / IT:

Office 2013

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study Literature. 1. Mellor, R. B. (2003). Innovation Management. Globe, ISBN 87-7900-196-3; 2. Kirby, D. A. (2003). Entrepreneurship. McGraw-Hill, ISBN 0-07-709858-7

Short description of the content: Students will be taught basic English course by practicing pronunciation, writing skills, work on improving their listening and understanding of spoken English. Students will study conversational techniques and practice these techniques through structured dialogs, dialog improvisation and pair practice conversations. Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: To broaden and expand the students’ proficiency and knowledge in General English;to provide material for the students to revise, consolidate and extend their command of English grammar and vocabulary;

1Z2. English for To develop the students’ reading skills to enable them to skim the text for main idea Computer Science To develop the students’ listening skills to enable them to understand and apply specific I information from the input Teaching and learning methods:

Method include class lectures and continuous practice. In addition, the class will participate in discussion groups, peer work and group work. There will be several individual and group projects which then will be presented to the class. Students will complete individual in-class assignments as well as regular formal homework tasks

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

50 % from 2 assignments and 50% from Final Exam Concretization means / IT:

- 222 -

Office 2013, other software depends from lectureer

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study Literature. 1. Viney, P & Viney, K. (1989) Grapevine.. Oxford University Press. Grant, D. & McLarty, R. (2003) Business Basic. Oxford University Press Greenall, Swan (1997) Effective Reading. CUP 2. Depends from the Lecturer

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about the key elements, standards, products, and problems that play in building and operating a network of a role. In addition to an overview of the various computer networks and network topologies, the basics of data transmission and the different transmission media are detailed below. Furthermore, the participants learn the TCP / IP protocol suite in comparison to the OSI reference model know. In addition, the basics of switching and routing will be taught. Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: have an overview of the key elements, standards, products, and problems that play in building and operating a network understand and use the various computer networks and network topologies, learn and use the TCP / IP protocol suite in comparison to the ISO OSI reference model to understand switching and routing. Teaching and learning methods: 1Z3. Introduction to Networking This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and laboratory sessions. The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

40 % from assignments and 60% from Final Exam Concretization means / IT:

OPNET, PacketTracer

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study Literature. 1. Todd Lammle; Network +; Deluxe Study Guide, 2009 2. Shivendra S. Panwar, Shiwen Mao, Jeong-dong Ryoo dhe Yihan Li; TCP/IP Essentials, Cambridge University, 2004

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about fundamental algorithms such as search, sort, traversal algorithms and fundamental data structures, linear lists, queues, stacks, sort algorithms, search algorithms, hashes, trees, graphs, and formal characteristics of algorithms, identification of efficiency, Expected learning aims and outcomes: 2O1. Algorithms After the course, each student is expected to be able to: and Datastructure have on overview on fundamental data structures and algorithms use linear lists, queues, sort algorithms, search algorithms, tree, graphs to implement programs with efficient algorithms Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, laboratory, exercises and independent study. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study

- 223 -

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam.

Concretization means / IT:

Visual Studio, C#, Java

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study Literature. 1. R. Sedgewick: Algorithms in Java (or C++) , Part 1-5. 2. Cay Horstmann, “Big Java” (2007) Wiley Press. 3. How to Program, H. M. Deitel, P. J. Deitel.

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about Cascading Style Sheets: document, font, text, box, selectors and specificity. Dynamic HTML: Specifying style dynamically, controlling content dynamically, positioning and animation with JavaScript. Markup languages: Structuring information with XML. Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: Design and implement web pages using (X)HTML, CSS and JavaScript (DHTML) with simple interactivity and/or animation. Use XML and CSS to create simple web pages with markup that is not HTML. Validate web pages for use with different browsers and platforms Differentiate between standards and appreciate the role of the W3C Teaching and learning methods: 2O2. Introduction The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical to Web work and independent study/practice. A maximum independent Study: 90 hours Languages and Evaluation methods and passing criteria: Technologies In-course assessment: 50%, Final exam 50% Concretization means / IT:

Visual Studio,Java, SQL Server

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study

Literature. 1. Teague, J.C. “CSS, DHTML and Ajax”, Peachpit, 2006. and Negrino, T. & Smith, D. “JavaScript and Ajax for the Web”, Peachpit, 2006. or Powers, S. “Learning JavaScript”, O’Reilly, 2006. 2. Meyer, E.A. “CSS Pocket Reference.” O’Reilly (any edition). 3. Flanagan, D. “JavaScript Pocket Reference.” O’Reilly (any edition). 4. Yuen, P.K. and Lau, V. “Practical Web technologies.” Addison-Wesley, 2003.

Short description of the content: Mathematical reasoning; propositions; negation disjunction and conjuction; implication and equivalence; truth tables; predicates; quantifiers; natural deduction; rules of Inference; methods 2O3. Discrete of proofs; use in program proving; resolution principle; application to PROLOG. (10 lectures) Set theory; Paradoxes in set theory; inductive definition of sets and proof by induction; Math Peono postulates; Relations; representation of relations by graphs; properties of relations;equivalence relations and partitions; Partial orderings; Posets; Linear and well- ordered sets; (10 lectures) Graph Theory; elements of graph theory, Euler graph, Hamiltonian path, trees, tree

- 224 -

traversals, spanning trees; (4 lectures) Functions; mappings; injection and surjections; composition of functions; inverse functions;special functions; Peono postulates; pigeonhole principle; recursive function theory; (6 lectures) Definition and elementary properties of groups, semigroups, monoids, rings, fields, vector spaces and lattices; (4 lectures) Elementary combinatorics; counting techniques; recurrence relation; generating functions; (6 lectures) Expected learning aims and outcomes: The student gets detailed on elementary set theory, number theory, logic, counting techniques, graph theory and algorithms and will be able to use it during algorithms developing. Teaching and learning methods:

The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical and independent study. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study. Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

50 % from 1 Project and 50% from Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

Mathematics, Mathlab

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours

Literature. 1. C.L.Liu, Elements of Discrete Mathematics, second edition 1985, McGraw-Hill Book Company. Reprinted 2000. 2. K.H.Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and applications, fifth edition 2003, TataMcGraw Hill publishing Company. Reference Books 3. J .L.Mott, A.Kandel, T.P .Baker, Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians, second edition 1986, Prentice Hall of India. 4. W.K.Grassmann and J.P.Trembnlay, Logic and Discrete Mathematics, A Computer Science Under development

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about an introduction to Windows, Unix/Linux as well as other Operating Systems. An overwiew of functions (eg user interface, machine and peripheral management etc). Further the information about fundamental and important tasks of Unix/Linux system administration as well as the operation of the system by the use of the most important commands will be detailed introduced. Expected learning aims and outcomes: 2O4. Operating After the course, each student is expected to be able to: Systems and understand and use the most important commands of UNIX System understand the differences between Unix and other operating system Managements understood the very essentials of Unix/Linux system architecture understand fundamental and important tasks of Unix/Linux system administration to fulfill basic tasks in system administration: use file permissions, devices and processes Administration of users and groups Administration of file systems Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum independent Study: 90 hours

- 225 -

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

2 Course Projects: 40%, Final exam 60% Concretization means / IT:

SOsim and other software depending from lecturer

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study Lit. 1. Operating System Concepts : Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin , Greg Gagne 8th Edition 2. The Official Ubuntu Book (6th Edition) 2011, B.M.Hill, M.Helmke, A.Graner, C.Burger 3. A Practical Guide to Ubuntu Linux 3rd Edition (Aug 2010, Prentice Hall), M.G.Sobell

Short description of the content: Basic optical communication, Optical routing, Basic wireless communication, Challenges within IP-routing, Router architecture, Label routing (Multi Protocol Label switching), Unicast and Multicast Routing, Active Networks, Overlay networks, Quality of Service (ao. Diffserv, Intserv, RSVP), Demands from Multimedia applications and possible solutions, Adaption, Challenges using heterogeneous networks, Core vs. Access networks. Expected learning aims and outcomes: After completing the course student should be able  knowledge about the communication solutions of the future, herein optical and wireless networking to offer high performance  knowledge about how to design high-end IP routers implementing Points of Presence (PoP) in the Internet  understanding of why multicast is becoming ever more important along with the streaming based Internet of the future, and knowledge of the most important multicast protocols  knowledge about concepts to offer Quality of Service and guarantees in the Internet of the future 2Z1. Internet Protocols  knowledge about how Internet of Things (IoT) will allow people and all kind of things to be connected at any time  understanding of cyber threats and advanced malware trying to control Internet  knowledge about IPv6 and the Internet protocol of the future Teaching and learning methods:

1 Course Projects: 40%, Final exam 60% Concretization means / IT:

OMNet simulation software Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours Literature.

Short description of the content: 2Z2. English for Students will be taught intermediate level English course by practicing pronunciation, writing skills, work on improving their listening and understanding of spoken English. Students will Computer Science study conversational techniques and practice these techniques through structured dialogs, II dialog improvisation and pair practice conversations. Expected learning aims and outcomes:

- 226 -

After the course, each student is expected to be able to: To broaden and expand the students’ proficiency and knowledge in Intermediate English;to provide material for the students to revise, consolidate and extend their command of English grammar and vocabulary;

To develop the students’ listening skills to enable them to understand and apply specific information from the input Teaching and learning methods:

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

50 % from 2 assignments and 50% from Final Exam Concretization means / IT:

Depends from professor

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study Literature. 1. Opportunities Pre-intermediate Language Powerbook Patricia Reilly, Michael Dean, Anna Sikorzynska , Hanna Mrozowska 2. New Opportunities Pre-Intermediate Students book David; Harris, Michael; Sikorzynska, Anna Mower Mini – Dictionary, A Modern English Dictionary, Fjalori Anglisht-Shqip-Anglisht

Short description of the content: Developments in technology: workstation environment eg screens, keyboards, pointing devices, other I/O devices (eg speech), related processing and storage requirements. Developments in HCI: virtual machines, command line input (command sets), menu selection and the methods of selection, graphical interfaces, speech, screen design for intensive data entry, intelligent HCIs, virtual personas (engaging with the computer within a virtual reality), concept of ‘look and feel’. Development of systems: new developments (eg hypertext, event driven systems, use of multimedia), modelling techniques, implication of new developments on user interfaces.

Applications: range of applications, selection of HCIs for specific applications. Health and safety considerations: ergonomics and the surrounding environment, eg lighting, seating, RSI, 2Z3. Human- legal implications. HCI support for less common environments: identification of applications. Computer Expected learning aims and outcomes: Interaction This unit aims to give students a full understanding of the human computer interface (HCI) and the part it plays in the construction of software which is usable, attractive, efficient and effective.

On successful completion of the module the student will be able to:

Describe HCI-related developments and their application

Determine the issues related to a chosen HCI

Develop and evaluate an HCI prototype.

Teaching and learning methods:

- 227 -

The learning outcomes will be assessed by in-course assessment (ICA) methods made up of time constrained exercises and specified assignments:

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

The in-course assessment will be based on three specified assignments (80%) and one time constrained exercise (20%) completed throughout the year.

Concretization means / IT:

Depends from Lecturer

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study Literature. 1. B. Shneiderman, "Designing the User Interface", Addison Wesley Longman, ISBN 0201694972 2. B. Laurel, "The Art of Human-Computer Interface Design", Addison Wesley,ISBN 0201517973. Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to present the technical, organizational and economic aspects of software engineering. Organizational structuring models of software development are explained via process models, such as the waterfall model, spiral model and unified process. In terms of the technical aspects of software engineering, particularly the generation of object oriented systems and their modeling are focused on. Further the focus will be on Analysis , Planning , Implementation , Factors of Software-Project , Unified Process, Introduction to UML ,Requirements Analysis, System planning, Implementation of object- oriented Systems Test methods , Delivering, Service, Maintenance, Software-quality insurance.Project definition, -planning, - controlle, -finish, Project management-Tools Claim Management, Case study. Expected learning aims and outcomes: On successful completion of the module the student will be able to:

To explain and apply a broad range of concepts from software engineering, spanning all aspects the software engineering process Be able to recognize, define, and make correct use of generally accepted software engineering terminology. Have experience of working as a member of a team on a software engineering project 3O1. Software Have experience applying a representative cross section of software engineering techniques Engineering and Be able to create and use planning, requirements analysis, domain analysis and design artifacts Project and carry them into code. management Be able to document all phases of the software development processes.

Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, tutorials and independent study (project work). Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including project work.

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

Project Deliverables 40 (%) Continuous Assessment: 10 (%) Final Examination 50(%): Concretization means / IT:

Visual Studio, C#, Java, UML, SQL Server etc

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

- 228 -

Literature. 1. I. Sommerville, Software Engineering, Addison Wesley; 8 edition (May 25, 2006) 2. Book 1: B. Boehm, R. Turner, Balancing Agility and Discipline: A Guide for the Perplexed, Addison-Wesley Professional; 1st edition (August 15, 2003) 3. Book 2: Jacobson Ivar, Booch Grady, Rumbaugh James: The unified software development process, Addison-Wesley, 1999

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about concepts of Database Management Systems, Data Structures and Data Models, Architectural Levels, Relational Databases, Relational Algebra, Integrity of Databases, Normalization, Transaction Processing, Distributed Databases, Data Security Students should learn basic knowledge in data base theory; giving the theoretical basis and the practical benefit of data base technologies. Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: practice and use basic knowledge in data base theory understand practical benefit of data base technologies use a basic concepts of Database Management Systems, Data Structures and Data Models, Relational Databases, Normalization, Transaction Processing implement a practical database project Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, laboratory exercises and independent study. This module will involve lectures and work in small groups on related 3O2. Database structured exercises, together with appropriate computer workshops using an interactive SQL Systems tutorial. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria: Coursework 50% , Final Examination 50%

Concretization means / IT:

SQL Server/Oracle

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. Database Solutions – A step-by-step guide to Building Databases/ Carolyn Begg and Thomas Connolly, Addison Wesley / ISBN : 0321173503 2. Oracle SQL and PL/SQL Handbook/ Palinski. Addison Wesley 2002/ISBN:0-201-75294-8/ 3. Fundamentals of Database Systems / Elmasri & Navathe, Addison Wesley, 1999. 4. Database Modeling and Design, Fifth Edition: Logical Design (The Morgan Kaufmann Series in Data Management Systems) by Toby J. Teorey Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about Classes: object, attributes, methods, representation of Abstract Data Types, the control of scope of attributes (member data) and messages (member functions) within a class, constructors and 3O3. Object destructors, inheritance, dynamic binding, virtual functions and polymorphism, parameter based Oriented types (templates). Expected learning aims and outcomes: Programming On successful completion of the module the student will be able to: Assimilate and use basic object-oriented programming concepts Use an object-oriented programming design method Reuse system components using object-oriented programming principles Teaching and learning methods:

- 229 -

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, tutorials and independent study. Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

In-course assessment will be based on two specified exams (60%) and project work (40%) completed throughout the year. Concretization means / IT:

Visual Studio, Java

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. D. Parsons, "Object-Oriented Programming", Letts Educational, ISBN 0826454283 2. Shaw, "Java Simplified", A.D.R.(1999) ISBN 1901197883

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about: • Structured Documents, basic concepts of markup languages, • meta-languages for defining markup languages using the example of XML • Document type definition XML (DTD), distinguishing "well-formed" / "valid"; namespace concept (namespaces) • processing of XML documents with XSL: XSLT Processing Model, XSLT style sheets, XSLT language features including control structures, recursion, parameterized templates, sorting / grouping, XSL-FO • Use of XPath to identify document parts: concepts (axes, path expressions, functions), used in XSLT stylesheets • Introduction to XML Schema: overview, comparison with DTDs • Overview of standard APIs for processing XML data in a universal programming language: parsing of XML data, different processing models • the SAX API (architecture, handler approach, typical use) • The DOM API (architecture, navigation through a DOM tree, creating and manipulating DOM trees) • use of XSLT style sheets from a universal programming language, parameterization of style sheets, transformation of DOM trees • XML application examples from different areas (e.g. multimedia, mobile communications, 3O4. Web Design data exchange formats, vector graphics) Expected learning aims and outcomes After the course, each student is expected to be able to: have an overview in Structured Documents, basic concepts of markup languages, have an overview of standard APIs for processing XML data in a universal programming language to write a small XML application from different areas (e.g. multimedia, mobile communications, data exchange formats, vector graphics) Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% course work and Final Examination 50% teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, laboratory exercises and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study Concretization means / IT:

Java, CSS, .NET, Ajax

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 60 hours teaching hours , and 90 hours independent study. Basic literature to be used in each module

Lit

- 230 -

1. PHP and MySQL Web Development, prej Luke Welling, Laura Thompson 2. Learning PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript (1st Edition), prej Robin Nixon. O'Reilly & Associates, 2009 3. Head First Ajax, prej Rebecca Riordan, O'Reilly & Associates, 2008.

Short description of the content: In this course, you'll learn about some of the most widely used and successful machine learning techniques. Students will have the opportunity to implement these algorithms by yourself, and gain practice with them. Students will also learn some of practical hands-on tricks and techniques help get learning algorithms to work well. This is an "applied" machine learning class, and we emphasize the intuitions and know-how needed to get learning algorithms to work in practice, rather than the mathematical derivations. Expected learning aims and outcomes:Students should be familiar and able with programming, basic linear algebra (matrices, vectors, matrix-vector multiplication), and basic probability (random variables, basic properties of probability) is assumed. Basic calculus (derivatives and partial derivatives) would be helpful and would give students additional intuitions about the algorithms, but isn't required to fully complete this course. 3Z1. Machine Teaching and learning methods: Learning The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, laboratory exercises and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

50% course work and Final Examination 50% Concretization means / IT:

Java, Prolog, Python

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

60 hours teaching hours , and 90 hours independent study. Literature. Short description of the content: Students will be taught the upper level of the English language by practicing pronunciation, writing skills, work on improving their listening and understanding of spoken English. Students will study conversational techniques and practice these techniques through structured dialogs, dialog improvisation and pair practice conversations. Lit. 1. Opportunities Intermediate Student book, Michael Harris 2. Opportunities Intermediate Language Powerbook, Michael Dean, Elizabeth Sharman, Anna Sikorzynska and Hanna Mrozowska Mini – Dictionary, A Modern English Dictionary, Fjalori Anglisht-Shqip-Anglisht

3Z2. English for Expected learning aims and outcomes: Computer Science On successful completion of the module the student will be able to: III  To gain advanced knowledge in General English.  They will be able to apply reading skills, to interpret the text for inferences, attitudes and styles, to deduce meanings from the context;to develop the students advanced writing skills to enable them to respond to input applying information to a specified task, to elicit, to select, to summarize information in a range of writing activities, such as essays, articles, reports;  To develop the advanced level on listening skills and to enable them to understand and apply specific information from the input; to develop the students’ speaking skills to enable them to use general, social and professional language, to negotiate, report, explain, summarize and develop a discussion; Teaching and learning methods:

- 231 -

Methods include class lectures and continuous practice. In addition, the class will participate in discussion groups, peer work and group work. There will be several individual and group projects which then will be presented to the class. Students will complete individual in-class assignments as well as regular formal homework tasks

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

 Group Project 50% , Examination: 50% Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. Viney, P & Viney, K. (1989) Grapevine.. Oxford University Press. Grant, D. & McLarty, R. (2003) Business Basic. Oxford University Press Greenall, Swan (1997) Effective Reading. CUP

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about in Modeling and Animation. This subject teaches 3D basics as well as the handling of 3D programs. Technical terms and techniques are described and transferred into practical use by modeling 3D objects. After forming an object, texturing takes place (it is the definition of the object's surface). Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: Have on overview on Modeling and Animation Technology apply this technologies in order to model 3D objects to implement a Simple animation within the 3D program Teaching and learning methods: 3Z3. 3D modeling The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, individual projects and animations and independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

100 % Individual Project

Concretization means / IT:

Java , Mthlab, CAD

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. Ablan, D. (2005) Inside Lightwave 9 - Signature. Chicago, USA 2. The Art of 3D Computer Animation and Effects, Isaac Kerlow

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about Fundamentals of Computer Graphics: rendering pipeline, geometric modeling, coordinate systems and transformations, lighting and shading, texture mapping 4O1. Computer Fundamentals of image processing: digitization and sampling theorem, gray and color images graphics and (color models), image sequences, point operations (scaling, plains), filters in the spatial and image processing frequency domain, feature extraction, image segmentation and classification Expected learning aims and outcomes: On successful completion of the module, students will be able to:

 Understand and distinguish between the key principles and techniques of the fields of Computer Graphics and of Digital Image Processing.

- 232 -

 Demonstrate understanding of, and competence in, applying these principles  Understand how Computer Graphics and Digital Image Processing are applied in real, modern applications.  Implement different image processing procedures such as scaling, rotation, translation and filtering. Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes will be achieved by a combination of lectures and workshops. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study.

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

40% Coursework, 60% Final Examination

Concretization means / IT:

Mathlab, Java, Open Source

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

Literature. 1. Foley J.D. and Van Dam, A., Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics, Revised Edition, Addison Wesley Publishing, 1984. 2. Fundamentals of Computer Graphics, Peter Shirley, Michael Ashikhmin, Steve Marschner 3. Image Processing: The Fundamentals by Maria Petrou

Short description of the content: This course offer more advanced features of databases in design, administration, and applications. Topics include advanced data modelling and design, implementation, database scripting, database transaction, database security, database maintenance, and data warehouse. Furthermore the course provides using of advanced Databases in Dynamic Web Application.

Expected learning aims and outcomes: Students should be able to understand and describe current database models and technologies. To design and implement relational database solutions for general applications. To develop database scripts for data manipulation and database administration. To understand and perform common database administration tasks, such as database monitoring, performance tuning, data transfer, and security. To understand the concepts and practices of data warehouse and OLAP.

Teaching and learning methods: 4O2. Advanced Databases The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical lab based work and independent study. During this course each student has to absolve three small lab exercises. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study.

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

30% from 3 Lab. Projects , 30 % Midterm Exam and 40% Final exam.

Concretization means / IT:

SQL Server / Oracle , Visual Studio

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study

Literature.

- 233 -

1. Database Modeling and Design, Fifth Edition: Logical Design (The Morgan Kaufmann Series in Data … by Toby J. (2011) 2. Database Administration: The Complete Guide to DBA Practices and Procedures (2nd Edition) (Addison-Wesley Professional 2012)

Short description of the content:  The nature of research: What is research? Role of the supervisor. Topic selection and scope. The importance of theory and the links between theory and practice. Feasibility and value. Organisational, legal, social and ethical implications.  The literature search: Planning and undertaking a literature search.  Research approaches: Research objectives, methodology, underpinning theoretical concepts, frameworks. Different research philosophies, inductive and deductive research approaches. Quantitative and qualitative research etc.  Methods of data collection and analysis: Techniques for collecting primary data including observation, focus groups, (structures, semi structured) interviews and questionnaires. Sources of secondary data. Quantitative analysis techniques (e.g. graphical and statistical techniques) and qualitative techniques (i.e. pattern matching and explanation building  Presentation of research findings: Dissertation structure. Framing the academic context. Convention on citation and quotations. Style of writing. Critical reflection, critical analysis, argument and clarity of thought. Expected learning aims and outcomes:  Select and justify a research topic.  Formulate strategies for successful research within a variety of settings.  Select and utilise appropriate research methods effectively to collect data to meet both academic and organisational requirements. Communicate research findings in an 4O4. Research appropriate manner. Methods  Manage a research project and understand the relevant techniques and tools needed in order to bring it in successfully on time and within pricing limits. Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, group based activity and independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

In-course assessment: 100% Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. Cornford, T. & Smithson, S. (2005), Project Research In Information Systems: A Student's Guide, Macmillan 2. Core Text: Sharp, J.A., Peters J and Howard, K. (2002), The Management of A Student Research Project, Third Edition (Gower) Recommended Reading:  Creswell, J. W. (2002), Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches, Sage.

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to make the students able to identify customer needs, and teach them to communicate information about products and services to potential customers. Courses include study in the areas of marketing research, public relations, consumer behavior and 4Z1. Online international marketing. Individuals need to develop creative, analytical and leadership abilities Marketing to function in this field Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: organize and plan effective advertising campaigns by determining the public demand for services and products.

- 234 -

Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, individual projects and independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

50% from individual project and 50 % Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

Depends from Professor

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. The McGraw-Hill 36-Hour Course: Online Marketing (McGraw-Hill 36-Hour Courses) by Lorrie Thomas 2. Marketing in the Age of Google: Your Online Strategy IS Your Business Strategy by Vanessa Fox

Short description of the content:  Trends in consumer focussed e-businesses including aggregated markets, niche retailing, peer-to-peer, business-to-consumer, and viral marketing.  Server and delivery architectures including security, streaming and load balancing.  Trends in convergence including implications of mobile devices, interactive television and multiplatform delivery.  Integration issues, content management and XML standards.  Creating a store online using one of the hosted e-commerce environments including management of content and user tracking.  Case studies of successful and unsuccessful ventures and small businesses identifying technical, market and people reasons for success. Learning from failure.  Social, legal and ethical issues of e-business. Expected learning aims and outcomes:  On successful completion of the module, students will be able to:  Evaluate the technologies, components and technology trends including security, standards and CRM that allow the creation and delivery of e-businesses and e-business systems.  Create and manage a prototype e-commerce store using on-line tools within a hosted environment. 4Z2. E-Business  Analyse the technical opportunities and barriers to the creation of e-businesses.  Apply appropriate tools and techniques to design an e-business architecture.  Understand in detail the social, legal and ethical issues of on-line business. Teaching and learning methods:

 The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, practical lab based work, group based activity and independent study. Directed reading and a major case study will be used to support the learning process. Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

 100% coursework, Concretization means / IT:

Depends from Professor

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. Kalakota, R. and Robinson, M., (July 1999) E-Business, (Addison Wesley Longman Publishing Co) ISBN: 0201604809

- 235 -

2. Reynolds J, (October 2000), The Complete E-Commerce Book: Design, Build & Maintain a Successful Web-based Business, CMP Books; ISBN157820061X

Short description of the content: This is an introduction to the theory and practice of artificial intelligence. It covers areas like reasoning under uncertainty, learning, natural language, vision and robotics. The course also explains some of the more recent ideas in the field, including simulated annealing, memory-bounded search, global ontologies, dynamic belief networks, neural nets, inductive logic programming, computational learning theory, and reinforcement learning. Expected learning aims and outcomes: This course will prepare you to understand how AI can be used in your work, and it will prepare you to take advanced courses and to begin working on AI research projects. Another objective is to provide the student with experience using AI techniques. Toward this end, the student will have both the chance to program a variety of AI techniques as well as to concentrate on an AI project during a substantial portion of the course. By the end of the course, you should have a general knowledge of the eld of AI. You should be able to recognize when AI techniques are necessary to solve a problem. You should be Teaching and learning methods: 5O1. Artificial The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, individual projects Intelligence and independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

Homework and programming assignments: 25% Project: 25% Final Exam: 50% Concretization means / IT:

Prolog, Python, Mathlab and Java

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

15 hours teaching hours , 15 hours laboratory and 45 hours independent study.

Literature. 1. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach (3rd Edition), Stuart J. Russell 2. Artificial Intelligence: A Systems Approach (Computer Science), M. Tim Jones Short description of the content: This course contains all relevant elements of inventing and programming a 2D game. Topics include 2D graphics, animation, interactivity and UI, sound, 2D platform, collision, AI, scripting, persistence... Expected learning aims and outcomes: This course will prepare students to use different tools and methods how to programe games. Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, individual projects and independent study. 5O2. Game Evaluation methods and passing criteria: Development 100 % Project work

Concretization means / IT:

Java , GameMaker 8.1

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

15 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 55 hours independent study.

Literature.

- 236 -

1. The Game Maker's Apprentice: Game Development for Beginners by Jacob Habgood and Mark Overmars 2. The Game Maker's Companion by Jacob Habgood and Nana Nielsen

Short description of the content Developing applications for the server-side Definition of cloud computing: what is cloud computing, purpose, role and importance, objectives Challenges: Infrastructure Management, Application Architecture for cloud, data storage, security, other aspects Features: on demand self-provisioning, elasticity and scalability, access in the form of services, monitoring, sharing of resources (pooling), etc.. Service models: IaaS (Infrastructure-as-a-Service), PaaS (Platform-as-a-Service), SaaS (Software-as-a-Service), XaaS Detailed overview of IaaS: • Overview of concepts, architectural perspective • Private cloud, public cloud, hybrid cloud, virtual cloud • Getting to know and compare the most important IaaS technologies Detailed overview of PaaS: • Overview of concepts, architectural perspective • Changes in development models: data persistence: distributed file systems, unstructured storage, NoSQL database, SQL database in the cloud; Business tier: Web services, REST services, other technology runtime environment • Understanding and comparison of major PaaS technologies: Java EE, Azure, Google App 5O3. Cloud Engine, etc. Computing Detailed overview of SaaS: • Overview of concepts, architectural perspective • Access Models, Development Concepts • Business models, Cloud Services (location, data delivery, data enrichment, integration services, business intelligence, etc.). Deployment models • Private, public, hybrid, shared cloud • On premises, remote, hybrid model, overview of providers Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Basic literature to be used in each module 1. Barrie Sosinsky, Cloud Computing Bible, Wiley; 2011. 2. George Reese, Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and Infrastructure in the Cloud, O'Reilly Media; 2009.

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to teach the students to be familiarized with working in a team, which solves problems in the particular field of specialization. After structuring the project the work packages will be distributed among the team members.

Optional: cooperation in an industrial research and development project

Expected learning aims and outcomes: The students will gain skills needed when working in an industrial environment.Student gets detailed insight into Applying project-management knowledge, Transferring the specialized 5O4. Project know how within an applied project, Additional content of teaching according to the particular field of specialization.

Teaching and learning methods:

The learning methods are a combination of practical project work and independent study. During this course each student has to absolve one big project. Students will be expected to spend a total of 315 hours on the module including independent study.

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

- 237 -

100% from Project

Concretization means / IT:

Office, Visual Studio, C#, Java

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

15 hours laboratory and 300 hours independent study

Literature. Dependent from project task

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about the course Meetings and Negotiations aims to provide students with the necessary skills required for planning, organizing and conducting meetings in English. This course has a strong focus on speaking skills, which means that a lot of time will be dedicated to group work in which meetings will be simulated. In addition to that, students will acquire specific vocabulary and typical phrases frequently used in meetings, as well as theoretical input necessary for successfully planning (and taking part in) meetings. Expected learning aims and outcomes: The students will gain skills needed to negociate and to discus in English. Teaching and learning methods:

The learning methods are a combination of Theory, practical project work and independent study.` 5Z1. Meetings and Negotiations Evaluation methods and passing criteria: 100 % Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

Office

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. The Negotiation Fieldbook, Second Edition: Simple Strategies to Help You Negotiate Everything by Grande Lum 2. 9 Ways to Create a Win-Win Negotiation with Speakers (Meeting Planning) by Jeff Davidson

Short description of the content: In this course the students will be familiar with the following topics : Software quality factors, The components of the SQA system, Development and quality plans, Software testing strategies, Test-driven development, Configuration management Software quality metrics

Expected learning aims and outcomes: 5Z2. Software On successful completion of the module the student will be able to: Quality  Select an appropriate approach to software development and software quality assurance Assurance (SQA) for different situations and organizations.  Use his/her knowledge and understanding of SQA to undertake a variety of SQA tasks (e.g. develop quality plans or estimate software quality using metrics)  Discuss theoretical aspects of SQA without referring to sources Teaching and learning methods:

- 238 -

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, seminars, classroom exercises and independent study. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours , including independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

Coursework: 50%, Final Examination: 50%

Concretization means / IT:

Depends from professor

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. Galin, D., (2004) Software Quality Assurance - From theory to implementation (Harlow: Pearson Education Limited) 2. Gillies, A.,Software Quality: Theory and Management, 2nd ed. (London: International Thomson Computer Press) 3. Schulmeyer, G. Gordon and McManus, James I. (Eds) Handbook of software quality assurance, 3rd ed. (Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall) Short description of the content: The Internet of Things (IoT) is a course about the new paradigm of objects interacting with people, with information systems, and with other objects. The course will focus on creative thinking and on hands-on project development. The students will learn: – IoT concepts – IoT technologies – Creative thinking techniques – Co-creation techniques This subject does not have the intention of being a comprehensive course about the technologies involved in IoT. The focus will be more on the possibilities offered by the different technologies, and on the creative thinking techniques to find innovative applications of combinations of such technologies in real- life scenarios. Several presentations will also be scheduled in which people from industry will make presentations about selected topics related to the IoT.

Expected learning aims and outcomes: On successful completion of the module, students will be able to: Explain in a concise manner how the general Internet as well as Internet of Things work. Understand constraints and opportunities of wireless and mobile networks for Internet of Things. Use basic measurement tools to determine the real-time performance of packet based networks. Analyse trade-offs in interconnected wireless embedded sensor networks.

Teaching and learning methods: 5Z3. The Internet of things  Individual and group workshops  Assignments, based on independent study and on workshop activities. Independent study 90 h. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

 In course assessments 50%. Open book topic based exams (three one hour papers) 50% Concretization means / IT:

Presentatios, coding, research

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

Literature. 1. "Internet of Things: A Hands-on Approach", by Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti (Universities Press) 2. ”Designing the Internet of Things”, Authors: Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally Publishing: John Wiley & Sons, 324 pages, Dec 9, 2013

- 239 -

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about technical and other limitations of mobile computing, Mobile computing: in-vehicle computing and fleet computing Portable computing devices Expected learning aims and outcomes: On successful completion of the module, students will be able to: to use the technology to wirelessly connect to and use centrally located information and/or application software through the application of small, portable, and wireless computing and communication devices

Teaching and learning methods:

The learning methods are a combination of Theory, Home-work and independent study.` 6O1. Mobile Computing Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

Coursework: 50%, Final Examination: 50%

Concretization means / IT:

Depends from professor

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. Mobile Computing, Raj Kamal 2. Mobile Computing Principles: Designing and Developing Mobile Applications with UML and XML, Reza B'Far

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about information systems, databases and distributed networked applications have become pervasive in today's commercial world, organizations and individuals recognize the importance of security for systems engineering, operation and administration. In this lecture we will mainly deal with application level security. This includes the following topics: Basics of Cryptography Cryptographic Primitives Cryptographic Protocols User Authentication Access Control 6O2. IT-Security Security Management Software Security and Secure Coding The Human Factor in Security Expected learning aims and outcomes: On successful completion of the module, students will be able to: Use different chryptographic methods and algorithms To apply different security levels and protokols for authentification and access control. To develop new chryptographics algorithms Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, individual projects and independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

- 240 -

50 % Project, 50 % Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

Java

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

Literature. 1. IT Security Metrics : A Practical Framework for Measuring Security & Protecting Data, Lance Hayden 2. Computer and Information Security Handbook (The Morgan Kaufmann Series in Computer Security) by John R. Vacca and John R. Vacca

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students information about  Process  Naming , Synchronization  Consistency and Replication  Fault Tolerance Security  OSI-Open Standard Interface, network protocols, Ethernet, Physical and MAC layers, network security and distributed systems. Expected learning aims and outcomes: On successful completion of the module, students will be able to: Understand and explain the concept of communication Understand and explain layered protocols and OSI Understand and explain network security Learn by self-study using course textbooks and use software modelling tools Contribute to discussion on aspects of local and wide area networks and also to discussion on distributed systems 6O3. Distributed Systems Teaching and learning methods: Teaching methods are through lectures, seminars, exercises and animated work. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study. Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

Seminar Works: 30% , Final Exam : 70%, Concretization means / IT:

C Language

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 1. A.Tannenbaum, Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms, Pearson 2008 2. George Colouris, Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design, Addison Wesley, 2005

- 241 -

5.6 Information Technologies and Telecommunication

Description (name) of the academic Information Technologies and Telecommunication programme

Level of qualification according to 6 , BA NQF (with abbreviations BA, MA, PhD, doctorate programme, university course, certificate or professional diploma)

Academic degree or name of the Bachelor of Science in Computer Science (B.Sc) with diploma, spelled out in full and in concentration in : abbreviated form  Information Technologies and Telecommunication

Area of study according to the 11.3 Erasmus Subject Area Codes (ESAC)

Profile of the academic programme Information Technologies and Telecommunication (specialisation)

Target group To those students who completed secondary school.

Minimum period of study 3 Years (6-Semesters)

Form of studies (full time, part time, Full Time distance learning etc.)

Number of ECTS credits (total and per Total 180 ECTS / 60 ECTS per Year year)

Modules / Subjects (titles) Semester I Mathematics 1 Programming Digital Technology Fundamentals of Data Communication IT and Entrepreneurship English for Computer Science I Introduction to Networking

Semester II

Algorithms & Data Structure Microcontrollers Sensors and Interfaces

- 242 -

Computer Architecture and OS English for Computer Science II Introduction to Web Languages and Technologies E-Business

Semester III

Transmission Methods Object-oriented Analysis and Design Software Engineering Electronic Devices English for Computer Science III Operating Systems and System Managements

Semester IV

TCP/IP Technology Discrete math Authentication and Cryptography Research Methods English 4 Human–Computer Interaction Web Design

Semester V

Databases Systems Security in IT-Networks Advanced IP-Technologies and Networks Tools for Internet Security Quality Management Information Management Finite Automata and Formal Languages

Semester VI

Dynamic Contents of Web-Engineering Concepts of Mobile Telecommunication Cloud computing Final Thesis/Project

Number of study places 200 students

Person in charge for the study Dr.Sc. Malush Mjaku programme

Permanent scientific/artistic personnel 1. Dr.Sc. Ercan Canhasi (number per staff category) 2. Dr.Sc. Samedin Krrabaj 3. Dr.Sc. Xhevahir Bajrami 4. Dr.Sc. Malush Mjaku

- 243 -

5.3.2. Rationale of the programme for the labour market; Actually there is no significant market research regarding the labor market relevance of this study program. However, there is an assessment of the information and communications technologies (ICT) sector in Kosovo conducted at the request of USAID/Kosovo. According to USAID, Engineering schools in Kosovo may have basics, but far behind providing tech-skills for work. Based on their analysis the IT Sector alone currently provides only little potential economic impact but ICT is a promising sector with a great impact on the future economic development of Kosova. There is the huge number of companies in Kosovo and in the region that use the data processing and information technology. Therefore, this study program aims to provide these companies and society in general, professional staff in order to make them competitive with similar European companies and worldwide.

- 244 -

5.3.3. International comparability of the programme; . Conform Bologna Accord and in compliance with the European Quality Standards . In the spirit of the mission and the vision of the Public University of Prizren, and based on specifics of the Computer Science program, . Provision of quality studies based on the most advanced international practices is the main objective of this Faculty. The process for achieving this objective is realized by building upon the Bologna Accord, European Quality Standards, and international academic institutions. The study plan of the Faculty of Computer Science has been harmonized with study plans of these universities:, Vienna University of Technology, Johannes Kepler University in Linz, Kingston University ,Imperial College London, Muenchen University of Technology.

- 245 -

The main private Universities that provide programs in Computer Science and Technology are UBT (University for Business and Technology), AAB-Riinvest as well as Iliria. Although the programs of these Universities are in some relationships with some Universities from abroad (case UBT), there is no indication of any big achievement regarding the labor market and society needs. This first of all because the programs do not meet the requirements of labor market.

According to USAID, Engineering schools in Kosovo may have basics, but far behind providing tech-skills for work. Based on their analysis the IT Sector alone currently provides only little potential economic impact but ICT is a promising sector with a great impact on the future economic development of Kosova. Therefore, this study program aims to provide these companies and society in general, professional staff in order to make them competitive with similar European companies and worldwide.

Therefore the Computer Sicence programs offered in University of Prizreni are the only such programs in Kosovo, and are novelty in Kosovo society. For detailed comparability see the relevant links.4

5.3.4. Group (the target) to whom the programme is dedicated; Graduates of this program " Information Technologies and Telecommunication" are expected to be employed frequently in the telecommunication and software development sector in in very broad range of positions which require a combination of specialist knowledge and interdisciplinary.

5.3.5. Orientation of the study programme according to the leading principles of the institution (mission statement); The mission of this study programme is to promote the study of Computer Science based on European (Bologna process) programs and experience. These programs guaranties that our students will be specialist in the area of computer science, with main focus in Information Technologies and Telecommunication

5.3.6. The aim and profile of the study programme (brief description of the programme/ 7 – 10 sentences);

4 https://tiss.tuwien.ac.at/curriculum/ http://www.kent.ac.uk/courses/undergraduate/ www.upgj.org , www.universitetiaab.com

- 246 -

Information Technologies and Telecommunication interlink ever more closely in practice. New applications are constantly arising at the interfaces of safe data processing and data communication: from solutions for the operators of rail and road systems and for the security of electronic money transfer to domestic support of patients and the elderly.

Enterprises and authorities are taking advantage of ever more comprehensive communication networks and dynamic web pages, as they are required for interactive Web applications, portal systems and online shops.

The study program provides students with a holistic perspective, as well as technical expertise with economical elements and the ability to work in a team, elements which are demanded not only in education but also in profession.

5.3.7. Expected learning outcomes;  Students will obtain an elementary and intermediate level knowledge of telecommunication and information technologies; i.e., the distinguishing characteristics of these technologies, the basic technical underpinnings of these technologies, and the uses of these technologies.  Students will obtain an elementary and intermediate level knowledge of wired and wireless local and wide area network technologies, how they work, what their functions are, and how they are established.  Students will have an understanding of the information that is transported on the network, and the importance of its accuracy and security.  Students will obtain an elementary level knowledge and will be able to apply relational database concepts, principles, and theories to designing and creating information systems.  Students will obtain an elementary level knowledge and will be able to apply operating system and hardware (microprocessors) concepts and principles to problem solving in the context of computer systems.  Students will be able to explain the theory and principles of information and telecommunication technologies.  Students will be competent in the professional practices associated with information and telecommunication technologies.

During the study, the students will be covered with all necessary information and knowledge from theory and practice. On this bachelor the students will be able to apply the knowledge gained through three years of study, in order to develop, implement and progress towards master study within a country or abroad.

By successful completion of the Faculty of Computer Science, students will be able to:

- 247 -

5.3.8. Relation between the theoretical and practical/ experimental part of the study;

The Faculty of Computer Science, pursuant to the study plan, uses a combination of theoretical and practical learning and teaching aspects. Most of the lectures are mainly composed from the theoretically part as well as practical part which takes place at our laboratories. Students are recommended that by the completion of the second academic year to apply for practical experiences of their field in institutions and organizations (or to select a project in fifth semester), which are relevant for implementation of theoretical and practical knowledge.

For the detailed relation between theoretical and practical part of the study see table below:

University of Theory (Lectures) Practice Prizren (Laboratory)

Faculty Faculty of Computer Science

Concentration Information 300 contact hours 300 contact hours field 1 Technologies and per Year per Year (Program) Telecommunication

700 learning 800 learning hours hours per Year per Year

30 ECTS / Year 30 ECTS / Year

5.3.9. ECTS calculation; At the Faculty for Computer Science, the Bachelor studies will be 6 semesters (3 years), with a program obtaining a total of 180 ECTS and approximately 4500 learning hours for the courses, and the graduate is awarded the title Bachelor of Science (B.Sc).

The calculation formula is based on the sum of Lectures hours , Lab hours and Independent study (see below)

- 248 -

퐿푒푐푡푢푟푒 퐻표푢푟푠 +퐿푎푏표푟 퐻표푢푟푠 +퐼푛푑푒푝푒푛푑푒푛푡 푆푡푢푑푦+푂푡ℎ푒푟퐴푐푡𝑖푣𝑖푡𝑖푒푠5 퐸퐶푇푆 = 25

5.3.10. Practical work – internship We are tending to cooperate with several Software development companies (Rrota, Virtuo, Komtel, Asseco, Pronet ...), Post and Telecommunications of Kosovo (PTK), Internet service provider companies (Ipko, Kujtesa) as well as other potential business companies like Meridian L.L.C. Most of these companies are willing to cooperate with the University of Prizren and have already given a verbal commitment. A formal cooperation is already beginning with the companies:  Rrota  Virtuo  Meridian The signing of the cooperation letter with other companies is in process.

5.3.11. Research plan for the study programme (s) under evaluation; For this study program researching is an important part. A detailed plan with main focuses and implementing phases is an ongoing process and in close collaboration with new departments that will be created.

5.3.12. Students registration and admission criteria; For the candidates applying for these Programs of studies, an admission test in subjects related to the program (Math and Basic IT) will be organized, as provided by the University regulation. If the Commission engaged for the new Students’ recruitment considers that he/she fulfils conditions pursuant to recruitment regulations, the registration stage begins, undertaken by the Student Service Office.

If the candidate submits excellent success (average grade of secondary school 4.5) he/she will be admitted without examination.

5.3.13. Overview of the programme:

The study plan at the Faculty of Computer Science is approved by the Senate of the Public University of Prizren, following proposal of the Faculty Council, as provided by the University Statute.

5 OtherActivities are: Consulting time, Exam -time Preparation as well as all other student activities.

- 249 -

The amount of credits and the collection manner are dependent on curricula approved and published. (see Curricula).6

Year I

Semester I Hours/weeks

Nr. O/E Subject L E ECTS Lecturer

O Mathematics 1 2 2 6 Dr. Kajtaz Bllaca

O Programming 2 2 6 Dr. Ercan Canhasi

O Digital Technology 2 2 6 Dr. Samedin Krrabaj

O Fundamentals of Data Communication 2 2 6 PhD.C.Astrit Hulaj

E IT and Entrepreneurship 2 2 6 Dr.Edmon Beqiri

E English for Computer Science I 2 2 6 Dr.Njomza Bajraktari

E Introduction to Networking 2 2 6 Dr. Vehbi Sofiu

Total 30

Semester II

1 M Algorithms & Data Structure 2 2 6 Dr.Ercan Canhasi

2 M Discrete math 2 2 6 Dr.Kajtaz Bllaca

3 M Sensors and Interfaces 2 2 6 Dr.Xhevahir Bajrami

4 M Computer Architecture and OS 2 2 6 Dr.Samedin Krrabaj

5 E English for Computer Science II 2 2 6 Dr. Njomza Bajraktari

6 E Introduction to Web Languages and 2 2 6 Dr.C Dhurata Hyseni Technologies

7 E E-Business 2 2 6 Dr.Vehbi Sofiu

Total 30

6 Only one (1) from three (3) elective courses offered per semester should be absolved from students.

- 250 -

Year II

Semester III Hours/weeks

Nr. O/E Subject L E ECTS Lecturer

1. O Transmission Methods 2 2 6 Dr.Malush Mjaku

2. O Object-oriented Analysis and Design 2 2 6 Dr.C. Fesal Baxhaku

3. O Software Engineering 2 2 6 Dr.C. Fesal Baxhaku

4. O Electronic Devices 2 2 6 Dr. Mevlan Qafleshi 5. E English for Computer Science III 2 2 6 Dr.Njomza Bajraktari

6. E Operating Systems and System 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri Managements

7. E Requirements in System Design 2 2 6 Dr.C. Dhurata Hyseni

Total 30

Semester II

1 M TCP/IP Technology 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

2 M Microcontrollers 2 2 6 Dr.Xhevahir Bajrami

3 M Authentication and Cryptography 2 2 6 Dr.C Fesal Baxhaku

4 M Research Methods 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

5 E English 4 2 2 6 Dr.Njomza Bajraktari

6 E Human–Computer Interaction 2 2 6 Dr.C. Ramdan Cikaci

Dr. Xhevahir Bajrami

7 E Web Design 2 2 6 Dr.C Dhurate Hyseni

Total 30

Year IV

Semester V Hours/weeks

Nr. O/E Subject L E ECTS Lecturer

- 251 -

1. O Databases Systems 2 2 6 Dr.Samedin Krrabaj

2. O Security in IT-Networks 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu

3. O Advanced IP-Technologies and 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku Networks

4. O Tools for Internet Security 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu

5. E Quality Management 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu

6. E Information management 2 2 6 Dr. Xhevahir Bajrami

7. E Finite Automata and Formal 2 2 6 To be decided Languages

Total 30

Semester VI

1 O Dynamic Contents of Web- 2 2 6 Dr.Zirije Hasani Engineering

2 O Concepts of Mobile 2 2 6 Dr.C. Astrit Hulaj Telecommunication

3 O Cloud computing 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

4 O Final Thesis/Project 0 1 12 All

Total 30

Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about mathematical logic (statements and predicate logic), formal foundations, Moduloarithmetik, identification of (pseudo-) prime numbers (Fermat, Carmichael, ...), factorization, series development and fundamentals of computer graphics. Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: understand practical benefit of Mathematic in Computer Science have on overview on a basic knowledge in mathematical logic and analysis able to use math formulas in order to solve problems in computer science (programming) Teaching and learning methods:

1O1. Mathematics 1 This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and problemm solving sessions. The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

20% Coursework and 80% Final exam.

Concretization means / IT:

Mathlab

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

- 252 -

Total module study time, classes and independent study time: 150 hours. Literature. 1. Matematika 1, Isak Hoxha Depends from professor

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about identifiers, variables, constants, assignment statement, arithmetic operators, integer, floating point representations, the accuracy of computations, expressions and statements, arrays, records, functions, lists. Basic control constructs: sequencing, iteration, selection, recursion, sample of algorithms. Expected learning aims and outcomes Programming Essentials is a core module in Computer Science module s and is an important prerequisite for later advanced modules in programing. The module aims to introduce fundamental programming concepts that are common to all programming tasks and to develop students’ confidence in writing programs. On successful completion of this module, the student will be able to: • To understand and use the fundamental components of a programming language. • Define fundamental programming constructs and data structures. • Review algorithms as abstractions independently of any computing environment • To undertake basic problem solving using appropriate techniques. • To document source code using appropriate tools and procedures. • To write and use suitable tests for programs and program components. • To use the language and library documentation to find and use appropriate objects and their methods. teaching and learning methods; 1O2. Programming This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures, laboratory and problem solving sessions. A ‘problem solving’ session is also provided each week to allow students to obtain help with understanding material and to encourage them to think through the programming assignments in a structured way before attempting to write the code. The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum of 60 hours formal contact time (lecture and lab) is available. Independent study/problem solving sessions: 90 hours Total module study time, classes and independent study time: 150 hours. evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Concretization means / IT:

Java, C++ , Visual Studio

ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module • Robert Sedgewick, Algorithms in C#, 2010 • Sprankle M (2006). “Problem Solving and Programming Concepts”. Pearson. • Cay Horstmann, “Big Java” (2007) Wiley Press. • Paul Vickers, “How to Think Like a Programmer: Problem Solving for the Bewildered” (2008), CENGAGE Learning.

- 253 -

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about binary logic and its application. Students learn binary number representation and the representing of numbers in different ways. Logic networks are explained and extended to synchronous sequential logic systems by introducing states (state machine). Expected learning aims and outcomes Students will learn also the fundamentals of Boolean algebra, as well as logic functions of n variables, logic gates and circuits, algebraic expressions of logic circuits. Simplifications both algebraic and with Karnaugh Veitch Diagram, number representations, unsigned, ones complement, twos complement, sign and absolute value, floating point. Addition on gate level (half adder, full adder). Conversion between binary, decimal and hexadecimal. CMOS technology. Flip Flops, synchronous sequential logic systems. Computer architecture, simple assembler commands. After the module , each student is expected to be able to: understand and use binary logic and its application 1O3. Digital Technology understand and use Boolean algebra, as well as logic functions of n variables, logic gates and circuits, algebraic expressions of logic circuits write simple assembler commands teaching and learning methods; This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures, laboratory and problem solving sessions. Independent study/problem solving sessions: 90 hours Total module study time, classes and independent study time: 150 hours. evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Concretization means / IT:

Different simulation software for digital circuits

ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module Lit. 4. Dr. Agni H. DIKA, Qarqet Kompjuterike Kombinuese, UP, Prishtinë 5. Moriss M. Mano, Digital Design, ISBN-10: 0131989243 Short description of the content (maximum 5 sentences); The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about the basic techniques and basic module of data communication and data network. Acquisition of the most important TCP/IP protocols and the operating mode of the IP routing systems. The students learn Network Principles (Circuit Switching, Packet switching), OSI Model, Wide Area Networks (X.25, ISDN, Frame Relay, ATM Basics), LAN Principles, Legacy Ethernet, High Speed Ethernet, Layer 2 Transparent Bridging, Spanning Tree Protocol, Layer 2 Switching, VLAN, Layer 3 Routing) .The student gets detailed insight of internet techniques and is able to configure and operate 1O4. Fundamentals of Data Cisco IOS based IP networks. Communication Transmission Principles, Protocol Principles, TDM Techniques (PDH, SDH) Expected learning aims and outcomes After the course, each student is expected to be able to: understand and use basic techniques and basic module of data communication and data network, to get basic of Knowledge of the basic techniques and basic module of data communication and data network. to configure and operate Cisco IOS based IP networks.

Teaching and learning methods;The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical lab based work and independent study. During this course each student has to absolve three small lab exercises. Students will be expected to spend a

- 254 -

total of 150 hours on the module including independent study.Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

50 % from and 50% from Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

Depends from Lecturer

Basic literature to be used in each module.

1. Barrie Sosinsky; Networking, Wiley Publishing, 2009

2. Todd Lammle; Network +; Deluxe Study Guide, 2009,

3. Shivendra S. Panwar, Shiwen Mao, Jeong-dong Ryoo dhe Yihan Li; TCP/IP Essentials, Cambridge University, 2004

Short description of the content

Inspiration. How are ideas generated, Brainstorming. Theories and tools for Creative Thinking. Innovation versus discovery. Radical & incremental Innovation – IT case studies. Vision. Mission Statement, Personality analysis. Management in IT and innovative companies. Targets. SWOT and Porter. Value Chain and the “4P’s”. Organization. Company culture and organisational behaviour. Money. Introduction to macro- and microeconomics, supply & demand, How to read a balance sheet The Marketing Plan. Market research and customer behaviour. Pricing Information. How to inform the world that the company exists? Branding Leadership and Communication. Stakeholders, Ethics & values Expected learning aims and outcomes

Explain how creativity and innovation come about. Critically assess the unique characteristics of high-tech and IT innovation. Apply the most important management theory and practice to the requirements of innovative companies. Analyze budget calculations and identify tax issues. Critically assess the elements needed for a good business plan. Critically discuss the network, procedures and 1Z1. IT and Entrepreneurship perspectives which are important in establishing a company. Discuss social, legal and ethical issues associated with innovation

Concretization means / IT:

Depends from professor

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

100% coursework

Basic literature to be used in each module.

Mellor, R. B. (2003). Innovation Management. Globe, ISBN 87-7900-196-3

Kirby, D. A. (2003). Entrepreneurship. McGraw-Hill, ISBN 0-07-709858-7 Short description of the content

1Z2. English for Computer Students will be taught basic English course by practicing pronunciation, writing Science I skills, work on improving their listening and understanding of spoken English.

Expected learning aims and outcomes

- 255 -

Students will study conversational techniques and practice these techniques through structured dialogs, dialog improvisation and pair practice conversations.

Teaching and learning methods;

This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and problem solving sessions. The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical lab based work and independent study. During this course each student has to absolve three small lab exercises. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study.

Evaluation methods and passing criteria;

50 % from and 50% from Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

No software needed

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module.

Lit. 1. Opportunities Elementary Student’s Book – Michael Harris , David Mower , Anna Sikorzynska 2. Opportunities Elementary Language Powerbook – Michael Dean , Olivia Johanson 3. Mini – Dictionary, A Modern English Dictionary, Fjalori Anglisht-Shqip- Anglisht Short description of the content The objective of the course is to give the students information about: • Wireless LAN • Switching in the LAN • Routing in the LAN • Virtual LANs • Packet filtering • Heterogeneous environments Expected learning aims and outcomes Student will lern basics about the networking, topologies, design, cabling, LAN, WAN,MAN etc Teaching and learning methods;

This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and and labs. 1Z3. Introduction to Networking During this course each student has to absolve three small lab exercises. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study.

Evaluation methods and passing criteria;

50 % from and 50% from Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

OPNET, PacketTracer

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

- 256 -

Basic literature to be used in each module.

Lit. 1. Computer networking; top doën approach featuring internet, 3’d edition. Jim Kurose, Keith Ross addison-ëesley, July 2004 2. Network management fundamentals, Copyright 2007 cisco systems, Inc 3. Adrian shehu: Telekomunikacionet,Tiranë 4. Annabel.Z.DoDD: The essential Guide to Telecommunications; Fourth Edition 2005 indiana UsA Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about fundamental algorithms such as search, sort, traversal algorithms and fundamental data structures, linear lists, queues, stacks, sort algorithms, search algorithms, hashes, trees, graphs, and formal characteristics of algorithms, identification of efficiency, Expected learning aims and outcomes: After the course, each student is expected to be able to: have on overview on fundamental data structures and algorithms use linear lists, queues, sort algorithms, search algorithms, tree, graphs to implement programs with efficient algorithms Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, 2O1. Algorithms and laboratory, exercises and independent study. Students will be expected to spend a Datastructure total of 150 hours on the module including independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam.

Concretization means / IT:

Visual Studio, C#, Java

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study Literature. 4. R. Sedgewick: Algorithms in Java (or C++) , Part 1-5. 5. Cay Horstmann, “Big Java” (2007) Wiley Press. 6. How to Program, H. M. Deitel, P. J. Deitel.

Short description of the content Mathematical reasoning; propositions; negation disjunction and conjuction; implication and equivalence; truth tables; predicates; quantifiers; natural deduction; rules of Inference; methods of proofs; use in program proving; resolution principle; application to PROLOG. (10 lectures)

Set theory; Paradoxes in set theory; inductive definition of sets and proof by 2O2. Discrete math induction; Peono postulates; Relations; representation of relations by graphs; properties of relations;equivalence relations and partitions; Partial orderings; Posets; Linear and well-ordered sets; (10 lectures)

Graph Theory; elements of graph theory, Euler graph, Hamiltonian path, trees, tree traversals, spanning trees; (4 lectures)

- 257 -

Functions; mappings; injection and surjections; composition of functions; inverse functions;special functions; Peono postulates; pigeonhole principle; recursive function theory; (6 lectures)

Definition and elementary properties of groups, semigroups, monoids, rings, fields, vector spaces and lattices; (4 lectures)

Elementary combinatorics; counting techniques; recurrence relation; generating functions; (6 lectures)

Expected learning aims and outcomes The student gets detailed on elementary set theory, number theory, logic, counting techniques, graph theory and algorithms. Teaching and learning methods; The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical and independent study. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study. Evaluation methods and passing criteria;

50 % from 1 Project and 50% from Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

Mathematics, Mathlab

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours

Basic literature to be used in each module

1. C.L.Liu, Elements of Discrete Mathematics, second edition 1985, McGraw-Hill Book Company. Reprinted 2000. 2. K.H.Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and applications, fifth edition 2003, TataMcGraw Hill publishing Company. Reference Books 1. J .L.Mott, A.Kandel, T.P .Baker, Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians, second edition 1986, Prentice Hall of India. 2. W.K.Grassmann and J.P.Trembnlay, Logic and Discrete Mathematics, A Computer Science Under development

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, 2O3. Sensors and Interfaces apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about Electronics. Students are able to characterize and analyze simple Circuits. The students know the components and fundamental

- 258 -

Electronic circuits, which are very often applied in electronic systems and they know the performance characteristics and the limiting factors of operations. The students are familiar with different principles of sensors and the typical range of application The student gets detailed insight into measurement of non-electric quantities different principles of electro-mechanical sensors are presented. Furthermore interface-circuits, bus-systems and analog to digital converters as well as measures for the compensation of interfering effects (e.g. non-linearities or temperature dependencies) will be demonstrated. By means of examples (e.g. traffic guidance systems) the principles and limiting factors will be shown in a practical way. Expected learning aims and outcomes After the course, each student is expected to be able to: Students are able to characterize and analyze simple Circuits. to understand the different principles of sensors and the typical range of application do examples (e.g. traffic guidance systems) Teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum of 60 hours formal contact time (lecture and lab) is available. Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Concretization means / IT:

Depends from professor

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Basic literature to be used in each module. 1. Sensors and signal conditioning, Ramon Pallas-Areny, Wiley, Spring 2011. 2. Ian Sinclair - Sensors and Transducers, Third Edition, Plant a Tree, 2001. 3. Ekbert Hering - Heinrich Steinhart u.a. – Taschenbuch der Mechatronik, Fachbuchverlag Leipzig, 2005. 4. W. Bolton – Mechatronics – Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering, 3rd Edition, Pearson, Prentice Hall, 2003. 6. SIEMENS: Magnetic Sensors. Application Notes 10.98. 7. Analog Devices: Sensorseminar Autumn-Winter 1999. Short description of the content (maximum 5 sentences); The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about Computer System: Processor: description of components (Von-Neuman architecture), identification of factors affecting performance (eg MIPS, FLOPS, clock speed, computed performance indexes, bus architecture, etc). Operating Systems: Operating system functions: overview of functions (eg user interface, machine and peripheral management etc). Computer operations: use of a proprietary operating system, generation of environment and systems for a computer user (file/directory structures, tailoring of screen interface, backup systems etc). Network administration: the management of users (maintenance of work groups, 2O4. Computer Architecture logical and physical security). and Operating Systems Data representation: number system conversions (eg binary, denary, hexadecimal, floating point numbers, ASCII, Unicode, bit masks, graphic bitmaps, role of different number systems). Expected learning aims and outcomes (5-7); On successful completion of the module the student will be able to: Evaluate performance of a selected computer system Employ operating systems Understand data representation, simple logic and the fetch-execute cycle of a model microprocessor. Write simple working low-level programs. teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, tutorials and independent study.

- 259 -

Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study. It is expected that centres will use current personal computer and networking resources. Students should be encouraged to read current journals to investigate and evaluate new hardware and software developments. evaluation methods and passing criteria; 30% Assignmenet, 70% Final exam concretization means/ IT; Depended from the lecturer Concretization means / IT:

CPU Sim, HASE ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module; D. Dick, "The PC Support Handbook", Dumbreck Publishing (2000), Englander, "Architecture of Computer Hardware and Systems Software: An IT Approach", 2nd Edition, John Wiley (2000) ISBN 0471361093 Hennessy & Patterson, "Computer Architecture: a Quantitative Approach", Morgan Kaufmann (1995) ISBN 1558603727 M. Murdocca, "Principles of Computer Architecture", Prentice Hall (2000), ISBN

Short description of the content Advanced Writing Skills Master pre- writing strategies , Write a variety of texts in the target language. Revise and edit their or their friend’s work, Demonstrate awareness about the audience, tone and purpose of a written text. Advanced Reading Skills : Use pre-reading strategies (skimming, scanning, predicting, previewing) to identify main ideas of a text, develop critical thinking while reading the text and improve the reading speed View and read a variety of texts in the target language and respond appropriately. Advanced Listening and Speaking Skills Discuss information from readings or from listening of audio tapes, Develop vocabulary through exposure to authentic spoken language, by conversation and discussion of current business/cultural/topical issues , Have a good pronunciation developed through pronunciation practice, from sounds to connected speech , Express opinions and prepare, organize and deliver presentations to an audience or participate in a large group discussion. Expected learning aims and outcomes 2Z1. English for Computer By the end of themodule student will be able to: Science II To gain advanced knowledge in General English. They will be able to apply reading skills, to interpret the text for inferences, attitudes and styles, to deduce meanings from the context;to develop the students advanced writing skills to enable them to respond to input applying information to a specified task, to elicit, to select, to summarize information in a range of writing activities, such as essays, articles, reports; To develop the advanced level on listening skills and to enable them to understand and apply specific information from the input; to develop the students’ speaking skills to enable them to use general, social and professional language, to negotiate, report, explain, summarize and develop a discussion; evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% , Examination: 50% , 95 hours: independent study teaching and learning methods; Methods include class lectures and continuous practice. In addition, the class will participate in discussion groups, peer work and group work. There will be several individual and group projects which then will be presented to the class. Students will complete individual in-class assignments as well as regular formal homework tasks ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

- 260 -

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module; Viney, P & Viney, K. (1989) Grapevine.. Oxford University Press. Grant, D. & McLarty, R. (2003) Business Basic. Oxford University Press Greenall, Swan (1997) Effective Reading. CUP 3. Short description of the content On successful completion of the module the student will be able to: Critically discuss the major developments occurring in the Java environment and their use in commerce and industry. Design and write Client and Server components of Web applications. Apply, in detail, Database Access, Object-Relational-Mapping (ORM) and Model-View-Controller (MVC) frameworks and techniques for developing Web applications. Apply the power of Java Enterprise Edition (JEE) technology using the Spring framework. Expected learning aims and outcomes The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, practical lab based work and independent study. Directed reading will be evaluation methods and passing criteria; 2O3. Introduction to Web 50% , Examination: 50% final exam, 95 hours: independent study Languages and teaching and learning methods; Technologies Methods include class lectures and continuous practice. In addition, the class will participate in discussion groups, peer work and group work. There will be several individual and group projects which then will be presented to the class. Students will complete individual in-class assignments as well as regular formal homework tasks Concretization means / IT:

Java, .NET, CSS

Short description of the content e-Business models are perhaps the most discussed and least understood aspect of the web. There is so much talk about how the web changes traditional business models. This course aims to explain the different e-Business categories (Internal Business Systems, Enterprise Communication, Electronic Commerce), as well as several e- Business Models (E-shops, E-commerce, E-Procurements, e-Auctions, Third-party marketplaces, etc.). Expected learning aims and outcomes This course provides the students also an understanding of service design, mainly online-service design. evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% , Examination: 50% final Exam 2Z3. e-Business teaching and learning methods; Methods include class lectures and continuous practice. In addition, the class will participate in discussion groups, peer work and group work. Students will complete individual in-class assignments as well as regular formal homework tasks ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; Concretization means / IT:

Depends from professor

ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module;

- 261 -

Lit. 1. E-Business and E-Commerce Management: Strategy, Implementation and Practice (4th Edition) by Dave Chaffey 2. E-Business: Strategic Thinking and Practice by Brahm Canzer Short description of the content The objective of the course is to know current signal transmission techniques and the principle structure of communication systems. The student gets detailed insight into: Continuous-time / Discrete-time signals, spectra, Linear time-invariant systems, Frequency response, Level, Interference signals, Channel capacity, Expected learning aims and outcomes Intersymbolinterferenz, Baseband/passband signal transmission, Line codes, Digital modulation techniques (FSK, QAM, PSK; OFDM), Multiple access techniques (TDMA, CDMA, FDMA, SDMA), Fundamentals of circuit and packet switching Teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum of 60 hours formal contact time (lecture and lab) is available. 3O1. Transmission Methods Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Concretization means / IT:

Mathlab and other software depending from professor

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Basic literature to be used in each module 1. I.A. Glover, P.M. Grant - Digital Communications. Prentice Hall 2. Tarmo Anttalainen - Introduction to Telecommunications Engineering. Artech House 3. Salem Lepaja - Telekomunikacioniet, Authorised Lectures. University of Prishtina 4. Leon W. Couch - Digital and Analog Communication Systems. Pearson Prentice Hall Short description of the content (maximum 5 sentences); The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about classes: object, attributes, methods, representation of Abstract Data Types, the control of scope of attributes (member data) and messages (member functions) within a class, constructors and destructors, inheritance, dynamic binding, virtual functions and polymorphism, parameter based types (templates). Design method: familiarization with a formal (e.g. OMT) or informal (e.g. CRC cards) object based design method to clarify the roles of the objects within the system. Design refinement: clarification of a design using principles of maximum coherence and minimum coupling between the classes. 3O2. Object-oriented Analysis Class libraries: use of classes from libraries to produce ‘off-the shelf’ solutions to and Design typical software problems eg encapsulated file system object or other current uses such as Java applets, databases or visual components. Class modification: extension of functionality of a supplied class using inheritance (this is an opportunity to use ‘windows’ objects, elements of the Java, C++ (or C#) , STL or other class libraries relevant to the language development platform and environment in use). Expected learning aims and outcomes On successful completion of the module the student will be able to: Assimilate and use basic object-oriented programming concepts Use an object-oriented programming design method Reuse system components using object-oriented programming principles. evaluation methods and passing criteria;

- 262 -

In-course assessment will be based on two specified exams (60%) and project work (40%) completed throughout the year. teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, tutorials and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 175 hours on the modules including independent study. Students should be encouraged to read current journals to investigate and evaluate new hardware and software developments. Concretization means / IT:

Java, .NET,

ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 45 hours laboratory and 100 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module D. Parsons, "Object-Oriented Programming", Letts Educational, ISBN 0826454283 Shaw, "Java Simplified", A.D.R.(1999) ISBN 1901197883 Horton, "Beginning Java 2", WROX (1999) ISBN 1861002238

Short description of the content Analysis , Planning , Implementation Factors of Software-Project , Unified Process, Introduction to UML Requirements Analysis, System planning, Implementation of object-oriented Systems Test methods , Delivering, Service, Maintenance, Software-quality insurance Project definition, -planning, - controlle, -finish, Project management-Tools Claim Management, Case study Expected learning aims and outcomes The course is a survey of the field of software engineering, with a practical component. On successful completion of the module the student will be able to: To explain and apply a broad range of concepts from software engineering, spanning all aspects the software engineering process Be able to recognize, define, and make correct use of generally accepted software engineering terminology. Have experience of working as a member of a team on a software engineering project Have experience applying a representative cross section of software engineering techniques 3O3. Software Engineering Be able to create and use planning, requirements analysis, domain analysis and design artifacts and carry them into code. Be able to document all phases of the software development processes. evaluation methods and passing criteria; Project Deliverables 40 (%) Continuous Assessment: 10 (%) Final Examination 50(%): 1 hour written examination teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, tutorials and independent study (project work). Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including project work. Concretization means / IT:

Java, UML, Visual Studio

ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module

- 263 -

Main Book: I. Sommerville, Software Engineering, Addison Wesley; 8 edition (May 25, 2006) Book 1: B. Boehm, R. Turner, Balancing Agility and Discipline: A Guide for the Perplexed, Addison-Wesley Professional; 1st edition (August 15, 2003) Book 2: Jacobson Ivar, Booch Grady, Rumbaugh James: The unified software development process, Addison-Wesley, 1999 1. Short description of the content: The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about fundamentals of electrical engineering, essential properties of semiconductors and integrated circuits (e.g. operational amplifiers), basic circuits with operational amplifiers (inverting / non-inverting amplifier, integrator, comparator) and their application areas. The students comprehend the main terms of electrical and electronic engineering and they are able to characterize and analyze simple electrical networks. The students know the components and basic electronic circuits, which are applied in essentially every electronic system and they are able to define the characteristic specifications and limits for a given application. Practical applications are given in exercises in parallel to the lecture. Expected learning aims and outcomes After the course, each student is expected to be able to: use a basic gained knowledge about the fundamentals of electrical engineering able to characterize and analyze simple electrical networks understand and use the basic electronic circuits, which are applied in essentially every electronic system

Teaching and learning methods; The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical lab and independent 3O4. Electronic Devices study. During this course each student has to absolve three small lab exercises. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study. Evaluation methods and passing criteria;

50 % from 1 Project and 50% from Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

Depends from professor

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours

Basic literature to be used in each module

1. ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUIT THEORY - Robert Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky, PRENTICE HALL.

2. SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF THEORY AND PROBLEMS OF ELECTRIC CIRCUITS – Mahmood Nahvi, Joseph A. Edminister, McGRAW-HILL. 2005.

3. Elektronika, Luciana Toti; Elektronika , Rozeta Mitrushi/Tirane

Short description of the content Students will be taught the upper level of the English language by practicing pronunciation, writing skills, work on improving their listening and understanding of spoken English. 3Z1. English 3 Expected learning aims and outcomes Students will study conversational techniques and practice these techniques through structured dialogs, dialog improvisation and pair practice conversations. Teaching and learning methods;

- 264 -

50 % from 1 Project and 50% from Final Exam

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours

Basic literature to be used in each module

Lit. 3. Opportunities Intermediate Student book, Michael Harris 4. Opportunities Intermediate Language Powerbook, Michael Dean, Elizabeth Sharman, Anna Sikorzynska and Hanna Mrozowska 5. Mini – Dictionary, A Modern English Dictionary, Fjalori Anglisht-Shqip- Anglisht Short description of the content Computer System: Processor: description of components (Von-Neuman architecture), identification of factors affecting performance (eg MIPS, FLOPS, clock speed, computed performance indexes, bus architecture, etc). Operating Systems: Operating system functions: overview of functions (eg user interface, machine and peripheral management etc). Computer operations: use of a proprietary operating system, generation of environment and systems for a computer user (file/directory structures, tailoring of screen interface, backup systems etc). Network administration: the management of users (maintenance of work groups, logical and physical security). Data representation: number system conversions (eg binary, denary, hexadecimal, floating point numbers, ASCII, Unicode, bit masks, graphic bitmaps, role of different number systems). Expected learning aims and outcomes On successful completion of the module the student will be able to: Evaluate performance of a selected computer system Employ operating systems Understand data representation, simple logic and the fetch-execute cycle of a model microprocessor. Write simple working low-level programs. 3Z2. Operating Systems and teaching and learning methods; System Managements The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, tutorials and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study. It is expected that centres will use current personal computer and networking resources. Students should be encouraged to read current journals to investigate and evaluate new hardware and software developments. evaluation methods and passing criteria; 30% Assignmenet, 70% Final exam concretization means/ IT; SOsim, YASS, etc ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module; D. Dick, "The PC Support Handbook", Dumbreck Publishing (2000), Englander, "Architecture of Computer Hardware and Systems Software: An IT Approach", 2nd Edition, John Wiley (2000) ISBN 0471361093 Hennessy & Patterson, "Computer Architecture: a Quantitative Approach", Morgan Kaufmann (1995) ISBN 1558603727 M. Murdocca, "Principles of Computer Architecture", Prentice Hall (2000), ISBN

- 265 -

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to show the students, which tools and actions are necessary to get well defined requirements. Additional the clustering of the requirement engineering parts are shown and explained based on best practice examples. At the end of the lecture course the students should be capable to set the right actions, to come to well defined and traceable requirements for a new product or software. The student gets detailed insight into introduction how requirements engineering works. Furthermore all important parts of the requirement engineering will be shown and discussed by using best practice examples. Expected learning aims and outcomes The student gets detailed insight also into IEEE P1220 standard for requirement engineering, Roles and responsibilities in the requirement engineering process, Skills which are necessary for good requirement engineering, Integration of the requirement engineering process in other (overall) quality management systems, Planning, organizing and managing of the requirement engineering process, Best practices in requirement engineering Teaching and learning methods; The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical and independent study. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study. 3Z3. Requirements in System Evaluation methods and passing criteria; Design 50 % from 1 Project and 50% from Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

Office, UML and other software depending from Professor

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours

Basic literature to be used in each module

Lit. 2. Ernst, H.: Success factors of new product development, in Journal of Management Reviews., 4. Jg., 2002 S 1-40; 3. Brockhoff, K.: Die Beeinflussung der Entwicklungsdauer, in: Schmalenbachs Zeitschrift für betriebswirtschaftliche Forschung, Sonderheft 23, 1988, S. 1- 42; 4. Wagner, M. / Thieler, W.: Wegweiser füe den Erfinder, Berlin, 1994, S. 28; 5. Software Engineering – Ian Sommerville, Eighth Edition, Addison Wesley.

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to get knowledge and understanding of basics in data communication and net technology. Knowledge of common TCP/IP protocols and IP routing system. The student is able to configure and to administrate Cisco IOS router based networks 4O1. TCP/IP Technology The student gets detailed insight into IP Technology (TCP/IP Protocol Suite, RFC), IP Addressing, IP Forwarding, IP in Detail (IP, ICMP, ARP, PPP), Transport Layer (TCP/UDP), TCP Performance, IP Routing (RIP, OSPF, CIDR, BGP Introduction) TCP/IP Administration: BootP, DHCP, TFTP, SNMP, DNS, TCP/IP Standard Applications: Telnet, FTP, Email and SMTP, WWW and HTTP Cisco-IOS, Configuration of Cisco Router, Focus on OSPF Routing After the course, each student is expected to be able to:

- 266 -

have an overview of basics in data communication and net technology Expected learning aims and outcomes learn and use the TCP / IP protocol, TCP Performance, IP Routing to configure and to administrate Cisco IOS router based networks Teaching and learning methods; Combination of lectures, practical lab based work and independent study. During this course each student has to absolve two small lab exercises and one project. Students will be expected to spend a total of 100 hours on the module including independent study. Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50 % from and 50% from Final Exam Concretization means / IT:

CCNA Router Simulator , other software depending from professors Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 50 % from and 50% from Final Exam Basic literature to be used in each module 1. Sh. S. Panwar, Sh. Mao, J. Ryoo, Y. Li - TCP/IP Essentials - A Lab-Based Approach, 2. Cambridge University Press – 2004 3. Networking - A Beginner's Guide - Bruce A. Hallberg, Fifth Edition, 2010 4. Comptia Network + - Deluxe Study Guide, Todd Lammle, 2009

Short description of the content

The objective of the course is to solve a simple problem by designing hard- and software.

Expected learning aims and outcomes

Students will solve an example with given Hardware (Primer2 - STM32 - ARM Cortex M3) by programming the controller in C . Fundamentals of microcontrollers (8051), components of an actual microcontroller (timer, NVIC, ADC, UART,..) and LCD display.

Teaching and learning methods;

This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures, laboratory and problem solving sessions. The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical lab based work and independent study. During this course each student has to absolve three small lab exercises. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on 2O2. Microcontrollers the module including independent study.

Evaluation methods and passing criteria;

50 % from and 50% from Final Exam

Concretization means / IT:

Edsim, C, Assembler

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module.

1. Dr. Agni H. Dika, Qarqet kompjuterike kombinuese 1, 2. Dr. Agni H. Dika, Qarqet digjitale sekuenciale, 3. D. V. Hall, Microprocessors and digital systems, McGraw-Hill 4. S. MacKenzie, The 8051 microcontroller, Prentice-Hall

- 267 -

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to be familiar with fundamentals and tangible applications of cryptographic. Technical aspects of data security and protection are presented as well as the legal situation in general. So the students will be enabled to rate the cryptographic methods, which have been in operation in various projects and applications, as well as to develop and evaluate security concepts. Other topics are the identification of security risks and threats, which exist on the LAN or TCP/IP layer, the methods of defense of potentially attacked networks, for example through firewalls and intrusion detection systems. The course will give an insight into the basic elements, which are essential for building up IP-security protocols. In the course of the lecture the main important security protocols will also be explained. Expected learning aims and outcomes The student gets detailed insight into principles of cryptography such as symmetric and asymmetric encryption as well as data security will be discussed. The main topics are for example the process of encryption and decryption of data, digital signatures, general cryptographic protocols and the practical field of operation of these mechanisms. In addition to the related key management aspects like the comprehensive security infrastructure will be addressed. Tangible examples of use are shown for illustration and for getting familiar with the functionality. In the tutorial the students have the possibility to practice the formerly presented approaches, getting more familiar with them. Approaches of possible cryptanalysis 4O3. Authentication and will also be discussed. Cryptography Teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum of 60 hours formal contact time (lecture and lab) is available. Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Concretization means / IT:

Java Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module . 1. Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography, ISBN=0-471-12845-7, 1996 2. Alfred J. Menezes, Paul C. van Oorschot and Scott A. Vanstone Handbook of Applied Cryptography , ISBN: 0-8493-8523-7 1996, 3. Cryptograpfy Decrypted H.X. Mel & Doris Baker, ISBN=0-201-61647-5, 200 4. C# Data Security Matthew MacDonald & Erik Johansson, ISBN=1-86100- 801-5, 2003

- 268 -

graphical and statistical techniques) and qualitative techniques (i.e. pattern matching and explanation building  Presentation of research findings: Dissertation structure. Framing the academic context. Convention on citation and quotations. Style of writing. Critical reflection, critical analysis, argument and clarity of thought. Expected learning aims and outcomes:  Select and justify a research topic.  Formulate strategies for successful research within a variety of settings.  Select and utilise appropriate research methods effectively to collect data to meet both academic and organisational requirements. Communicate research findings in an appropriate manner.  Manage a research project and understand the relevant techniques and tools needed in order to bring it in successfully on time and within pricing limits. Teaching and learning methods:

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, group based activity and independent study Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

In-course assessment: 100% Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Literature. 3. Cornford, T. & Smithson, S. (2005), Project Research In Information Systems: A Student's Guide, Macmillan 4. Core Text: Sharp, J.A., Peters J and Howard, K. (2002), The Management of A Student Research Project, Third Edition (Gower) Recommended Reading:  Creswell, J. W. (2002), Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches, Sage.

Short description of the content Students will be taught advanced level English course by practicing pronunciation, writing skills, work on improving their listening and understanding of spoken English. Students will study conversational techniques and practice these techniques through structured dialogs, dialog improvisation and pair practice conversations. Expected learning aims and outcomes This level is aimed at preparing student to attain 550 score in TOEFL or equivalent. evaluation methods and passing criteria; Final Examination 100% teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, laboratory exercises and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study 4Z1. English 4 Concretization means / IT:

No software nedded ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 60 hours teaching hours , and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module

Lit. 1. Opportunities Upper-Intermediate: Students' Book, Michael Harris, Anna Sikorzynska, David Mower 2. Opportunities Upper-Intermediate Language Powerbook, David Mower, Michael Harris, Anna Sikorzynska 3. Mini – Dictionary, A Modern English Dictionary, Fjalori Anglisht-Shqip- Anglisht

- 269 -

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to give the students information about Human- computer interaction which is a discipline concerned with the design, evaluation and implementation of interactive computing systems for human use and with the study of major phenomena surrounding them. Expected learning aims and outcomes Student will get the overview on how the technology and human iterct with each other, methods and techniques. Expected learning aims and outcomes This level is aimed at preparing student to attain 550 score in TOEFL or equivalent. evaluation methods and passing criteria; Final Examination 100% 4Z2. Human computer teaching and learning methods; interaction The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, laboratory exercises and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study Concretization means / IT:

Depends from Lecturer ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 60 hours teaching hours , and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module Lit. 6. Human-Computer Interaction, Edited by Alain Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory D. Abowed, Russel Beale Pearson Prentic Hall, Publishers,2004 Short description of the content The objective of the course is to give the students information about: • Structured Documents, basic concepts of markup languages, • meta-languages for defining markup languages using the example of XML • Document type definition XML (DTD), distinguishing "well-formed" / "valid"; namespace concept (namespaces) • processing of XML documents with XSL: XSLT Processing Model, XSLT style sheets, XSLT language features including control structures, recursion, parameterized templates, sorting / grouping, XSL-FO • Use of XPath to identify document parts: concepts (axes, path expressions, functions), used in XSLT stylesheets • Introduction to XML Schema: overview, comparison with DTDs • Overview of standard APIs for processing XML data in a universal programming language: parsing of XML data, different processing models • the SAX API (architecture, handler approach, typical use) • The DOM API (architecture, navigation through a DOM tree, creating and 4Z3. Web design manipulating DOM trees) • use of XSLT style sheets from a universal programming language, parameterization of style sheets, transformation of DOM trees • XML application examples from different areas (e.g. multimedia, mobile communications, data exchange formats, vector graphics) Expected learning aims and outcomes After the course, each student is expected to be able to: have an overview in Structured Documents, basic concepts of markup languages, have an overview of standard APIs for processing XML data in a universal programming language to write a small XML application from different areas (e.g. multimedia, mobile communications, data exchange formats, vector graphics) Expected learning aims and outcomes This level is aimed at preparing student to attain 550 score in TOEFL or equivalent. evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% course work and Final Examination 50% teaching and learning methods;

- 270 -

The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, laboratory exercises and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study Concretization means / IT:

Java, XML, CSS, Ajax ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 60 hours teaching hours , and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module

Lit 4. PHP and MySQL Web Development, prej Luke Welling, Laura Thompson 5. Learning PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript (1st Edition), prej Robin Nixon. O'Reilly & Associates, 2009 6. Head First Ajax, prej Rebecca Riordan, O'Reilly & Associates, 2008.

Short description of the content The exercise strengthens the competence of the student / students in the field of database administration and database application development. It broadens the knowledge acquired in the module Databases. Data modeling and SQL is practiced. Complex SQL queries, DDL and DML are priority issues. The participant learns to create specific database objects. After the course, each student is expected to be able to: model a database for specific given problem use and create Complex SQL queries, DDL and DML create specific database objects to implement a small project Expected learning aims and outcomes To provide the student with a sound understanding of the design and development process which begins with a real world problem and results in a database solution. On successful completion of the module, students will be able to: Understand the basic organization and functionality of a variety of types of database systems. Formulate data structures by using normalization rules Design a logical data model that captures an organization’s requirements for a database Design and develop a database application and evaluate the solution. Size a database (from a normalized logical data model) and perform first-cut physical design for a typical database management system Implement a database using SQL and understand how to optimise its performance 5O1. Databases Systems Understand how the DBMSs manage recovery from failures and concurrent access to the database, and be able to criticise a system on these grounds Recognise the importance of data administration and security. evaluation methods and passing criteria; Coursework 50% , Final Examination 50% teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, laboratory exercises and independent study. This module will involve lectures and work in small groups on related structured exercises, together with appropriate computer workshops using an interactive SQL tutorial. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study Concretization means / IT:

SQL Server, Oracle, Visual Studio ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module Database Solutions – A step-by-step guide to Building Databases/ Carolyn Begg and Thomas Connolly, Addison Wesley / ISBN : 0321173503 Oracle SQL and PL/SQL Handbook/ Palinski. Addison Wesley 2002/ISBN:0-201- 75294-8/ Oracle Programming (A primer). Sunderraman, Rajshekhar. Addison Wesley 2000 Fundamentals of Database Systems / Elmasri & Navathe, Addison Wesley, 1999.

- 271 -

Short description of the content The objective of the course is an introducing into fundamentals and tangible applications of cryptography. Technical aspects of data security and protection are presented as well as the legal situation in general. So the students will be enabled to rate the cryptographic methods, which have been in operation in various projects and applications, as well as to develop and evaluate security concepts. Other topics are the identification of security risks and threats, which exist on the LAN or TCP/IP layer, the methods of defense of potentially attacked networks, for example through firewalls and intrusion detection systems. The course will give an insight into the basic elements, which are essential for building up IP-security protocols. In the course of the lecture the main important security protocols will also be explained. Expected learning aims and outcomes Student gets detailed insight into Information Security, Computer Security, Network Security; Threats and attacks on LAN- and TCP/IP-Layer; Firewalls and Intrusion Detection Techniques; Elements for End-to-End Network Security: Secret-Key Algorithm (DES, IDEA, AES), Public-Key Algorithm (RSA, Diffie-Hellmann), Authentication and Integrity (MAC, Hash, HMAC), Digital Signatur, IP Security 5O2. Security in IT-Networks Protocols: IPsec (AH-Protocol, ESP-Protocol, Tunnel Mode. Transport Mode), IPsec SA Management and Key Exchange (IKE), IPsec and NAT, SSL (Secure Socket Layer), PGP (Pretty Good Privacy), Kerberos Authentication, PKI (Public Key Infrastructure) Teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum of 60 hours formal contact time (lecture and lab) is available. Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Concretization means / IT:

Java Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Basic literature to be used in each module 1. Network Security Bible by Ronald L. Krutz and Eric Cole 2. Security+ Guide to Network Security Fundamentals by Mark D. Ciampa. Short description of the content The objective of the course is to get an Overview about advanced IP technologies, Insights in underlying mechanisms, Fundament for own investigations upon business demands, Fundament to understand the big picture Expected learning aims and outcomes The student gets detailed insight Architecture of the Internet, BGP, IP Multicast, IPv6, MPLS, VoIP und QoS Teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised 5O3. Advanced IP- practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum of 60 hours formal Technologies and Networks contact time (lecture and lab) is available. Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Concretization means / IT:

CCNA Router Simulator , other software depending from professors Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Basic literature to be used in each module

7. F. Kurose & Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking

- 272 -

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to teach students how to be abl to describe currently advanced security methods in the field o IT-Security explicitly, to recognize security leaks in configured networks and propose solutions, to understand and implement security management, compare different current VPN techniques and rate their security levels, describe the functionality of ongoing firewall architectures, build 'global' enterprise security conception which is based on network admission control Expected learning aims and outcomes Student gets detailed insight into Level 2-Security: ARP Protection, Attacks on STP and VLANs, Private VLANs, Rate Limiting, 802.1x and EAP, WLAN Security Firewall Principles and Design, TCP Protection (Intercept, SynCookies), Failover, 5O4. Tools for Internet NAT Issues, Access Lists, Stateful Inspection, Proxy Authentication and Intrusion Security Detection and Prevention Teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum of 60 hours formal contact time (lecture and lab) is available. Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Basic literature to be used in each module 1. Cyber Warfare: Techniques, Tactics and Tools for Security Practitioners by Jason Andress and Steve Winterfeld 2. Security Power Tools by Bryan Burns, Dave Killion, Nicolas Beauchesne and Eric Moret. Short description of the content The objective of the course is to have an overview and basic understanding of quality management according ISO 9000 and EFQM/AFQM. The most relevant methods of quality planning an improvement and also implementation of an process oriented QM system are known. Expected learning aims and outcomes Student gets detailed insight into Basics of quality management, Methods and tools of QM, Process management and optimization, ISO 9000 Standard of QM, TQM according to EFQM/AFQM.

Teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum of 60 hours formal 5Z1. Quality Management contact time (lecture and lab) is available. Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Concretization means / IT:

Office, UML Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Basic literature to be used in each module Lit.

1. Quality Management (2nd Edition) by Donna C. S. Summers 2. Quality Management Demystified by Sid Kemp

2O2. Operating systems Short description of the content

- 273 -

OS: Processor: description of components (Von-Neuman architecture), identification of factors affecting performance (eg MIPS, FLOPS, clock speed, computed performance indexes, bus architecture, etc). Operating Systems: Operating system functions: overview of functions (eg user interface, machine and peripheral management etc). Computer operations: use of a proprietary operating system, generation of environment and systems for a computer user (file/directory structures, tailoring of screen interface, backup systems etc). Network administration: the management of users (maintenance of work groups, logical and physical security). Data representation: number system conversions (eg binary, denary, hexadecimal, floating point numbers, ASCII, Unicode, bit masks, graphic bitmaps, role of different number systems). Expected learning aims and outcomes On successful completion of the module the student will be able to: Evaluate performance of a selected computer system Employ operating systems Understand data representation, simple logic and the fetch-execute cycle of a model microprocessor. Write simple working low-level programs. teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, tutorials and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study. It is expected that centres will use current personal computer and networking resources. Students should be encouraged to read current journals to investigate and evaluate new hardware and software developments. evaluation methods and passing criteria; 30% Assignmenet, 70% Final exam concretization means/ IT; SOsim and other software depending from lecturer

ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module; D. Dick, "The PC Support Handbook", Dumbreck Publishing (2000), Englander, "Architecture of Computer Hardware and Systems Software: An IT Approach", 2nd Edition, John Wiley (2000) ISBN 0471361093 Hennessy & Patterson, "Computer Architecture: a Quantitative Approach", Morgan Kaufmann (1995) ISBN 1558603727 M. Murdocca, "Principles of Computer Architecture", Prentice Hall (2000), ISBN

Short description of the content This module provides an introduction to management information systems, what they are, how they affect the organization and its employees, and how they can make businesses more competitive and efficient. The module will focus on ways in which advances in information technology and communications networks continue to recast the role and value of information systems in business and management. Example topics include: organizational and technical foundations of information systems, systems development, information management, infrastructure 5O1 Requirements in System management, system security, and creative business applications of information Design technology. Expected learning aims and outcomes Upon completion of this module student will be able to: Describe the framework of IT systems and identify the components and functionality of the generic concept of systems. Identify ways in which businesses use IT to develop a strategic competitive advantage Illustrate the systems approach to problem solving and the systems life cycle. Identify and discuss major trends in information technologyIdentify trends in the field of Telecommunications and its strategic importanceUnderstand the role and

- 274 -

importance of data resource management and how it is used to support business operations.Identify and illustrate the strategic importance of the Internet to businesses.Differentiate intranets, extranets, and the Internet and illustrate how these technologies are used in business operations and management.Identify and evaluate specialized information systems for management support, executive support, and automated decision making.Identify ethical issues of information technology in the context of employment, privacy, individuality, working conditions, crime, health and societal concerns. teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, tutorials and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including independent study. It is expected that centres will use current personal computer and networking resources. Students should be encouraged to read current journals to investigate and evaluate new hardware and software developments. evaluation methods and passing criteria; First Exam : 20% Second Exam : 20% Final Exam : 40-50% concretization means/ IT; Office, UML, Java

ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. basic literature to be used in each module; Requirements Analysis and Systems Design by Leszek Maciaszek, ISBN-10: 0321440366 Short description of the content The objective of the course is to implement the applications for the use of advanced computer network services, as well as to use the applications of the latest and most current standards and technologies. Expected learning aims and outcomes Student gets detailed insight into Languages in Web server (PHP, JSP, Servlets), Fundamentals of JSPs Frameworks in Web-Engineering, Java Server Faces. Web Services with Protocols and XML with Java, especially WSDL, SOAP and UDDI teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop exercises, tutorials and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including 6O1. Dynamic Contents of independent study. Web-Engineering It is expected that centres will use current personal computer and networking resources. Students should be encouraged to read current journals to investigate and evaluate new hardware and software developments. concretization means/ IT; .NET, Java Scripts, CSS, Ajax

evaluation methods and passing criteria;

Lit. 1. Web Engineering: A Practioner's Approach by Roger S. Pressman and David Lowe 2. Web Engineering: The Discipline of Systematic Development of Web Applications by Gerti Kappel, Birgit Prýýll, Siegfried Reich and Werner Retschitzegger Short description of the content 6O2. Concepts of Mobile The main objective of the course is to provide a comprehensive and state of the art Telecommunication knowledge in the area of mobile communication. The course emphasis is on the

- 275 -

structure and function of the complete system. A detailed study of the subsystems that comprises the overall system is carried out. Expected learning aims and outcomes The technical knowledge provided in the course on different aspects of the system will help the participant in understanding the functioning of the system. This will further help in providing the necessary expertise required by the industry. Teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum of 60 hours formal contact time (lecture and lab) is available. Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. concretization means/ IT; Depends from professor Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study. Basic literature to be used in each module 1. Mobile Telecommunications Protocols for Data Networks by Anna Ha 2. Mobile Telecommunications in a High-Speed World by Peter J. Curwen Short description of the content Developing applications for the server-side Definition of cloud computing: what is cloud computing, purpose, role and importance, objectives Challenges: Infrastructure Management, Application Architecture for cloud, data storage, security, other aspects Features: on demand self-provisioning, elasticity and scalability, access in the form of services, monitoring, sharing of resources (pooling), etc.. Service models: IaaS (Infrastructure-as-a-Service), PaaS (Platform-as-a-Service), SaaS (Software-as-a- Service), XaaS Detailed overview of IaaS: • Overview of concepts, architectural perspective • Private cloud, public cloud, hybrid cloud, virtual cloud • Getting to know and compare the most important IaaS technologies Detailed overview of PaaS: • Overview of concepts, architectural perspective • Changes in development models: data persistence: distributed file systems, unstructured storage, NoSQL database, SQL database in the cloud; Business tier: Web services, REST services, other technology runtime environment • Understanding and comparison of major PaaS technologies: Java EE, Azure, Google App Engine, etc. Detailed overview of SaaS: 5O3. Cloud Computing • Overview of concepts, architectural perspective • Access Models, Development Concepts • Business models, Cloud Services (location, data delivery, data enrichment, integration services, business intelligence, etc.). Deployment models • Private, public, hybrid, shared cloud • On premises, remote, hybrid model, overview of providers • Internet of things Expected learning aims and outcomes The technical knowledge provided in the course on different aspects of the cloud will help the participant in understanding the functioning of the cloud inside out. This will further help in providing the necessary expertise required by the industry. Teaching and learning methods; The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A maximum of 60 hours formal contact time (lecture and lab) is available.

Evaluation methods and passing criteria; 50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam. Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching; 30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

- 276 -

Basic literature to be used in each module 1. Barrie Sosinsky, Cloud Computing Bible, Wiley; 2011. 2. George Reese, Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and Infrastructure in the Cloud, O'Reilly Media; 2009.

The bachelor’s thesis is a professionally and independently work of students in the 6th semester with 18 ECTS credits. The aim of the bachelor’s thesis is to make the students able to apply the gained knowledge and skills during the study into practical professional tasks. Theses as such should deepen the knowledge and skills of a student in a professional area (Software Engineering, Software Design and Internet Technology) and to show that the student has developed a capacity for independent analytical thought.

In the bachelor thesis the students should be able to document their individual 6O3. Final thesis/ project contribution in form of written documentation. This document should include the relevance of the problem of the topic, its relationship to existing knowledge, issue or hypothesis, methodology, results and discussion. Bachelor’s thesis process begins with contacting the professor of student’s field of interest and agreeing on the topic of the thesis. Once a topic and a supervisor for the thesis have been agreed, an official topic application must be submitted to the relevant institute. The institute confirms the topic and appoints the supervisor and the instructor for the thesis.

- 277 -

5.7 GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 5.7.1. Data for study Programme: German Language and Literature Name of study programme German Language and Literature Categorization (BA, MA, BSc, MSc, PhD, BA Doctorate, University Course) Academic Degree and the name of Diploma in final Bachelor in German Language and Literature form and shortened 05.0 / 05.2 / 05.3 / 05.5 / 09.0 / 09.1 / 09.2 /

09.3 / 09.4 Modules: Linguistics, Study of literature (German Literature), Methodology and Profile of Academic Programme Didactics of the German language, Translatology (Translation and interpretation) To those students who completed secondary Group to whom the offer is addressed school. Minimal time duration 4 Years/8 Semesters Form of study (regular, without disconnection from Full time – on campus work, distance study etc.) Number of ECTS 240/60 FIRST YEAR –First Semester – Obligatory courses: 1.1 Language Practice – I German Modern Language (A2/1) 1.2 Grammar of German Language I (Basis) 1.3 Introduction to the German Linguistics, 1.4 Introduction to the German Literature (Study of literature) 1.5 German Civilisation and Culture -I- 1.6 Albanian Language -I-

FIRST YEAR – Second Semester – Obligatory courses: 2.1 Language Practice – II German Modern Modules /Cources (Short content) Language, (A2/2) 2.2 Phonetics and Phonology of German Language 2.3 German Literature -I- 2.4 German Civilisation and Culture -II- 2.5 Foreign Language -I- 2.6 Albanian Language -II-

SECOND YEAR – Third Semester – Obligatory courses: 3.1 Language Practice – III German Modern Language, (B1/1) 3.2 German Morphology 3.3 German Literature II 3.4 Introduction to the Working Techniques on the German Study 3.5 Introduction to the didactic of language Elective courses:

- 278 -

3.6 Foreign Language II 3.7 French Language I 3.8 Text reading and understanding 3.9 Error analysis

SECOND YEAR – Fourth Semester – Obligatory courses: 4.1 Language Practice – IV German Modern Language, (B1/2) 4.2 German Syntax 4.3 German Literature III 4.4 Creative Writing Elective courses: 4.5 Introduction to the Didactic of foreign languages, 4.6 Austrian literature, 4.7 Introduction to translatology (translation and interpretation), 4.8 Word formation

THIRD YEAR – Fifth Semester – Obligatory courses: 5.1 Language Practice – V, German Modern Language, (B2/1) 5.2 Methodology and didactics of the German language I, 5.3 German Literature IV, 5.4 Grammar of German Language II Elective courses: 5.5 Orthography, 5.6 Phraseology of the German and the Albanian language, 5.7 Film and theater of the 20 century, 5.8 Text linguistics

THIRD YEAR – sixth semester – Obligatory courses: 6.1 Language Practice – VI German Modern Language, (B2/2) 6.2 Methodology and didactics of the German language II, 6.3 Lexicology and lexicography of the German Language 6.4 Seminar of German Literature Elective courses: 6.5 Literary text analysis, 6.6 Intercultural Communication , 6.7 German for academic and specific purposes, 6.8 German-Albanian translation FOURTH YEAR – seventh semester – Obligatory courses: 7.1 Language Practice – VII, German Modern Language, (C1/1) 7.2 Methodology and didactics of the German language III, 7.3 Internship/School Practice 7.4 Seminar of german linguistics Elective courses:

- 279 -

7.5 Methodology and techniques of scientific work, 7.6 Educational philosophy II, 7.7 Literary translation, 7.8 Contrastive linguistics

FOURTH YEAR – eighth semester – Obligatory courses: 8.1 Language Practice – VIII, German Modern Language, (C1/2) 8.2 Internship/School Practice 8.3 Seminar of didactics 8.4 Final Thesis, BA Elective courses: 8.5 Methodology and techniques of Translation, 8.6 Analysis and preparation of teaching German as a foreign language, 8.7 Literature in teaching German as a foreign language, 8.8 Business German Number of study places 100 Prof.Dr. Kimete Canaj Leader of Study Programme Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti MA. Armend Bytyçi, Goethe Certifikat, C2; Prof. Dr. Brikena, Kadzadej, Tirana; MA. Ilir Krusha (PhD Candidat, Vienna); Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti (studim , MA, PhD, Vienna), Kimete Canaj, MA, Permanent Academic Staff PhD, Graz, Vienna; Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini (PhD (scientific/artistic)(Number according to the Kandidat, Vienna), Mr. Vilson Marku (PhD category of personnel) Candidat, Graz), Prof. Dr. Xhafer Beqiraj (Prishtina, Tirana), Mag. Martina Drescher, Austrian theacher, OEAD, Vienna Prof. Dr. Jörg Meier, Innsbruck, Austria

Study Fee 50 euros per semester

2.2. Rationale of the programme in relation to the labour market

Graduate Studies in German - Education Specialization enables students to organize the process of learning and teaching of German in class with students of different ages and for different types of classes.

The basic components of the undergraduate program consist of professional courses including methodological and pedagogical approaches to foreign language teaching, as well as raising students’ awareness of the German language system.

Educational specialization provides courses of language teaching methodology, and organizes practice teaching in selected schools. The program aims to: Provide students with the appropriate language skills to enable them to communicate effectively and function in their chosen professions; enable students to enquire and incorporate knowledge of the tools and organizational proficiency needed for language and cultural studies; inspire students to think

- 280 -

critically in the humanistic tradition about texts and language, and instill in students the positive nature of cultural differences.

The aim of the translation direction is to train translators as mediators between languages and cultures. They will be experts of transmitting information and content from one language to another, including in text format.

Students will be taught about the theories and techniques of translation and interpretation, and will be provided with the necessary cultural background and skills for a career in translating and conference interpreting.

Within this program, students will be facilitated in discovering their capacity as language learners and will be provided the appropriate language skills to enable them to communicate effectively and function in their chosen professions. They will also be enabled to enquire and incorporate knowledge of the tools and organizational proficiency needed for language and cultural studies. Furthermore, they will be inspired to think critically in the humanistic tradition about texts and language and instilled the positive nature of cultural differences.

2.3. International comparability of the programme

The study program is unified with the European standards in terms of conditions of registration, duration of study, conditions for completion of the study year, receiving the degree and the study mode. University of Osijek, University of Zagreb, University of Shkodra, University of Prishtina, University of Thessaloniki, University of Vienna

2.4. Target group that program is dedicated to Entitled to enroll in this study programme are candidates who have completed secondary level education (including candidates from Kosova and other states). As well as those who passed the state matura exam.

2.5. Orientation of study program under the guiding principles of the institution The Department of German Language and Literature operates within the Faculty of Philology.

2.6. Objectives and profile of the academic programme The program of German Languages and Literature prepares students for a career in two different fields: Education and Translation.

Students will take courses which are mostly focused on introduction aspects of the German Language, linguistics and literature, also Methodology and Didactics of the German language, Translatology (Translation and interpretation). Electives in Education and Translation.

Learning Objectives

- 281 -

 Language & Communication: Written, oral expression and reading, listening comprehension. Develop advanced skills in speaking and writing German and in understanding spoken German. Language skills till - C1 level (particulary in: Language Practice – I – VIII, German Modern Language (A2/1 – C1/2)  Linguistics: Develop the students' ability to recognize the various components that make up the German language, to understand complex syntactical features, and to analyze and reflect on grammar.  Literacy: Develop the students' ability to use appropriate terminology in linguistic, cultural, and literary analysis.  Literary Analysis and Traditions: Develop the students' knowledge of major periods, genres, authors, and movements of German-language literature within their cultural, intellectual and socio-political contexts.  Cultural Knowledge: Develop the students' ability to understand the cultural and intellectual development of German-speaking civilizations and societies within their socio-political contexts.  Global Perspective and Comparisons: Develop the students' ability to relate German- speaking civilizations and societies to events in other countries around the world.

2.7. Learning outcomes of the study program as a whole Upon completion of BA studies, the student will achieve the following competencies: - demonstrate that basic knowledge of German grammar - work effectively (individually or as part of a group) - understand a wide range of texts, including long texts, complex specific texts, commentaries and reports; - speak fluently and spontaneously, take a stand, to formulate accurately his/her thoughts and ideas and to present those in detail - write about complex situations by stating in a clear and structured way and choosing appropriate language for the reader; - describe the structure of the German language applying linguistic concepts - demonstrate basic knowledge about different linguistic or literary theories - know about elements and structures of literary texts - analyse literary texts in general - research about a specific topic - draft a written paper (study paper)

2.8. The ratio between theory and practice In general, the ratio between theory and practice aims at being 60% – 40%. However, due to the immediate employment of Germanistics alumni and graduates as translators/interpreters or teachers, this ratio often alters to 40 - 60% in favor of practical part. 2.9. Calculation of ECTS The program is designed to last eight (8) semesters, while the total number of ECTS that is achieved by the end of this program is 240.

- 282 -

2.10. Practice (internship) Part of the curricula at the department of German Language and Literature is school practice. Within the framework of the course “7.3; 8.2 Internship/School Practice (Sem. VII and VIII, Monitoring and teaching), students are offered the opportunity to complete their practice as teachers and advance their skills as teachers in primary and secondary schools. After a short period of monitoring, which includes 30 teaching classes, students are obliged to teach under the supervision of experienced teachers in classes where German Language is being taught as a foreign language. Their experiences from lectures and professional practice (monitoring and teaching) are documented in a written report in which their teaching process is reflected. Students are required to conduct internship/school practice at the secondary schools. During this period, they can apply their theoretical knowledge learned in class in practice, as well as their teaching and pedagogical methods and skills. We as university faculty have an agreement with the teachers of these schools that they accept our students in their teaching classes. Aside from this, students receive a signed document from the dean in order to testify in front of the school directors that they are students of the Philology department.

2.11. Programme overview (Study plan):

FIRST YEAR First Semester Hour/week No. S. Course L E ECTS Teacher 1. O 1.1 Language Practice – I 0 4 4 Mr. Ilir Krusha, German Modern Language (A2/1) 2. O 1.2 Grammar of German 2 2 6 Prof Dr. Kimete Language I (Basis) Canaj 3. O 1.3 Introduction to the German 2 2 6 Prof. Dr. Izer Linguistics Maksuti 4. O 1.4 Introduction to the German 2 2 6 Mr. Shkurte Veliu- Literature (Study of literature) Ajdini, PhD Cand. 5. O 1.5 German Civilisation and 2 1 4 Mr. Vilson Marku Culture -I- PhD Cand. 6. O 1.6 Albanian Language -I- 2 2 4 Prof. Dr. Xhafer Beqiraj Total – semester I 23 hours 30

- 283 -

FIRST YEAR – Second Semester 7. O 2.1 Language Practice – II 0 4 4 Mr. Ilir Krusha German Modern Language, (A2/2) 8. O 2.2 Phonetics and Phonology of 2 2 6 Prof. Dr. Izer German Language Maksuti 9. O 2.3 German Literature -I- 2 2 6 Mr. Shkurte Veliu- Neuere deutsche Literatur Ajdini 10. O 2.4 German Civilisation and 2 1 4 Mr. Vilson Marku Culture -II- 11. O 2.5 Foreign Language -I- 2 2 5 Mr. Nazli Tyfekqiu 12. O 2.6 Albanian Language -II- 2 2 5 Prof. Dr. Xhafer Beqiraj Total 21 hours 30

SECOND YEAR

Third Semester Hour/week No. S. Course L E ECTS Teacher 1. O 3.1 Language Practice – III German 0 6 5 Mr. Armend Bytyqi Modern Language, (B1/1) 2. O 3.2 German Morphology 2 2 5 Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj 3. O 3.3 German Literature II 2 2 5 Mr. Shkurte Veliu- Ajdini 4. O 3.4 Introduction to the Working 2 1 4 Mr. Vilson Marku Techniques on the German Study 5. O 3.5 Introduction to the didactic of 2 0 3 Prof. Dr. Kimete language Canaj Total 19 hours 22 Elective courses 6. E 3.6 Foreign Language II 1 2 4 Mr. Nazli Tyfekqiu 7. E 3.7 French Language I 1 2 4 Mr. Muhamet Shabani 8. E 3.8 Text reading and understanding 1 1 4 Prof. Dr. Brikena Kadzadej

- 284 -

9. E 3.8 Error analysis 1 1 4 Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj Total – semester III 24 hours 30

SECOND YEAR – Fourth Semester

1. O 4.1 Language Practice – IV German 0 6 5 Mr. Armend Bytyqi Modern Language, (B1/2) 2. O 4.2 German Syntax 2 2 6 Prof.Dr. Brikena Kadzadej 3. O 4.3 German Literature III 2 2 6 Mr. Shkurte Veliu- Ajdini 4. O 4.4 Creative Writing 2 1 5 Prof.Dr. Kimete Canaj Total 17 hours 22 Elective courses 5. E 4.5 Introduction to the Didactic of 2 1 4 Prof.Dr. Kimete foreign languages Canaj 6. E 4.6 Austrian literature 2 1 4 Mr. Shkurte Veliu- Ajdini 7. E 4.7 Introduction to translatology 2 1 4 Prof.Dr. Kimete (translation and interpretation) Canaj 8. E 4.8 Word Formation of the German 2 1 4 Prof.Dr. Izer Language Maksuti Total – semester IV 23 orë 30

THIRD YEAR

Fifth Semester Hour/week No. S. Course L E ECTS Teacher 1. O 5.1 Language Practice – V, German 0 8 6 Mr. Armend Modern Language, (B2/1) Bytyqi 2. O 5.2 Methodology and didactics of the 2 2 5 Prof.Dr. Kimete German language I Canaj

- 285 -

3. O 5.3 German Literature IV 2 2 6 Mr. Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini 4. O 5.4 Grammar of German Language II 2 2 5 Prof.Dr. Kimete Canaj Total 20 hours 22 Elective courses 5. E 5.5 Orthography 2 1 4 Prof.Dr. Izer Maksuti 6. E 5.6 Phraseology of the German and 2 1 4 Prof.Dr. Izer Albanian language Maksuti 7. E 5.7 Film and Theater im 20 century. 2 1 4 Mr. Vilson Marku 8. E 5.8 Text linguistics 2 1 4 Prof Dr. Brikena Kadzadej Total semester –V 26 hours 30 THIRD YEAR – Sixth Semester 9. O 6.1 Language Practice – VI German 0 8 6 Mr. Armend Modern Language, (B2/2) Bytyqi 10. O 6.2 Methodology and didactics of the 2 2 5 Prof.Dr. Kimete German language II Canaj 11. O 6.3 Lexicology and lexicography of the 2 2 5 Prof.Dr. Izer German Language Maksuti 12. O 6.4 Seminar of German Literature 2 2 5 Mr. Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini Total 20 hours 22 Elective courses 13. E 6.5 Literary text analysis 2 1 4 Mr. Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini 14. E 6.6 Intercultural Communication 2 1 4 Mr. Vilson Marku 15. E 6.7 German for academic and specific 2 1 4 Prof. Dr. Izer purposes Maksuti 16. E 6.8 German-Albanian translation 2 1 4 Prof.Dr. Izer Maksuti

- 286 -

Total – semester VI 26 hours 30

FOURTH YEAR

Seventh Semester Hour/week No. S. Course L E ECTS Teacher 1. O 7.1 Language Practice – VII, German 0 8 6 Mr. Armend Modern Language, (C1/1) Bytyqi 2. O 7.2 Methodology and didactics of the 2 2 5 Prof.Dr. Kimete German language III Canaj 3. O 7.3 Internship/School Practice 4 5 OEAD Lector, Martina 4. O 7.4 Seminar of german linguistics 2 2 6 Prof.Dr. Izer Maksuti Total 20 hours 22 Elective courses 5. E 7.5 Methodology and techniques of 2 1 4 Prof.Dr. Izer scientific work Maksuti 6. E 7.6 Educational philosophy 1 1 4 Mr. Vilson Marku 7. E 7.7 Literary translation 2 1 4 Mr. Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini 8. E 7.8 Contrastive linguistics 2 1 4 Prof.Dr. Izer Maksuti Total – semester VII 26 hours 30 FOURTH YEAR – Eighth Semester 9. O 8.1 Language Practice – VIII, German 0 8 6 Mr. Armend Modern Language, (C1/2) Bytyqi 10. O 8.2 Internship/School Practice 4 5 OEAD Lector, Martina Drescher 11. O 8.3 Seminar of didactics 2 2 5 Prof.Dr. Kimete Canaj

12. O 8.4 Final Thesis, BA 6

- 287 -

Total 16 hours 22 Elective courses 13. E 8.5 Methodology and techniques of 2 1 4 Prof. Dr. Izer Translation Maksuti

14. E 8.6 Analysis and preparation of teaching 1 1 4 Prof.Dr. Kimete German as a foreign language Canaj 15. E 8.7 Literature in teaching German as a 2 1 4 Mr. Shkurte foreign language Veliu-Ajdini 16. E 8.8 Business German 1 1 4 OEAD Lector Martina Drescher Total – semester VIII 22 hours 30

FIRST YEAR – FIRST SEMESTER

Obligatory courses:

S1 Professor: Mr. Ilir Krusha

No. MODULE: 1.1 Language Practice I (A2/1) 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature 2 Academic Year: Year 1, Semester I 3 Compulsory/Elective: Compulsory

4 Rato, Duration: 0+4, 15 weeks

5 No. Credits ECTS: 4

Course Description and The course aims to provide students with elementary grammar Objectives knowledge. Special emphasis will be given to the practice of German as 6 both spoken and written. This course aims at developing the communicative and social skills needed for communication in this language and in writing, reading, speaking and listening. Different reading and listening strategies are conducted (global, selective and detailed).

- 288 -

There are also productive skills (features of different types of texts, speech) and receptive ones. All four skills will be exercised through the handling of different topics. The themes to be elaborated during this semester will be enriched by the student's lexicon with new words of the above mentioned linguistic level. In addition to textbooks from the basic book, authentic texts related to everyday life, German language grammar for foreigners, CDs for the exercise of listening skills and digital forms will be used for the development of the lesson, which is provided by the publisher of the literature as are: internet platform for online exercises and applications for mobile mobiles etc. During the exercises the students will also present seminars with different topics that are in line with the course program.

Course objectives:

- enable students to combine language with real life skills; - to raise students' confidence and their ability to communicate with German speakers; - enable the student to become an efficient and flexible user of the German language both for personal and professional purposes; - - encourage independent learning. - - to prove that he possesses elementary knowledge of German grammar; - - Understand the most important information in everyday life conversations, but also short radio or telephone announcements; Evaluation - - extract relevant information from short newspaper articles, reports related to daily life, and from the instruction table; - - to write messages that are directly related to the surrounding environment; - - to formulate questions about the topics of daily life and to react to them; - - in daily conversations agree or negotiate for something. Learning is accomplished through the use of combined methods and cognitive, communicative and intercultural approaches to improve the receptive and productive linguistic skills. Through the method of 7 Teaching Methods: conversation we work individually, in pairs and in groups. Students should actively participate in the lesson and work continuously during the semester (home assignments and various projects).

- 289 -

Literature: Literature: 1. Specht/Habersack/Pude: Menschen A2/1. Kursbuch mit DVD- ROM. Niveau: A2/1. Hueber Verlag 2013. 2. Sarita Batra/Karin Ransberger: Menschen A2: Deutsch als Fremdsprache/Intensivtrainer mit Audio-CD . 2016. Additional literature 3. Christiane Lemcke, Lutz Rohrmann/Grammatik Intensivtrainer NEU A2/ Deutsch als Fremdsprache (DaF) Niveau: A2/Klett Verlag 2017 4. Christiane Lemcke, Lutz Rohrmann/Wortschatz Intensivtrainer NEU A2/ Deutsch als Fremdsprache (DaF) Niveau: A2/Klett Verlag 2017 5. Christiane Lemcke, Lutz Rohrmann/Schreiben Intensivtrainer NEU A2/ Deutsch als Fremdsprache (DaF) Niveau: A2/Klett Verlag 2017 6. Duden: Die Grammatik (Der Duden Band 4). 7., völlig neu erarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Mannheim. Dudenverlag 2005. 7. Karin Hall / Barbara Scheiner: Übungsbuchgrammatik. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Max Huber Verlag 2001. 8. Langenscheidt Handwörterbuch Deutsch-Albanisch Albanisch- Deutsch, Langenscheidt 1999. 9. Langenscheidt Wörterbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache Bild für Bild - Bildwörterbuch: 7.500 Begriffe, Redewendungen und Sätze in tausenden Bildern, Deutsch (Langenscheidt Wörterbuch Bild für Bild) Taschenbuch. 2016 10. Wiebke Strank: Da fehlen mir die Worte. Systematische Wortschatzerwerb für fortgeschrittene Lerner in Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Schubert Verlag. Leipzig 2010.

S1 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 1.2 Grammar of German Language I (Basis) 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 1 year, 1 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 This course is intended for students to know the basic concepts of grammar of the German language Linguistic knowledge will be

obtained, but with numerous exercises will affect directly. Course Description and 6 objectives (Competence) in establishing the correctness of expression in German. Results Objectives of the subject: - To familiarize students with the functions of parts of speech (name, article, verb, adjectivs…) and use them correctly

- 290 -

Results: To recognize all categories of verb, name, article and adjective - To transmit knowledge in concrete examples - Show an increase in accuracy in the use of the German language

The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Eisenberg, Peter (2006): Grundriss der deutschen Grammatik. Band 1: Das Wort. 3. Auflage. Stuttgart, Weimar: Metzler. 2. Eisenberg, Peter (2006): Grundriss der deutschen Grammatik. Band 2: Der Satz. 3. Auflage. Stuttgart, Weimar: Metzler. 3. Engel, Ulrich: Deutsche Grammatik. Neubearb. München: Iudicium 2004. 4. Helbig, Gerhard / Joachim Buscha (2013): Deutsche Grammatik, Ein Handbuch für Ausländerunderricht. München: Klett-Langenscheidt. 5. Hoffman,Ludger (2014): Deutsche Grammatik. Grundlagen für Lehrerausbildung, Schule, Deutsch als Zweitsprache und Deutsch als Fremdsprache 2 Aufl.. Berlin: Erich Schmidt Literature: 10 Verlag. Duden, Band 4. Die Grammatik. Hrsg. von der Dudenredaktion. Neudruck der 9. Aufl. Mannheim [u.a.]: Dudenverlag 2016. 6. Dreyer, Hilke / Schmitt, Richard: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. München: Ismaning 2013. 7. DUDEN. Die Grammatik. Hrsg. von den Dudenredaktion. Band 4. Mannheim, Wien u.a.: Dudenverlag 82009. 8. Hall, Karin / Schneider, Barbara: Übungsgrammatik für Fortgeschrittene DaF. München: Ismaning 2013. 9. Helbig, Gerhard /Buscha, Joachim Deutsche Grammatik. Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht. Berlin, München u. a.: Langenscheidt 2013. 10. Helbig, Gerhard /Buscha, Joachim: Übungsgrammatik. Leipzig: Langenscheidt 2000.

- 291 -

S1 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 1.3 Introduction to the German Linguistics 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 1 year, 1 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 This course is a review of general linguistics, emphasizing the theory and methodology of the traditional central areas of the field—phonetics, phonology, morphology, and syntax—with Course Description and special concentration on phonological and syntactic theories and 6 objectives (Competence) analytical techniques. The remainder of the course will cover topics on: phonetics, morphology, historical linguistics, semantics and pragmatics, sociolinguistics, and psycholinguistics.

The first test has from 1-30 points Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 points 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 points The final test has 1-20 points Total: 100 points 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, and final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10

1. Buch, Albert/Stenschke, Oliver (2008): Germanistische Linguistik. Eine Einführung. 2. durchges. u. korr. Aufl. Tübingen: Narr. Literature: 2. Graefen, Gabriele/Liedke, Martina (2012): Germanisctische 10 Sprachwissenschaft. Deutsch als Erst-, Zweit- oder Fremdsprache. 2., überarb. u. erweiterte Auflage. mit CD-ROM. Tübingen: A. Franke Verlag 3. Ossner, Jakob/ Zinsmeister, Heike (Hrsg.): Sprachwissenschaft für das Lehramt. Ferdinand Schöningh, Paderborn 2014.

S1 Professor: Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini

No MODULE: 1.4 Introduction to German literature 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 1 year, 1 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 6

- 292 -

The course primaly will treat the theorical problem in literature in general and later will focus on the problems of german literature. In this field, first of all will made the effort that students receive insights on key qualifications to work as: labor techniques, obtaining information, textual criticism, basic text analysis, but also more extensive information on literature in general and German literature in particular. At the same time there will be a textual practice methodically. In the context of this course also practiced using literature and research monographs and other scientific auxiliary. At the same time will be a critical exercise to Course Description and 6 mendurait reading of literary texts. objectives (Competence) The goals of this course are that the student get to know the work techniques, reach to retrieve information also criticism of the text and bases of text analysis are targets of this course. It will also obtain more extensive information on literature in general and in particular German literature as the development eras in the history of German literature, the most essential features of German literature and writings and leading authors of German literature.

After completing this course the student will be able to prove that has knowledge in the field of science of German literature, which knowledge Evaluation: can be used in further studies. To prove that owns knowledge and skills 7 in the field of research that are essential for the preparation of seminar papers. To prove that owns knowledge and skills about literary genres and analyze them.

In the process of teaching are applied contemporary methodology. Different modified forms of teaching, independent work of students under contemporary forms of cooperation (individual reflection oral and 8 Teaching Elements: written work in pairs, small group work, careful reading and writing assignments).

1. Allkemper, Alo/Eke, Norbert O.: Literaturwissenschaft: Eine Einführung in die Literaturwissenschaft. Wilhelm Fink Verlag 2010. 2. Klewitter, Anne/Ostheimer, Michael: Literaturtheorie – Literature: Ansätze und Anwendungen. Göttingen: 10 Vandenhoeck&Rupprecht 2008. 3. Kafitz, Dieter: Literaturtheorien in der textanalytischen Praxis. Würzburg: Königshausen&Neumann 2007. 4. Schultes-Sasse, Jochen/ Werner, Renate: Einführung in die Literaturwissenschaft. München: Wilhelm Fink Verlag 1977.

- 293 -

5. Vogt, Jochen: Einladung zur Literaturwissenschaft. München: Wilhelm Fink Verlag 1991. 6. Vogt, Jochen: Wie analysiere ich eine Erzählung? München: Wilhelm Fink Verlag 2011.

S1 Professor: Mr.sc. Vilson Marku (PhD cand.)

No MODULE: 1.5. GERMAN CULTURE AND CIVILISATION I- 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 1. year, 1. Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 Anyone who speaks or wants to learn German should also know the basics of German culture, language and literature. The aim of this course is to acquire basic knowledge in the history of German culture, with particular emphasis on the relationship between historical and cultural happenings. Cultural history as a basis for understanding current political and cultural issues as well as German cultural identity. Combining

knowledge from different areas of German culture, such as literature, art, Course Description and 6 architecture, music. objectives (Competence) Awareness of Students for Cultural Political Events in German History.

It will discuss the most important historical and cultural happenings and personalities that discuss social and economic processes, the main achievements in philosophy, the performing arts and architecture, literature and other cultural phenomena of the past (the main institutions, daily life, worldview etc.).

- 294 -

Fachmedien, Wiesbaden, 2012. 2. Die Geschichte der Deutschen erzählt Wilhelm von Sternburg, Campus Verlag, Frankfurt/New York, 2005. 3. Demant, Alexander: Über die Deutschen. Eine kleine Kulturgeschichte, Propyläen-Berlin,32009. 4. Gössmann, Wilhelm: Deutsche Kulturgeschichte im Grundriss, Grupello Verlag- Düsseldorf, 2006. 5. Hamann, Richard: Geschichte der Kunst, Th.Knaur- Verlag,München, 1932, S.377-476;681-896. 6. Jordan, Gerda, Deutsche Kultur in Epochen, Peter Lang, New York, 1993. 7. Kleine deutsche Geschichte, Reclam, Stuttgart, 2006. 8. Naumann, Günter, Deutsche Geschichte. Das Alte Reich 925-1806, Marix Verlag Wiesbaden, 2009. 9. Van Dülmen, Richard: Kultur und Alltag in der Frühen Neuzeit. Das Haus und seine Menschen, C. H. Beck, München, 2005.

Online ressources:

10. https://www.tatsachen-ueber- deutschland.de/de/system/files/download/tatsachen_2015_deu.pdf 11. https://www.tatsachen-ueber- deutschland.de/partner/epaper/epaper- Jugendbuch_TuD_2015_DEU/

Additional Literature:

12. Die mittelalterliche Kunst in Deutschland, në: Hamann, R. “Geschichte der Kunst”, Knaur, Berlin, 1932, fq. 213-337. 13. Bumke J. Höfische Kultur.Literatur und Gesellschaft im hohen Mittelalter,dtv München, 102008. 14. Moebius S./Quadlflieg D. (Hrsg.), Kultur.Theorien der Gegenwart,VS Verlag,Wiesbaden,2006.

S1 Professor: Prof. Dr. Xhafer Beqiraj

No MODULE: 1.6 Albanian Language I 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 1 year, 1 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4

6 Course Description and objectives (Competence)

- 295 -

1. Beci, Bahri, Gramatika e gjuhës shqipe, EDFA, Tiranë, 2010. Memushaj, Literature: 10 2. Rami, Morfonologji e eptimit të shqipes standarde, Infbotues, Tiranë, 2012. 3. ASHSH, Gjuha shqipe I, IGJLSH, Tiranë, 2002.

SECOND YEAR – THIRD SEMESTER

Obligatory courses:

S2 Professor: Mr. Ilir Krusha

No. MODULE: 2.1 Language Practice I (A2/1) 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature 2 Academic Year: Year 1, Semester II 3 Compulsory/Elective: Compulsory

4 Rato, Duration: 15 weeks, 0+4

5 No. Credits ECTS: 4

Course Description and The course aims, as a continuation of the previous semester, to provide 6 Objectives elementary grammar knowledge to the student. Special emphasis will be on the practice of German spoken and written language. This course aims

to continue the development of communicative and social skills needed for communication in this language and in writing, reading, speaking and

- 296 -

listening. Different reading and listening strategies are conducted (global, selective and detailed). There are also productive skills (features of different types of texts, speech) and receptive ones. All four skills will be exercised through the handling of different topics. The themes to be elaborated during this semester will be enriched by the student's lexicon with new words of the above mentioned linguistic level. In addition to textbooks from the basic book, authentic texts related to everyday life, German language grammar for foreigners, CDs for the exercise of listening skills and digital forms will be used for the development of the lesson, which is provided by the publisher of the literature as are: internet platform for online exercises and applications for mobile mobiles etc. During the exercises the students will also present seminars with different topics that are in line with the course program

Course objectives: - enable students to combine language with real life skills; to increase students' ability to communicate on certain topics with German speakers; - enable the student to become an efficient and flexible user of the German language both for personal and professional purposes; - encourage independent learning. - Developing the student's receptive and productive skills at A2 level of the Common European Framework for Languages; - to prove that he possesses basic knowledge of German grammar; - Understand information in everyday life conversations, but also radio or telephone announcements; Evaluation - to extract certain information from articles in the newspapers, reports related to daily life and the instruction table; - to handle different topics from electronic and written media; - to write messages and official letters, which are directly related to the surrounding environment; - to formulate questions about certain topics and react to them; - in daily conversations agree or negotiate for something. Teaching is accomplished through the use of combined methods and cognitive, communicative and intercultural approaches to improve the receptive and productive linguistic skills. Through the method of 7 Teaching Methods: conversation we work individually, in pairs and in groups. Students should actively participate in learning and work continuously during the semester (home assignments and various projects).

Point evaluation: 01-49 = 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 81-90 = 9, 91-100 = 10 Assessment and Grading 8 Exam:

Listening - 20% Reading - 20% Writing -20%

- 297 -

Speaking - 20% Participation & activity: 20%

Literature: 1. Specht/Habersack/Pude: Menschen A2/2. Kursbuch mit DVD- ROM. Niveau: A2/1. Hueber Verlag 2013. 2. Sarita Batra/Karin Ransberger: Menschen A2: Deutsch als Fremdsprache/Intensivtrainer mit Audio-CD . 2016. Additional literature: 3. Christiane Lemcke, Lutz Rohrmann/Grammatik Intensivtrainer NEU A2/ Deutsch als Fremdsprache (DaF) Niveau: A2/Klett Verlag 2017 4. Christiane Lemcke, Lutz Rohrmann/Wortschatz Intensivtrainer NEU A2/ Deutsch als Fremdsprache (DaF) Niveau: A2/Klett Verlag 2017 5. Christiane Lemcke, Lutz Rohrmann/Schreiben Intensivtrainer NEU A2/ Deutsch als Fremdsprache (DaF) Niveau: A2/Klett 9 Literature: Verlag 2017 6. Duden: Die Grammatik (Der Duden Band 4). 7., völlig neu erarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Mannheim. Dudenverlag 2005. 7. Karin Hall / Barbara Scheiner: Übungsbuchgrammatik. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Max Huber Verlag 2001. 8. Langenscheidt Handwörterbuch Deutsch-Albanisch Albanisch- Deutsch, Langenscheidt 1999. 9. Langenscheidt Wörterbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache Bild für Bild - Bildwörterbuch: 7.500 Begriffe, Redewendungen und Sätze in tausenden Bildern, Deutsch (Langenscheidt Wörterbuch Bild für Bild) Taschenbuch. 2016 10. Wiebke Strank: Da fehlen mir die Worte. Systematische Wortschatzerwerb für fortgeschrittene Lerner in Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Schubert Verlag. Leipzig 2010.

S2 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 2.2 Phonetics and Phonology of German Language 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 1 year, 2 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 The course aims to initially handle phonetics basic definitions, Course Description and focus on the phonetic characteristics of German acoustic and on 6 objectives (Competence) the basis of a typological characterization of German to explain difficulties in the standard level of sounds.

- 298 -

Referring Course of Language Practice – I –VI German Modern Language, this course will address the particular difficulties of German verbal expressions.

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Staffeldt, Seven (2010): Einführung in die Phonetik, Phonologie und Graphematik des Deutschen: Ein Leitfaden für den akademischen Unterricht. Verlag: Stauffenburg. Literature: 10 2. Noack, Christina (2010): Phonologie. Heidelberg: Winter. 3. Wiese, Richard (2011): Phonetik und Phonologie. Paderborn: Fink 4. DUDEN 2005. Aussprachewörterbuch. Bd. 6. Mannheim: Duden Verlag

S2 Professor: Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini

No MODULE: 2.3 Literature I 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 1 year, 2 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 The main purpose of the course is that in this semester students take general knowledge of German medieval literature, will be provided general knowledge on literature in old German language, then being introduced in the German Middle Ages. Special focus is increased in development of literature in the early Middle Ages and the late medieval German. Students will have the opportunity to closely observe the Course Description and 6 development of the German language but also the changes of style in objectives (Competence) literature and writing purposes in the early days. In general it will be an

overview of medieval literature in general and an overview of writings, genres, producers and recipients of medieval literature and an overview of the function of literature in the Middle Ages and in the early days. Within this period, students will be introduced to literare writings with important authors of these periods. They will learn about the major

- 299 -

literary genres, will look more closely acquainted with history's background and its influence on leterare texts. Within this semester are also provided analysis and interpretation of works by important representatives of these eras.

To have a general overview on medieval German literature in general Evaluation: and also to recognize generally the writings, genres, producers and 7 recipients of medieval German literature.

8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. A., Herbert und Frenzel, Elisabeth: Daten der deutschen Dichtung. Chronologischer Abriß der deutschen Literaturgeschichte. Band 1. Von den Anfängen bis zum Jungen Deutschland. München: Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag, 1997.

2. Balzer, Bernd und Mertens, Volker: Deutsche Literatur in Literature: 10 Schlaglichtern. Mannheim, Wien, Zürich: Meyers

Lexikonverlag, 1990.

3. Boockmann, Hartmut: Einführung in die Geschichte des Mittelalters. München, 2001. 4. Brunner, Horst: Geschichte der deutschen Literatur des Mittelalters im Überblick. Stuttgart: Reclam, 2000.

S2 Professor: Mr.sc. Vilson Marku (PhD cand.)

No MODULE: 2.4. GERMAN CULTURE AND CIVILISATION II- 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 1 year, 2 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 It will discuss the most important historical and cultural happenings and personalities that discuss social and economic processes, the main achievements in philosophy, the performing arts and architecture, literature

and other cultural phenomena of the past (the main institutions, daily life, Course Description and 6 worldview etc.). objectives (Competence) This semester, students acquire basic knowledge of German cultural history

from the time of the Reformation to the present day. At the same time, they create a critical awareness of development and cultural identity, linking the different aspects of culture and being able to differentiate and interpret

- 300 -

them independently. Students give lectures in groups on the current topics of the German society. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 Basic Literature:

1. Beyme, Klaus: Kulturpolitik in Deutschland: Von der Staatsförderung zur Kreativwirtschaft, Springer Fachmedien, Wiesbaden, 2012. 2. Die Geschichte der Deutschen erzählt Wilhelm von Sternburg, Campus Verlag, Frankfurt/New York, 2005. 3. Demant, Alexander: Über die Deutschen. Eine kleine Kulturgeschichte, Propyläen-Berlin,32009. 4. Gössmann, Wilhelm: Deutsche Kulturgeschichte im Grundriss, Grupello Verlag- Düsseldorf, 2006. 5. Hamann, Richard: Geschichte der Kunst, Th. Knaur-Verlag, München, 1932, 6. Jordan, Gerda, Deutsche Kultur in Epochen, Peter Lang, New York, 1993. 7. Kleine deutsche Geschichte, Reclam, Stuttgart, 2006. 8. Naumann, Günter, Deutsche Geschichte. Das Alte Reich

925-1806, Marix Verlag Wiesbaden, 2009. Literature: 10 9. Van Dülmen, Richard: Kultur und Alltag in der Frühen Neuzeit. Das Haus und seine Menschen, C. H. Beck, München, 2005.

Online ressources:

10. https://www.tatsachen-ueber- deutschland.de/de/system/files/download/tatsachen_2015_deu.pdf 11. https://www.tatsachen-ueber- deutschland.de/partner/epaper/epaper- Jugendbuch_TuD_2015_DEU/

Additional Literature:

12. Clark K. Zivilisation, Rowohlt, Hamburg, 1970 13. Moebius S./Quadlflieg D. (Hrsg.), Kultur.Theorien der Gegenwart,VS Verlag,Wiesbaden,2006.

- 301 -

S1 Professor: Prof.ass.dr. Sermin Turtulla No MODULE: 2.5 ENGLISH LANGUAGE I 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 1 year, 2 semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 English Language I course design aims at the development of students’ receptive and productive skills, both integrating them, as well as focusing on separate skills in turn. Apart from strategies and techniques for the development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing),

the course will foster the development of students’ study and language Course Description and 6 learning skills. In addition, structures and vocabulary will be incorporated objectives(Competence) into communicative tasks undertaken within the scope of the course,

focusing on usage rather than form. Additional component of the course will be the development of students’ ability in using sources and resources in order to improve their language learning and studying skills. The course will lead students from level A2 to B1 of CEFR. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 81-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Cunningham, Sarah & Peter Moor, Cutting Edge - Pre-intermediate, Student's book, PearsonILongman 2. Cunningham, Sarah & Peter Moor, Cutting Edge - Pre-intermediate, Workbook, PearsonlLongman, Class CDs 3. Sue Kay, Vaughan Jones & Philip Kerr, Inside out, Pre-intermediate, Student' s books, Macmillan (American English version) 4. Sue Kay, Vaughan Jones & Philip Kerr, Inside out, Pre-intermediate, Workbook, Macmillan (AmericanEnglish version) 5. Classes CDs Literature: 6. Paul Davis, Barbara Garside and Mario Rinvolucri, Ways of Doing, 10 Cambridge University Press

7. Stuart Redman, English Vocabulary in Use, Cambridge University Press 8. Joanne Collie and Stephen Slater, Cambridge skills for Fluency, Listening 1, CUP 9. Joanne Collie and Stephen Slater, Cambridge skills for Fluency, Speaking 1, CUP 10. Simon Greenhall and Diane Pye, Cambridge skills for Fluency, Reading 1 , CUP 11. Andrew Littlejohn, Cambridge skills for Fluency, Writing 1 , CUP

- 302 -

S2 Professor: Prof. Dr. Xhafer Beqiraj

No MODULE: 2.6 Albanian Language II 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 1 year, 2 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5

Course Description and 6 objectives (Competence)

Literature: 1. Çeliku, Mehmet, Sintaksa e gjuhës shqipe, Ilar, Tiranë, 2012. 10 2. Topalli, Teftë, Sintaksa e fjalisë, ISA, Shkodër, 2011.

3. ASHSH, Gramatika e gjuhës shqipe II , Tiranë, 2002.

2 YEAR – 4 SEMESTER

Obligatory courses:

- 303 -

S3 Professor: Mr. Armend Bytyqi

No. MODULE: 3.1 Language Practice III (B1/1) 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature 2 Academic Year: Year II, Semester III 3 Compulsory/Elective: Elective

4 Rato, Duration: 15 weeks, 0+6

5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 The development of communicative and social skills for enhanced communication in writing, reading, speaking and listening are the goal of this course. All four skills will be taught through the treatment of different topics through which this semester will be enriched with students with new words of level B1 / 1. In addition to the basic textbooks, authentic texts related to everyday life, grammar of German language for foreigners, CDs for the practice of listening skills and digital forms, which are provided by the publisher of literature, will be used for learning development. are: internet platform for online exercises and applications Course Description and Objectives for mobile mobiles etc. During the exercises the students will also present seminars with different topics that are in line with the course program.

Course objectives: - Provide students with general grammar and language knowledge. - enable students to combine the language freely and without mistakes. - to increase the students' ability to talk and present on more 6 extensive topics; - apply independent learning. - to prove that he possesses a consistent knowledge of German in everyday life and who is linguistic in all important situations of everyday life; - Understand information from various articles, allegations of certain topics, and conversations. - Issue specific information from articles in newspapers, announcements related to situations of different articles; Evaluation - to handle different topics from electronic and written media; - to write messages and official letters, to comment and to give opinions about certain topics. - be able to present presentations on different topics; - be able to offer and contradict arguments and opinions; - have an approximate pronunciation of the German language as a native language.

- 304 -

Contemporary methodology is applied in the teaching process. Different forms of modified lecture, independent work of students according to 7 Teaching Methods: contemporary forms of cooperation (individual and written reflection, work on doubles, small group work, attentive reading and written assignment). Point evaluation: 01-49 = 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 81-90 = 9, 91-100 = 10 Exam: Assessment and Grading Listening - 20% 8 Reading - 20% Writing -20% Speaking - 20% Participation & activity: 20% Literature: 1. Orth-Chambah/Perlmann-Balme/Schwalb: Sicher! Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Niveau B1. Hueber Verlag 2012. 2. Marion Lütke: Aspekte neu B1 plus/Mittelstufe Deutsch/Intensivtrainer- Klett 2017. Additional Literature: 3. Langenscheidt Großwörterbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache: Deutsch-Deutsch (Einsprachige Wörterbücher) 2015 4. Buscha/Szita: Deutsch als Fremdsprache. 9 Literature: Übungsgrammatik. Sprachniveau B1. Schubert Verlag. Leipzig 2011. 5. Dreyer/Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag. Muenchen 2010. 6. Duden: Die Grammatik (Der Duden Band 4). 7., völlig neu erarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Mannheim. Dudenverlag 2005. 7. Helbig/Buscha: Deutsche Grammatik: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht, Langenscheidt 2008. 8. Karin/Scheiner: Übungsbuchgrammatik. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Max Hueber Verlag 2001. 9. Wiebke Strank: Da fehlen mir die Worte. Systematische Wortschatzerwerb für fortgeschrittene Lerner in Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Schubert Verlag. Leipzig 2010.

S2 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 3.2 German morphology 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 1 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5

- 305 -

To introduce students with the basics of the German language morphology - To introduce students with the concepts and problems of morphem and lexem types Course Description and 6 - Enable students to deal with the application of the theory objectives (Competence) of morphological structures

After the completion of this subject the students should be able to: -To make morphological analysis of words - To distinguish and classify the morpheme

The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Elsen, Hilke (2013): Wortschatzanalyse. Tübingen: A. Franke 2. Eisenberg, Peter (2006): Grundriss der deutschen Grammatik. Band Das Wort. 3. Auflage. Stuttgart, Weimar: Metzler. 3. Heringer, Hans Jürgen (2009): Morphologie. Paderborn: W. Fink 4. Römer, C. (2006): Morphologie der deutschen Sprache, UTB, Narr:Francke, Tübingen 5. Graefen, Gabriele/Liedke, Martina (2012): Germanisctische Sprachwissenschaft. Deutsch als Erst-, Zweit- oder Fremdsprache. 2., überarb. u. erweiterte Auflage. mit CD-ROM. Tübingen: A. Franke Verlag S. 97 - 123 Literature: 10 6. Ossner, Jakob/ Zinsmeister, Heike (Hrsg.) (2014): Sprachwissenschaft für das Lehramt. Ferdinand Schöningh, Paderborn 7. Duden, Band 4. (2016): Die Grammatik. Hrsg. von der Dudenredaktion. Neudruck der 9. Aufl. Mannheim [u.a.] 8. Dreyer, Hilke / Schmitt, Richard (2013): Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. München: Ismaning 9. Hall, Karin / Schneider, Barbara(2013): Übungsgrammatik für Fortgeschrittene DaF. München: Ismaning. 10. Helbig, Gerhard /Buscha, Joachim (2013):Deutsche Grammatik. Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht. Berlin, München u. a.: Langenscheidt.

- 306 -

S4 Professor: Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini

No MODULE: 3.3 German Literature II 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 4 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 In the third semester of German Literature 2 will begin with the period of the Renaissance, Humanism and the Reformation, then continuing with Baroque periods, the Enlightenment, and ending Empfindsamkeit Course Description and Sturm und Drang in (Thunderstorms and Elan). 6 objectives (Competence) At the end of the semester the student will have sufficient knowledge

about the ages mentioned above, it will introduce authors and most popular writings of these periods and will be able to interpret them.

During this time students will be able to interpret the works of different authors - representatives of these eras - from the various stages of creation. Generally, students will be able to capture the notion of text Evaluation: that reflects the characteristics of literary communication. At the same 7 time there will be an overview of the basics and the principle of scientific knowledge and hermeneutics. Will also be a training for independent scientific literature through a critical review of current methods always according to the science of literature.

8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Deutsche literaturgeschichte von den Afängen bis zur Gegenwart. Von:Wolfgang Beutin, matthias Beilein, klaus Ehlert, Wolfgang emmerich u.a. Achte aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage.J.B.Metzler Verlag 2013. 2. Peter Nusser: Deutsche Literatur: Eine Sozial- und Kulturgeschichte. (Vom Mittelalter bis zur frühen Neuzeit / Literature: 10 Vom Barock bis zur Gegenwart). Verlag:

3. WBG (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft)2012 (1. Auflage) 4. Sorensen, Bengt Algot: Geschichte der deutschen Literatur 1. Vom Mittelalter bis zur Romantik. München: Beck 2003. 5. Zmegac, Viktor: Geschichtliche Probleme der neueren deutschen Literatur vom 18. Jahrhundert bis zur Gegenwart. Bd. 1/1, 1/2, 2/1, 2/2, 3/1, 3/2. Weinheim: Athenäum 1996.

- 307 -

S3 Professor: Mr.sc. Vilson Marku (PhD cand.)

No MODULE: 3.4. Introduction to the Working Techniques on the German Study 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2.year, 3. Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 In this lecture we are talking about scientific working techniques in the study of German Language. Focusing on the methods of scientific work that will be taught in this lecture- are also for other subjects fundamental, lingustics. To give students a clearer guidance, the following topics will be discussed during the lecture: How is a scientific paper written? How is a scientific report held? How is research literature required? Prepare a Course Description and PowerPoint Presentation, the difference between text editions 6 objectives (Competence) (Textausgaben), how do you read and interpret a scientific text? Etc.

In this semester, the students get first-hand knowledge of what the study of Germani Language, and secondly the methods of scientific work for the Germans. Specifically, students learn about these key topics: How is a scientific paper written? How is a scientific report held? How is research literature required?

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 Basic Literature: 1. Sittig, C. Arbeitstechniken Germanistik, überarbeitete und verbesserte Auflage, Klett, Stuttgart, 2013. Literature: 10 2. Moennighoff, B./Meyer-Krentle, E. Arbeitstechniken Literaturwissenschaft, UTB, Stuttgart, 162013. 3. Schäfer S./Heinrich D. Wissenschaftliches Arbeiten an deutschen Universitäten, IUDICIUM Verlag München, 2010.

- 308 -

3. Additional Literatur:

4. Esselborn-Krumbiegel H. Richtig wissenschaftlich schreiben, UTB, Paderborn, 42016. 5. Esselborn-Krumbiegel H. Von der Idee zum Text. Eine Anleitung zum wissenschaftlichen Schreiben, 4 Schöningh,Paderborn, 2014. 6. Grätz, F. Duden. Wie verfasst man wissenschaftliche Arbeiten?: Ein Leitfaden für das Studium und die Promotion, Dudenverlag, 2006. 7. Karmasin, M./Ribing, R. Die Gestaltung wissenschaftlicher 8. Arbeiten: Ein Leitfaden für Seminararbeiten, Bachelor-, Master- und Magisterarbeiten sowie Dissertationen, UTB, 72012

S4 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 3.5 Introduction in to the didactic of language 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 3 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+ 0, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 3

The course covers the instruments that help students improve their knowledge of the language in the field of didactic. Theories and attitudes towards the didactic, the introduction in to the didacticsoc of languages. Students will be introduced with some basic words and notions on methodology and didactics Course Description and 6 objectives (Competence) Course objectives and Learning outcomes:

- to introduce the concepts of didactics - to learn, describe and classify four language competences based on CEFR

- 309 -

Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Ursula Bredel,Hartmut Günther, Peter Klotz (2006): Didaktik der deutschen Sprache, Bd1, 2, UTB 2. Gerd Brenner (2016): Methoden für Deutsch und Fremdsprachen, Lernen und Lehren, Cornelsen Verlag, Berlin 3. Trim, John / North, Brian u. a. (2009): Gemeinsamer europäischer Referenzrahmen für Sprachen: lernen, lehren, beurteilen: Lernen, lehren, beurteilen. Niveau A1, A2, B1, B2. Hrsg. von Goethe-Institut. Übers. von Jürgen Quetz. –

Literature: Berlin, Wien u.a.: Lagenscheidt . 10 4. Faistauer, Renate (2001): Zur Rolle der Fertigkeiten. - In: Gerhard Helbig (Hg.): Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Ein internationales Handbuch. – Wien: de Gruyeter 2001, S. 865- 871 5. Gerard Westhoff: Mentale Handlungsstrukturen bei Faustregeln. (Unpublished manuscript. Vorlesungsskript, Wien 2006) 6. Ossner, Jakob/ Zinsmeister, Heike (Hrsg.) (2014): Sprachwissenschaft für das Lehramt. Ferdinand Schöningh, Paderborn.

S2 Professor: Prof. Ass. dr. Sermin Turtulla

No MODULE: 3.6 English language II 1 Study Program: Albanian Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 3 semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 1+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 English language II course is a course that succeeds English language I. The main goal is to build upon the language skills gained in the preceding course and develop them further. Consequently, the focus will be both on integrated skills, as well as on particular skills, including receptive Course Description and and productive skills. The skills development will be based on topical 6 objectives(Competence) content which is in the students’ sphere of interests, and at the same time informative and educational. They are comprised in the primary literature; however, students will be encouraged to explore and contribute to the course by bringing in materials to be shared with their peers. The course will lead students from level B1 to B2 of CEFR. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam.

- 310 -

Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 81-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Cunningham, Sarah & Peter Moor, Cutting Edge - Intermediate, Student' s book, Pearson/ Longman 2. Cunningham, Sarah & Peter Moor, Cutting Edge - Intermediate, Workbook, Pearson/Longman 3. Accompanying CDs of the course 4. Sue Kay & Vaughan Jones, Inside Out, Intermediate, Student' book, Macmillan 5. Sue Kay & Vaughan Jones, Inside Out, Intermediate, Workbook, Macmillan 6. Adrian Doff & Carolyn Becket, Cambridge skills for fluency, Literature: Listening 2, CUP 10 7. Joan Collie & Stephen Slater, Cambridge skills for fluency, Speaking 2, CUP 8. Simon Greenall, Diana Pye, Cambridge skills for fluency, Reading 2, CUP 9. Andrew Littlejohn, Cambridge skills for fluency, Writing 2, CUP 10. Mary A.De Vries, The new American handbook of letter writing and other forms of correspondence, Second edition, 2000 11. Stuart Redman. ( 1 999). English Vocabulary in Use, CUP 12. Paul Davis, Barbara Garside and Mario Rinvolucri, (1999). Ways of Doing. CUP.

S1 Professor: Mr. Muhamet Shabani

Nr. MODULE: 3.7 French Language I 1 Study Program: French Language and Literature 2 Academic Year: Year II, Semester III 3 Compulsory/Elective: Optional

4 Rato, Duration: 15 weeks, 1+2

5 No. Credits ECTS: 4

The course aims to provide students with elementary grammar knowledge. Course Description and Special emphasis will be given to the practice of the French language both Objectives in spoken and written language. This course aims at developing the 6 communicative and social skills needed for communication in this language and in writing, reading, speaking and listening. Different reading and listening strategies are conducted (global, selective and detailed). There are also productive skills (features of different types of texts, speech) and receptive ones. All four skills will be exercised through the

- 311 -

handling of different topics. The themes to be elaborated during this semester will be enriched by the student's lexicon with new words of the above mentioned linguistic level. In addition to textbooks from the basic book, authentic texts related to everyday life, French language grammar for foreigners, CDs for the exercise of listening skills and digital forms will be used for the development of the lesson, which is provided by the publisher of the literature as are: internet platform for online exercises and applications for mobile mobiles etc. During the exercises the students will also present seminars with different topics that are in line with the course program.

Objectives of the course:

- enable students to combine language with real life skills; - to increase student confidence and ability to communicate with French speakers; - enable the student to become an efficient and flexible user of the French language both for personal and professional purposes; - encourage independent learning - - to prove that he possesses elementary knowledge of French grammar; - - Understand the most important information in everyday life conversations, but also short radio or telephone announcements; Evaluation - - extract relevant information from short newspaper articles, reports related to daily life, and from the instruction table; - - to write messages that are directly related to the surrounding environment; - - to formulate questions about the topics of daily life and to react to them; - - in daily conversations agree or negotiate for something. Learning is accomplished through the use of combined methods and cognitive, communicative and intercultural approaches to improve the receptive and productive linguistic skills. Through the method of 7 Teaching Methods: conversation we work individually, in pairs and in groups. Students should actively participate in the lesson and work continuously during the semester (home assignments and various projects).

Point evaluation: 01-49 = 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 81-90 = 9, 91-100 = 10 Assessment and Grading Exam: 8 Listening- 20% Reading - 20%

Writing -20% Speaking - 20% Participation & activity: 20%

9 Literature: Literature:

- 312 -

11. Le nouveau Taxi 1, Guy Capelle, Robert Menand, Méthode de français, DVD-ROM Inclus, Français langue étrangère, 2009 12. Le nouveau Taxi 2, Robert Menand, Méthode de français, DVD- ROM inclus, Français langue étrangère, 2009 Additional Literature: 13. ALTER EGO, Méthode de Français 1, A1, CD Inclus, 14. ALTER EGO, Méthode de Français 2, A2 +, CD Inclus, 15. Café crème, méthode de français 16. CALLAMAND, M. Grammaire vivante du Français, Paris, Larousse, 1989 17. Bescherelle 1, La conjugaison de 12000 verbes, Paris, Hatier, 1990 18. Reflet, méthode de Français, 19. Conjugaison, Exerçons-nous, 350 exercices- 1000 verbes à conjuguer , J.Bady, I.Greaves, A.Petetin, 20. Le nouvel entraînez-vous, vocabulaire, 450 nouveau exercices, Thierry Gallier, janvier 2006 21. Exercices de grammaire en contexte, Anne Akyüz,01/2009

S3 Professor: Prof. Dr. Brikena Kadzadej

No MODULE: 3.8 Reading and understanding texts 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 3 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The main purpose of the course is reading texts, their meaning, the development of knowledge, determination of their themes and structures. Through systematic reading, students can improve their skills for scientific work , where information about methods, ways , bringing up the issues and arguments and learn to deal seriously with different themes. The purpose of this course is to provide students improve reading competencies and understanding of texts, as well as offer Course Description and students more knowledge in reading and interpreting scientific texts. 6 objectives (Competence) Students who come through various exercises to understand the content, purpose and structure of formal written text, especially scientific texts. Students learn reading global and detailed selective complex texts. The classes will be conducted techniques and tasks of the analysis of German language texts in speaking as well as in writing . The purpose of this course is that students can learn German more easily and more efficiently.

- 313 -

Objectives and expected outcomes of the course:

After completing this course ( course ) students will be able to :

- Read different texts ( scientific ) and to understand and interpret them

- To understand what an author wants to convey in his text ,

- Have a clear connection ( coherence and cohesion ) between sentences, paragraphs, etc. of a text

- Identify key words and interpret the text through them

- Find the meaning of unknown words

- To understand and analyze the structures and sentences

- To use different strategies of reading, such as general reading and detailed selective texts ( complex). The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10

- 314 -

1. Michelmann U., Walter ( 2012): Effizient lesen: Das Know-how für Zeit- und Informationsgewinn (German Edition) Gabler Verlag.

2. Bayerlein, Oliver (Hrsg.) (2013): Campus Deutsch: Lesen B2/C1.

Hueber Verlag. München. Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Literature: Darmstadt. 10

3. Künstler, Daniel ( 2008): Wie nun wird das Lesen gelehrt?:

Fremdsprachliche Lesedidaktik im Spannungsfeld zwischen Lesetheorie und unterrichtlicher Praxis - am Beispiel DaF

4. Texts / different parts of texts (scientific) that will be analized in the classroom.

S5 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 3.9 Error analysis 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 3 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4

The course covers the instruments that help students improve their knowledge of the language and error analysis: theories and attitudes towards errors and their correction; the causes; description and classification of errors and their correction in written and orally; different types of correction.

Course objectives and Learning outcomes:

Course Description and 6 - to analyse errors, objectives (Competence) - to learn, describe and classify errors, - to learn about the written and oral correction techniques. Upon the completion of the course, students will be able: - to know about theories and attitudes towards errors and their correction - to analyse, describe and classify erros,

- 315 -

to distinguish the causes of errors

Katja Siekmann, Günther Thomé: Der orthographische Fehler: Grundzüge der orthographischen Fehlerforschung und aktuelle Entwicklungen. (Anhang: Phonem-Graphem-Korrespondenzen im Deutschen, eine neue 100.000-er Auszählung). Institut für sprachliche Bildung Verlag, Oldenburg 2012,

Kleppin, K. (2011): Erforschen wir eigentlich das, was wir für erforschenswert halten und was machen wir dann mit den Literature: Ergebnissen? In: Bausch, K.-R.; Burwitz-Melzer, E.; Königs, F.- 10 G.; Krumm, H.-J. (Hrsg.): Erforschung des Lehrens und Lernens fremder Sprachen: Forschungsethik. Forschungsmethodik und Politik. Arbeitspapiere der 31. Frühjahrskonferenz zur Erforschung des Fremdsprachenunterrichts. Tübingen, 92-103.

Kleppin, K. (2010): Fehleranalyse und Fehlerkorrektur. In: Krumm, H.-J.; Fandrych, Ch.; Hufeisen, B.; Riemer, C. (Hrsg.): Deutsch als Fremd- und Zweitsprache. Ein internationales Handbuch. 1. Halbband. Berlin; New York, 1060-1072.

Kleppin, K. (2010): Fehler, Fehlerkorrektur, Fehlerbewertung. In: Hallet, W.; Königs, Frank G. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Fremdsprachendidaktik. Seelze-Velber, 224-228.

- 316 -

SECOND YEAR – FOURTH SEMESTER

Obligatory courses:

S4 Professor: Mr. Armend Bytyqi

No. MODULE: 4.1 Language Practice IV (B1/2) 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature 2 Academic Year: Year II, Semester IV 3 Compulsory/Elective: Compulsory

4 Rato, Duration: 15 weeks, 0+6

5 No. Credits ECTS: 5

The development of communicative and social skills for more expanded communication in writing, reading, speaking and listening are the purpose of this course. All four skills will be taught through different topics, through which this semester extends further to the student's vocabulary with new words level B1 / 2. Topics to be elaborated during this semester are well selected in order to provide a consistent knowledge base of German. The development of the lesson will be used in addition to the Course Description and texts from the basic book and authentic texts related to the grammar of the Objectives German language for foreigners, CDs for the exercise of the skills of 6 listening, especially the pronunciation and digital format which it offers literary publishers such as: internet platform for online exercises and applications for mobile phones, films dedicated to learning German, etc. During the exercises the students will also present seminars with different topics that are in line with the course program.

Course objectives:

- Provide students with general grammar and language knowledge. - enable students to combine freely with correct pronunciation, correct intonation and language errors.

- 317 -

- enhance the students' ability to talk, present and argue on more extensive topics; - Possessing independent learning.

- - Developing receptive and productive student skills at B1 level of the Common European Framework for Languages; - - to prove that he possesses a stable knowledge of the German language and who speaks linguistically in all important situations of everyday life; - - Understand information from various articles, allegations of certain topics, and conversations. - - Issue specific information from articles in newspapers, announcements related to situations of different articles; Evaluation - - to handle different topics from electronic and written media; - - to write messages and official letters independently, to comment and to give opinions about certain topics. - - be able to present presentations on different topics; - - be able to offer and contradict arguments and opinions; - - have an approximate pronunciation of the German language as a native language.

- 318 -

3. Langenscheidt Großwörterbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache: Deutsch-Deutsch (Einsprachige Wörterbücher) 2015 4. Buscha/Szita: Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Übungsgrammatik. Sprachniveau B1. Schubert Verlag. Leipzig 2011. 5. Dreyer/Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag. Muenchen 2010. 6. Duden: Die Grammatik (Der Duden Band 4). 7., völlig neu erarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Mannheim. Dudenverlag 2005. 7. Helbig/Buscha: Deutsche Grammatik: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht, Langenscheidt 2008. 8. Karin/Scheiner: Übungsbuchgrammatik. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Max Hueber Verlag 2001. 9. Wiebke Strank: Da fehlen mir die Worte. Systematische Wortschatzerwerb für fortgeschrittene Lerner in Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Schubert Verlag. Leipzig 2010.

S4 Professor: Prof. Dr. Brikena Kadzadej

No MODULE: 4.2 German Syntax 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 3 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 This course provides a general overview about how sentences are constructed and the types of sentences. In particular in this subject themetize serialization / topology / word order , taking into account various models of treatment syntactic sentence parts (traditional syntax, grammar dependentale, generative gra mmar and functional one)

Course Description and 6 Objectives of the subject: objectives (Competence) - Inform students with the basics of the German language syntax - Inform students with the concepts and issues of sentence types - Inform students with different theories of syntax

After the completion of this subject the students should be able to: - To differentiate types of sentences - To identify the parts of the sentence - Make syntactic analysis of a sentence according to different theories

- 319 -

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 Eroms, Hans-Werner: Syntax der deutschen Sprache. Berlin u. New York: de Gruyter 2000. Haarmann, Harald: Elementare Wortordnung in den Sprachen der Welt. Dokumentation und Analysen zur Entstehung von Wortfolgemustern. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag 2004. Pafel, Jürgen: Einführung in die Syntax, Grundlagen- Strukturen- Literature: Theorien. Stttgart u. Weimer: J.B. Metzler 2011. 10

Philippi, Jule u. Tewes, Michael: Basiswissen- Generative Grammatik. Göttingen: UTB Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2010. Welke, Klaus: Deutsche Syntax funktional – Perspektiviertheit syntaktischer Strukturen. Tübingen Stauffenberg: Verlag 22005 (Stauffenberg: Linguistik; Band 22).

S4 Professor: Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini

MODULE: 4.3 German Literature III No

1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 4 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 Subject German Literature III discusses the historical development of

Course Description and such periods are Classical, Romantic, Biedermeier, Vormärz, Realism and 6 objectives (Competence) Naturalism. Students will be introduced to the main features, the background historical and literary types and genres of these eras.

- 320 -

At the end of the semester the student will have sufficient knowledge about the ages mentioned above. It will introduce the authors and most popular writings of these periods and will be able to interpret them. There will be knowledgeable about the historical development and most important events.

During this time students will be able to interpret the writings of authors of these literary eras. In general, students will be able to capture the notion of text that reflects the characteristics of literary communication. At the Evaluation: 7 same time there will be an overview of the basics and the principle of scientific knowledge and hermeneutics. It will also be a training for independent scientific literature through a critical review of current methods always according to the science of literature.

Lecture, exercises and interpretations of selected writings. Presentation of works by students, the common interpretation of works. 8 Teaching Elements: Learning takes place in a systematic lectures, as well as relevant explanations.

Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Deutsche literaturgeschichte von den Afängen bis zur Gegenwart. Von:Wolfgang Beutin, matthias Beilein, klaus Ehlert, Wolfgang emmerich u.a. Achte aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage.J.B.Metzler Verlag 2013. 2. Peter Nusser: Deutsche Literatur: Eine Sozial- und Kulturgeschichte. (Vom Mittelalter bis zur frühen Neuzeit / Literature: 10 Vom Barock bis zur Gegenwart). Verlag: 3. WBG (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft)2012 (1. Auflage)

4. Sorensen, Bengt Algot: Geschichte der deutschen Literatur 1. Vom Mittelalter bis zur Romantik. München: Beck 2003. 5. Zmegac, Viktor: Geschichtliche Probleme der neueren deutschen Literatur vom 18. Jahrhundert bis zur Gegenwart. Bd. 1/1, 1/2, 2/1, 2/2, 3/1, 3/2. Weinheim: Athenäum 1996.

S6 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 4.4 Creative Writing 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 4 Semester

- 321 -

3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 This course prepares students for creative academic essay writing. Practice is provided in the process of writing in its different stages: Course Description and planning, drafting, revising, proofreading. Extensive practice is 6 objectives (Competence) provided in the use of different rhetorical strategies. A review of appropriate grammatical structures and verb tenses is included.

2. Ulla Mothes (2010): Kreatives Schreiben. 3. Auflage, Literature: Frankfurter Taschenbuchverlag, Frankfurt am Main 10

3. Karmasing, M./Ribing, R. (2011): Die Gestaltung wissenschaftlicher Arbeiten. UTB. 4. Esselborn Krumbiegel, Helga (2017). Von der Idee zum Text. 5 Aufl. UTB

S5 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 4.5 Introduction to Didactics of Foreign Languages 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 4 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 In this subject students are informed with basic terminology, principles of teaching and learning as well as extension and the importance of German Language within the German-Speaking countries and abroad. Course Description and 6 Students are equipped with basic data on teaching process/ adjusting of objectives (Competence) language in general.

Objectives of the subject:

- 322 -

- Obtain a real reflection on psychological bases in learning of language - Students will be introduced with some principles about teaching and learning - Students will be introduced with some basic words and notions on methodology and didactics. Learning Outcomes: - Demonstrate knowledge on psychological bases in learning of language in general and interaction in learning of foreign language - Use of basic glossary on methodology and didactics and demonstrate knowledge on extension and importance in learning of German Language with German-Speaking countries and abroad.

S4 Professor: Msc.Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini

MODULE: 4.6 Austrian Literature No

1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 4 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks

- 323 -

5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 During this semester, students will be familiar with developments in the history of Austrian literature entirely. The spotlight will be the most famous Austrian authors and their basic works. Students will become familiar with the creativity of Austrian authors. Interpretation and Course Description and analysis of literary texts from the famous Austrian authors are also 6 objectives (Competence) provided in this semester.

By the end of the semester the student will have sufficient knowledge about the era of Austrian literature, will be familiarized with popular Austrian authors and works of and will be able to interpret them.

Upon completion of this course the student will be able to recognize Evaluation: Austrian literature in general and Austrian authors with significant 7 works, as well as the development and characteristics of Austrian literature.

Lecture, exercises and interpretations of selected writings. Presentation 8 Teaching Elements: of works by students, the common interpretation of works.

Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Horst Hasse: Österreichsche Literatur des 20. Jahrhundert. Hennelore ProscheVerlag: Volk und Wissen, Auflage:2, 1990. 2. Klaus Zeyringer:Österreichische Literatur seit 1945. Haymon Verlag (2001) Literature: 10 3. “Geschichte der Literatur in Österreich: von den Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart. Band 7. Das 20. Jahrhundert Verlag: Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt Hrsg.: Herbert Zeman Graz, 1999

S6 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

N MODULE: 4.7 Introduction to translatology (translation and interpretation) o 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 5 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The aim of this course is to introduce students to different Course Description and theoretical models and to describe the translation process also. 6 objectives (Competence) The content of this course will be composed by the following subjects: the application of theory of translation into

- 324 -

practice, translation as a form of mediated communication; different definitions of translation; forms and types of the translation process; Historical overview of translation methods, translation theory and linguistics, notion of equivalence in translation; text typology and the typology of translation; translation theory and science of literature, translation as a form of intertextuality; Translation and Culture; problems of translating scientific and technical texts; terminology and terminological systems; newer approaches to the description of the translation.

Prunc, Erich (2012): Entwicklungslinien der Translationswissenschaft. 3 Aufl. Frank & Time. Jüngst, Hleke E. (2010): Audiovisuelles Übersetzen. Ein Lehr und Arbeitsbuch, Tübingen, Narr.

Literature: Koller, Werner (2011): Einführung in der Übersetzungswissenschaft. Verlag: Utb 10

Stolze, Radegundis (2011): Übersetzungstheorien. Eine Einführung. Narr, Tübingen

Snell-Hornby, Mary et al (1999): Handbuch Translation. Stauffenburg, Tübingen

Susanne Göpferich (2008): Translationsprozessforschung. Stand – Methoden- Perspektiven, Tübingen. Narr.

S4 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 4.8 Word Formation of the German Language 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 4 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4

- 325 -

The course introduces the students to the structure and variability of lexis of German, the characteristics of word formation system, the functional aspect of word formation in texts and the importance of word formation in German vocabulary. Course objectives: To know about the characteristics of word formation Course Description and 6 system, the functional aspect of word formation in texts; to know about objectives (Competence) the importance of word formation in German vocabulary.

Upon the completion of the course, students will be able to: distinguish the object and main units of word formation, know about word formation processes and their products, and know about and use knowledge on word formation in German dictionaries. The first test has from 1-30 points Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 points 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 points The final test has 1-20 points Total: 100 points 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10

1. Donalies, Elke (2011): Basiswissen Deutsche Wortbildung. Tübingen : Narr

Literature: 2. Donalies, Elke (2011): Basiswissen Deutsche Wortbildung. 10 Tübingen : Narr

3. Erben, Johannes (2006): Einführung in die deutsche Wortbildungslehre. Berlin: Erich Schmidt Verlag.

THIRD YEAR – FIFTH SEMESTER

Obligatory courses:

S5 Professor: Mr. Armend Bytyqi

No. MODULE: 5.1 Language Practice IV (B2/1) 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature 2 Academic Year: Year III, Semester V

- 326 -

3 Compulsory/Elective: Compulsory

4 Rato, Duration: 15 weeks, 0+8

5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 The development of communicative and social skills for written, spoken, spoken and spoken communication that approximates the mother tongue level is the goal of this course. All four skills will be exercised through the handling of different topics and independent student work, through which further extends the B2 / 2 vocabulary. Topics to be elaborated during this semester are well selected in order to provide a consistent knowledge base of German. The development of the lesson will be used in addition to the texts from the basic book and authentic texts related to the grammar of the German language for foreigners, CDs for the exercise of the skills of listening, especially the pronunciation and digital format which it offers literary publishers such as the internet platform for online Course Description and exercises and applications for mobile phones, films dedicated to learning Objectives German, but also the independent work of the student through the Internet. During the exercises the students will also present seminars with different

topics that are in line with the course program.

Course objectives: - Provide students with expanded grammatical and linguistic knowledge - enabling students to combine at an approximate level with their mother tongue- 6 - to increase the student's ability to converse, present and argue on different linguistic and scientific topics;

- to prove that he has extensive knowledge of German - to understand information from various linguistic and scientific articles - follow key lines from concrete and abstract topics and extract information that is relevant to it (eg in radio programs); - Issue specific information from articles in newsletters, notifications related to specific topics; - Understand a wide range of texts, whether short texts (such as announcements), longer and more complex, such as texts Evaluation from particular fields, comments, and reports; - write writing and presentations on specific topics independently. - be able to present and substantiate opinions on different linguistic and scientific topics; - Make structured oral presentations on general topics and fields of interest; to take an active part in discussions that relate to topics familiar to him, to hold on to these conversations and to present his / her viewpoint. - have the pronunciation and use of the German language at the native language level.

- 327 -

Contemporary methodology is applied in the teaching process. Different forms of modified lecture, independent work of students according to 7 Teaching Methods: contemporary forms of cooperation (individual and written reflection, work on doubles, small group work, attentive reading and written assignment). Point evaluation: 01-49 = 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 81-90 = 9, 91-100 = 10 Exam: Assessment and Grading 8 Listening - 20% Reading - 20% Writing -20% Speaking - 20% Participation & activity: 20% Literature: 1. Perlmann-Balme/Schwalb/Matussek: Sicher! Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Niveau B2.1. Hueber Verlag 2013. 2. Renate Köhl-Kuhn, Albert Daniels, Christian Estermann, Renate Köhl- Kuhn: Mittelpunkt B2: Übungsheft Lese- und Hörverstehen + Audio-CD. Langenscheidt 2009 Additional Literature: 3. Langenscheidt Großwörterbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache: Deutsch-Deutsch (Einsprachige Wörterbücher) 2015 4. Dreyer/Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen 9 Literature: Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag. Muenchen 2010. 5. Duden: Die Grammatik (Der Duden Band 4). 7., völlig neu erarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Mannheim. Dudenverlag 2005. 6. Buscha/Szita: Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Übungsgrammatik. Sprachniveau B1/B2. Schubert Verlag. Leipzig 2011.

7. Helbig/Buscha: Deutsche Grammatik: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht, Langenscheidt 2008. 8. Karin/Scheiner: Übungsbuchgrammatik. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Max Hueber Verlag 2001.

S7 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 5.2 Methodology and Didactics of German Language I 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 5 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5

- 328 -

The aim of this subject is to inform the students on fields of methodology and didactics study, glossary and other domains which carry the main role in learning of foreign language as a second language. Such as: a) presentation of different methodology which have served and serve for learning of foreign languages and b) the role of exercising of four language skills of teaching and learning. (To inform the students on terminology (DaF/DaZ, German as a Foreign Language/ German as a Second Language

- Inform the students with four language capabilities/skills for Course Description and learning of foreign language: listening, reading, speaking and 6 objectives (Competence) written skills - Presentation of several methodologies of learning and their importance in learning of foreign language. Learning outcomes: - Master several basic vocabulary and notions on methodology and didactics - To be able to reflect on advantages and disadvantages of several different methodologies on learning of foreign language - Be familiar with importance of 4 language skills/capabilities for teaching and learning of foreign language and master the most contemporary ways/ methods in exercising of the said capabilities. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Bausch, K. R./ Christ, H. / Krumm, H. J. (Hrsg.): (2007): Handbuch Fremdsprachenunterricht. 5 Aufl. UTB, Francke, Tübingen 2. Ursula Bredel,Hartmut Günther,Peter Klotz: Didaktik der deutschen Sprache, Bd1, 2, 2006, UTB. 3. Gerd Brenner: Methoden für Deutsch und Fremdsprachen, Lernen und Lehren, 2016 Cornelsen Verlag, Berlin Literature: 4. Trim, John / North, Brian u. a.: Gemeinsamer europäischer 10 Referenzrahmen für Sprachen: lernen, lehren, beurteilen: Lernen, lehren, beurteilen. Niveau A1, A2, B1, B2. Hrsg. von Goethe-Institut. Übers. von Jürgen Quetz. – Berlin, Wien u.a.: Lagenscheidt 2009. 5. Faistauer, Renate: Zur Rolle der Fertigkeiten. - In: Gerhard Helbig (Hg.): Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Ein internationales Handbuch. – Wien: de Gruyeter 2001, S. 865-871

- 329 -

6. Gerard Westhoff: Mentale Handlungsstrukturen bei Faustregeln. (Unpublished manuscript. Vorlesungsskript, Wien 2006

S4 Professor: Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini

MODULE: 5.3 German Literature IV No

1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 5 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 In the fifth semester German literature 4 will start with the Vienna Modern Literature then continue with other literary era: Expressionism, Dada, Literature Republic of Weimar in Exile Literature and German Literature after 45 and then continuing with German literary composition until the present day. Course Description and 6 During this period, students will be introduced to literary composition of objectives (Competence) the important authors of these periods. They will learn about the major

literary genres, will familiarize closely with the historical background and its influence on literary texts. Within this semester are also provided analysis and interpretation of works by important representatives of these eras.

During this time students will have sufficient knowledge of literature about the periods mentioned above, the path of history and important events and key themes and genres of literature of these ages. They will Evaluation: be able to interpret the works of different authors of these eras’ 7 representatives from various stages of creation. Generally, students will be able to capture the notion of text that reflects the characteristics of literary communication. At the same time there will be an overview of the basics and the principle of scientific knowledge and hermeneutics. Will also be training for independent scientific literature through a

- 330 -

critical review of current methods always according to the science of literature.

Lecture, exercises and interpretations of works by the aforementioned periods. Presentation of works by students, the common interpretation of 8 Teaching Elements: works.

Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Deutsche literaturgeschichte von den Afängen bis zur Gegenwart. Von:Wolfgang Beutin, Matthias Beilein, Klaus Ehlert, Wolfgang Emmerich u.a. Achte aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage.J.B.Metzler Verlag 2013.

2. Peter Nusser: Deutsche Literatur: Eine Sozial- und Kulturgeschichte. (Vom Mittelalter bis zur frühen Neuzeit / Vom Barock bis zur Gegenwart). Verlag: WBG (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft)2012 (1. Auflage)

3. Zmegac, Viktor: Geschichtliche Probleme der neueren deutschen Literatur vom 18. Jahrhundert bis zur Gegenwart. Bd. 1/1, 1/2, 2/1, 2/2, 3/1, 3/2. Weinheim: Athenäum 1996.

4. Joachim Bark,Dietrich Steinbach, Hildegard Wittenberg Hrsg: Epochen der deutschen Literatur (Gesamtasugabe) Literature: 10 Klett,Stuttgart 1989.

5. Barner, Wilfried: Geschichte der deutschen Literatur von 1945 bis zur Gegenwart.Verlag C.H.Beck Muenchen 1994. ISBN3 406 38660 1

6. Gerald Reiner, Norbert Kern, Eva Rainer: Geschichte der deutschsprachigen Literatur. Veritas Verlag Linz. 4 Auflage 2004.

7. Kafitz, Dieter: Literaturtheorien in der textanalytischen Praxis. Würzburg: Königshausen&Neumann 2007.

8. Neuhaus, Stefan: Grundriß der Literaturwissenschaft. 3. Auflage. A.Francke Verlag Tübingen und Basel 2003.

- 331 -

S8 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 5.4 German Grammar II 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 5 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 This course is a continues of the " German Grammar I" and is intended for students to know all the parts of speech in general. Linguistic knowledge will be obtained but with numerous exercises will affect directly in establishing the correctness of expression in German. Objectives: - To familiarize students with the functions of parts of Course Description and 6 speech (pronouns, numerals, adverbs, prepositions and connectors) and objectives (Competence) use them correctly. Learning outcomes: - To transmit knowledge about morphological and syntactical processes of German language and using them correctly. - To transmit knowledge in concrete examples - Show an increase in accuracy in the use of the German language

- 332 -

6. Hoffman,Ludger (2014): Deutsche Grammatik. Grundlagen für Lehrerausbildung, Schule, Deutsch als Zweitsprache und Deutsch als Fremdsprache 2 Aufl.. Berlin: Erich Schmidt Verlag. 7. Duden, Band 4. Die Grammatik. Hrsg. von der Dudenredaktion. Neudruck der 9. Aufl. Mannheim [u.a.]: Dudenverlag 2016. 8. Graefen G/Liedke M. (2008): Germanistische Sprachwissenschaft. Tübingen: A. Franke Verlag.

Elective courses:

S5 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 5.5 Orthography 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 5 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The course focuses on German spelling. Students are informed on the principles of German spelling (phonological, morphological), spelling rules, and the latest reform in spelling.

Course objectives and Learning outcomes: Course Description and - to know about the principles of German spelling 6 objectives (Competence) - to master rules of German spelling; - to apply the norm of German spelling in practice; - to demonstrate knowledge on the principles of German spelling; - to apply the norm of German spelling; - to critically follow/view current developments in reform of German spelling.

The first test has from 1-30 points Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 points 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 points The final test has 1-20 points Total: 100 points 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10

- 333 -

1. Duden. Die deutsche Rechtschreibung. Das umfassende Standardwerk auf der Grundlage der neuen amtlichen Rechtschreibregeln. Hrsg. von der Dudenredaktion. Bibliographisches Institut & F. A. Brockhaus AG, Mannheim [u. a.] 2006; Literature: 2. Deutsche Rechtschreibung. Regeln und Wörterverzeichnis. 10 Hrsg. von der Zwischenstaatlichen Kommission für deutsche Rechtschreibung. Narr, Tübingen 2006; 3. Nerius, Dieter (2007): Deutsche Orthographie. 4., neu bearb. Auflage. Hildesheim u.a.: Georg Olms Verlag. 4. Staaden, Steffi (2006): Rechtschreibung und Zeichensetzung endlich beherrschen: Regeln und Übungen (Uni Tipps, Band 4400) Taschenbuch.

S5 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 5.6 Phraseology of the German and Albanian language 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 5 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The course covers the basic concepts of phraseological units of German, its use in text and daily communication as well as the role of phraseology in dictionaries and translation (contrastive phraseology German- Albanian). Course objectives: To introduce students to basic concepts of phraseological units of German language; to inform students on the Course Description and 6 grammatical, stylistic, pragmatic dimensions when used in a text; to objectives (Competence) inform students on the role of phraseology in dictionaries and translation.

Upon the completion of the course, students will be able to: know the basic concepts of German phraseology; know about stylistic and pragmatic aspects of phraseology; understand problems related to the way phraseology is treated in dictionaries and translation; correctly use relevant terminology; critically view used sources and literature. The first test has from 1-30 points Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 points 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 points The final test has 1-20 points Total: 100 points 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam.

- 334 -

Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Burger, Harald (2007): Phraseologie. Eine Einführung am Beispiel des Deutschen. 3. Aufl. Berlin: Erich Schmidt. Donalies, Elke (2012): Phraseologie. Groos, Tübingen, (= Studienbibliografien Sprachwissenschaft

40). Literature: 10 2. Chrissou, M. (2012): Phraseologismen in Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Linguistische Grundlagen und didaktische Umsetzung eines korpusbasierten Ansatzes. Hamburg 3. Földes, Csaba (Hrsg.) (2009): Phraseologie disziplinär und interdisziplinär. Tübingen: Gunter Narr.

S5 Professor: Mr.sc. Vilson Marku (PhD cand.)

No MODULE: 5.7 Film and theater of the 20 century 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3.year, 5. Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The course introduces German contemporary culture in its different forms including theater, television, cinema, photography and visual arts. The course gives an insight into different sections and media of contemporary German culture. Furthermore it introduces theoretical approaches in order to understand and conceptualize German postwar culture. The course is mainly based on key texts from German media theory, social science, communications and critical theory. The post-war development of German culture, film and theater will be discussed through influential works (theater, film, and visual arts), technologies Course Description and 6 (photography, film), media systems (television) and theories. Students objectives (Competence) contribute with different tasks: presenting specific plays, films and artworks, reconstructing cultural debates, introducing theoretical articles Course/Module Content: - German post-war culture - Epic theater - Documentary theater - East- and West-German Cinema - Docudrama and Event-Television - Rubble Film - GDR cinema - New German Cinema - Post-unification cinema - Trends in German documentary film - East and West German Visual Arts -West German Photography. Objectives The students - contextualize and analyze German culture, film and theater - compare and evaluate cultural changes and developments in German

- 335 -

and German speaking countries - reflect the importance of culture for (shifting) identities - read and understand theoretical concepts of culture

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 Basic Literature: 1. Kirschner, Jürgen Fischer Handbuch Theater, Film, Funk und Fernsehen, Frankfurt am Main : FischerTaschenbuch-Verl. 1997. 2. Richter, Gert (Hg.), Deutschland: Porträt einer Nation. 4. Kunst und Kultur, Gütersloh:Bertelsmann- Lexikothek-Verl. 1985. 3. Schößler, Franziska, Drama und Theater nach 1989 : prekär, interkulturell, intermedial, Hannover : Wehrhahn, 2013. 4. Wulf, Joseph (Hrsg.), Theater und Film im Dritten Reich. Eine Dokumentation, Frankfurt a.M., Ullstein, 1983.

4. Additional Literature: 10 Literature:

5. Rob Burns and Wilfried van der Will, 'The Federal Republic 1968 to 1990: From the Industrial Society to the Culture Society,' German Cultural Studies: an introduction. Ed. Rob Burns (Oxford, 2007): 257-323. 6. Theodor W. Adorno, 'Cultural Criticism and Society,' The Adorno Reader, Ed. Brian O'Connor (Oxford, 2000), 195-210. 7. Walter Benjamin, The Work of Art in the Age of Its Technological Reproducibility (Cambridge: Harward Univ. Pr., 2008), 19-55.

- 336 -

8. Leo Lowenthal, 'Historical Perspectives of Popular Culture,' American Journal of Sociology 55:4 (1950), 323-332.

S5 Professor: Prof. Dr. Brikena Kadzadej

No MODULE: 5.8 Text Linguistics 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 2 year, 3 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The main goal is to allow students to gain basic knowledge of the language and text, from its origins up to the present day, including structural aspects of construction and development of the German language, internal and external cohesion to the language, similarities and differences with other Indo-European languages and so on.

Course Description and 6 objectives (Competence) Course Objectives: After completing this course students will be able to: - Get to know the genesis of the text in German - Have a solid knowledge of text linguistics and have basic knowledge of the construction of the text in German, etc. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Examinations and Grading: 9 Mid-term exam...... 20%

Course Projects...... 10%

- 337 -

Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Adamzik, Kirsten (2004): Textlinguistik. Eine einführende Darstellung. Tübingen: Niemeyer. 2. Brinker, Klaus (2010): Linguistische Textanalyse. Eine Einführung in Grundbegriffe und Methoden. 7. überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Berlin: Erich

Schmidt Verlag Literature: 3. Janich, Nina (2008): Textlinguistik. 15 10 Einführungen. Tübingen: Narr.

4. Vater, Heinz (2005): Einführung in die Textlinguistik. München: Wilhelm Fink. 5. Schwarz-Friesel, Monika & Consten, Manfred (Hrsgg.) (2014): Einführung in die Textlinguistik Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft. 6. Hans Jürgen Heringer (2016): Linguistische Texttheorie. Eine Einführung. Tübingen: UTB.

THIRD YEAR – SIXTH SEMESTER

Obligatory courses:

S6 Professor: Mr. Armend Bytyqi

No. MODULE: 6.1 Language Practice IV (B2/2) 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature 2 Academic Year: Year III, Semester VI 3 Compulsory/Elective: Compulsory

4 Rato, Duration: 15 weeks, 0+8

5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 The development of communicative and social skills for written, spoken, spoken and spoken communication that approximates the mother tongue level is the goal of this course. All four skills will be exercised through the handling of different topics and independent student work, through Course Description and which further extends the B2 / 2 vocabulary. Topics to be elaborated Objectives during this semester are well selected in order to provide a consistent 6 knowledge base of German. The development of the lesson will be used in addition to the texts from the basic book and authentic texts related to the grammar of the German language for foreigners, CDs for the exercise of the skills of listening, especially the pronunciation and digital format which it offers literary publishers such as the internet platform for online exercises and applications for mobile phones, films dedicated to learning German, but also the independent work of the student through the Internet.

- 338 -

During the exercises the students will also present seminars with different topics that are in line with the course program..

Course objectives: - Provide students with general grammar and language knowledge. - enabling students to combine at an approximate level with their mother tongue- - to increase the student's ability to converse, present and argue on different linguistic and scientific topics;

- developing the receptive and productive skills of the student at level B2 of the European Common Frame of Reference for Languages; - to prove that he has extensive knowledge of German - to understand information from various linguistic and scientific articles - follow key lines from concrete and abstract topics and extract information that is relevant to it (eg in radio programs); - Issue specific information from articles in newsletters, notifications related to specific topics; - Understand a wide range of texts, whether short texts (such Evaluation as announcements), longer and more complex, such as texts from particular fields, comments, and reports; - write writing and presentations on specific topics independently. - be able to present and substantiate opinions on different linguistic and scientific topics; - Make structured oral presentations on general topics and fields of interest; to take an active part in discussions that relate to topics familiar to him, to hold on to these conversations and to present his / her viewpoint. - have the pronunciation and use of the German language at the native language level.

Teaching is accomplished through lectures and exercises. Combined methods and cognitive, communicative and intercultural approaches are used to achieve the goal: improving receptive and productive linguistic 7 Teaching Methods: skills. Through the method of conversation we work individually, in pairs and in groups. Students should actively participate in the lesson and work continuously during the semester (home assignments and various projects).

Point evaluation: 01-49 = 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 81-90 = 9, Assessment and Grading 8 91-100 = 10

Exam:

- 339 -

Listening - 20% Reading - 20% Writing -20% Speaking - 20% Participation & activity: 20% Literature: 1. Perlmann-Balme/Schwalb/Matussek: Sicher! Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Niveau B2.2. Hueber Verlag 2013. 2. Renate Köhl-Kuhn, Albert Daniels, Christian Estermann, Renate Köhl- Kuhn: Mittelpunkt B2: Übungsheft Lese- und Hörverstehen + Audio-CD. Langenscheidt 2009 Additional Literature: 3. Langenscheidt Großwörterbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache: Deutsch-Deutsch (Einsprachige Wörterbücher) 2015 4. Dreyer/Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen 9 Literature: Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag. Muenchen 2010. 5. Duden: Die Grammatik (Der Duden Band 4). 7., völlig neu erarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Mannheim. Dudenverlag 2005. 6. Buscha/Szita: Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Übungsgrammatik. Sprachniveau B1/B2. Schubert Verlag. Leipzig 2011.

7. Helbig/Buscha: Deutsche Grammatik: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht, Langenscheidt 2008. 8. Karin/Scheiner: Übungsbuchgrammatik. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Max Hueber Verlag 2001. 9. Duden Deutsches Universalwörterbuch. Mannheim, Leipzig, Wien, Zürich. Dudenverlag 2011.

S9 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 6.2 Methodology and Didactics of German Language II 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 6 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 Primary aim of this subject is the role of grammar skills and vocabulary in learning of foreign language. The students will also be informed with “Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: Learning, Teaching, Assessment (CEFR)”. Course Description and 6 objectives (Competence) (In German: Der gemeinsame Europäische Referenzrahmen für Sprachen, lernen, lehren und beurteilen). - To inform the students on current thesis and discussions about the role and the place of grammar in language learning

- 340 -

- Inform the students of different ways of transmitting and exercising grammar phenomena, which are shown efficient in learning of language Inform the students of most efficient ways of vocabulary development - Inform the students on Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: Learning, Teaching, Assessment (CEFR) (what should be known/master which level)

Spiele im Deutschunterricht. Berlin / Wien u.a.: Literature: 10 Langenscheidt. 5. Ende, Karin / Grotjahn, Rüdiger / Kleppin, Karin / Mohr, Imke (2013): DLL 06: Curriculare Vorgaben und Unterrichtsplanung. Buch mit DVD. München: Langenscheidt.

6. Hoffmann Ludger (2014):Deutsche Grammatik. Grundlagen für Lehrerausbildung, Schule, Deutsch als Fremdsprache.

7. Faistauer, Renate (2000): Ja, kannst du so schreiben – Ein Beitrag zum kooperativen Schreibprozess im Deutsch als Fremdsprache- Unterricht. In: Krumm, Hans- Jürgen (Hrsg.): Erfahrungen beim Schreiben in der Fremdsprache. Untersuchungen zum Schreibprozess

- 341 -

und zur Schreibförderung im Unterricht mit Studierenden. Innsbruck: Studien-Verlag, S. 190-224.

8. Faistauer, Renate: (2010): Die sprachlichen Fertigkeiten. In: Krumm, Hans-Jürgen/Fandrych, Christian/ Hufeisen, Britta/ Riemer, Claudia (Hrsg.): Deutsch als Fremd- und Zweitsprache. Ein internationales Handbuch. Band 1. Berlin/New York: De Gruyter, S. 961-969. 9. Krumm, Hans-Jürgen/ Fandrych, Christian/ Hufeisen Britta/ Riemer, Claudia (Hrsg.) (2010): Deutsch als Fremd- und Zweitsprache. Ein Internationales Handbuch. Berlin/New York: de Gruyter. 10. Rösler, Dietmar (2012): Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Eine Einführung. Stuttgart/ Weimar: Verlag J.B. Metzler.

S6 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 6.3 Lexicology and lexicography of the German Language 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 6 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 The course will be composed of the following topics: lexicology and lexicography as a linguistic discipline; concept lexicon (vocabulary), lexicon and its structure; dynamics of Course Description and lexicon; word formation, motivation, semantic fields; dictionaries 6 objectives (Competence) and other lexicographic products; micro and macrostructure entries; kinds and types of dictionaries; lexicographic method, and history of German lexicography.

The first test has from 1-30 points Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 points 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 points The final test has 1-20 points Total: 100 points 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10

- 342 -

1. Schlaefer,Michael (2009): Lexikologie und Lexikographie. Eine Einführung am Beispiel deutscher Wörterbücher. Berlin: Schmidt.

2. Engelberg, Stefan (2001) Lexikographie und Literature: 10 Wörterbuchbenutzung. Tübingen: Stauffenburg-Verl.

3. Herbst, Thomas, Klotz, Michael

(2003): Lexikografie. UTB. Wanzeck, Christiane (2009): Lexikologie. Beschreibung von Wort und Wortschatz im Deutschen, Göttingen: UBT.

S4 Professor: Msc.Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini

No MODULE: 6.4 Seminar on the Literature 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 6 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 During this semester will be selected some of the writings by the most famous and influential of German literature, including almost all literary eras. During this period of time these writings will be presented, analyzed and interpreted by students. At the end of the semester the student will submit a seminar paper about a particular topic selected by these writings. Science literature seminar aims to enable students to Course Description and 6 highlight and to study and analyze some of the most important writings objectives (Competence) of German literature. During this period the student will be notified in depth with leading German literary authors whose works occupy a key place in the worldwide literature. Exchange of opinions, debates about certain topics, comparisons of texts from different literary performers are some features in this seminar. Develop a seminar paper is the main objective of this subject.

At the end of the semester students will have basic knowledge of major Evaluation: authors and works of German literature, he will be able to comment, 7 analyzed and interpreted the literature and following a survey about a particular topic will be able to write a seminar paper.

Lecture, exercises and interpretations of selected writings. Presentation of works by students, the common interpretation of the writings. 8 Teaching Elements:

Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Deutsche literaturgeschichte von den Afängen bis zur 10 Literature: Gegenwart. Von:Wolfgang Beutin, Matthias Beilein, Klaus

- 343 -

Ehlert, Wolfgang Emmerich u.a. Achte aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage.J.B.Metzler Verlag 2013. 2. Peter Nusser: Deutsche Literatur: Eine Sozial- und Kulturgeschichte. (Vom Mittelalter bis zur frühen Neuzeit / Vom Barock bis zur Gegenwart). Verlag: WBG (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft)2012 (1. Auflage)

3. Zmegac, Viktor: Geschichtliche Probleme der neueren deutschen Literatur vom 18. Jahrhundert bis zur Gegenwart. Bd. 1/1, 1/2, 2/1, 2/2, 3/1, 3/2. Weinheim: Athenäum 1996.

Elective courses:

S4 Professor: Msc.Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini

No MODULE: 6.5 Literary text analysis 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 6 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The course covers the analysis of different literary texts. The students will learn how to analyse a literary text in order to find out the literary genres, the relevant elements of a literary text, poetic rules, types of readers, micro and macro structure of literary genres, idea, topic, content, the text form, characters, stylistic figures, etc. Course objectives: Course Description and 6 objectives (Competence) 1. Students will learn about contemporary methodologies of literary text analysis 2. Students will master the methods of literary text analysis 3. Students will learn about elements and structures of literary texts and how to analyse literary texts in general.

Upon the completion of the course, students will be able: - to know about contemporary methodologies of literary text Evaluation: analysis 7 - to know about elements and structures of literary texts - to analyse literary texts in general

- 344 -

Classes are organised in lectures and additional explanations. 8 Teaching Elements: Interactive method is applied.

1. Burdor, Dieter: Einfuehrung in die Gedichtanalyse. J.B.Metzler.Stuttgart-Weimar,1997.ISBN3-476-12284-0

2. Asmith,Bernhard: Einfuehrung in die Dramenanalyse. J.B.Metzler. Stuttgart-Weimar,1997.ISBN3-476-15188-3

3. Hans-Werner Ludwig (Hrsg); Arbeitsbuch (Romananalyse). Literaturwissenschaft im Grundstudium. Tuebingen 1998. Literature: 10 4. Eberhard Laemert. Bauformen des Erzaehlens. Metzler,

Stuttgart 1993.

5. Kahrman, C; Reiss,G;Scluchter,M: Erzaehtextanalyse. Eine Einfuehrung mit Studien-und Uebungstexten.Beltz- Athenaeum 1996.ISBN3-89547-111-9

6. Loesner,Hans. Zwischen Wort und Wort.Interpretation und Textanalyse. Paderborn:Fink Verlag 2006

S6 Professor: Mr.sc. Vilson Marku (PhD cand.)

No MODULE: 6.6 Intercultural Communication 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 6 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The main goal is to allow students to gain basic knowledge in the field of intercultural studies - this discipline which deals mainly with studying culture and its relationship with other cultures.

Course Description and Objectives and expected outcomes of the course: 6 objectives (Competence) After completing this course ( course ) students will be able to:

- To know the basic concepts in the field of culture and interculture - To know how to approach foreign cultures

- 345 -

- To recognize the cultural implication when they are in a foreign environment, which can avoid misunderstandings and other cultural interference - identify key words and interpret the text through them.

The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point Teaching is carried out through lectures that provide theoretical 8 Teaching Elements: basis, and classroom exercises, homework.

Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10

1. Erll, A./Gymnich, M. Interkulturelle Kompetenzen. Klett 2010 Literature: 10 2. Heringer, Hans-Jürgen. Interkulturelle Kommunikation. Grundlagen und Konzepte. UTB. 2010

S6 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 6.7 German for academic and specific purposes 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 6 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The course is a practical course which helps students develop their academic and study skills. The course covers the analysis of different literary texts. The course is Course Description and practical and focuses on the specific use of German, especially German 6 objectives (Competence) for employment. It offers students knowledge and terminology in specialised fields they might encounter in their future career, such as law, medicine, mechanical engineering, social and natural sciences.

Course objectives and Learning outcomes:

- 346 -

- to enable students to develop reading comprehension; - to enable students to understand and interrelate with written texts in professional fields and fluent communication in different professional situations; - to master pre-writing strategies; - to review and edit academic texts; - to demonstrate skills of critical reading and analyse academic texts; - to use academic vocabulary; - to communicate in written in specialised fields; - to translate specialised texts from German into Albanian and vice versa. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10

1. DUDEN, Das Stilwörterbuch.

2. DUDEN, Richtiges und gutes Deutsch.

3. Bünting, Karl-Dieter; Bitterlich, Axel; Postpiech, Ulrike. Literature: 10 (2000) Schreiben im Studium mit Erfolg, Ein Leitfaden, Berlin 4. Graefen, Gabriele / Moll, Melanie (2011): WissenschaftsspracheDeutsch: lesen – verstehen – schreiben. Ein Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch. Wien u.a.: Peter Lang.

S6 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 6.8 German-Albanian translation 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 3 year, 6 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The main aim of the course is for students to acquire basic knowledge in Course Description and the field of translation, steadily approaching the Albanian language 6 syntax in order to observe the similarities and differences between the objectives (Competence) two languages close genetically, but distinct in terms of the grammatical construction of the sentence. The knowledge gained from this course will

- 347 -

serve those sentences in construction and communication between the two German - Albanian languages, as well as in translating various texts right from German into Albanian and vice versa as well as in the teaching process, when they become teachers of German. After successfully completing the exercises within this course, students will be able to: - Analyze linguistic expressions and language structures - Demonstrate basic knowledge of the German language - Communicate in German language independently - Demonstrate their knowledge about the techniques of translation The first test has from 1-30 points Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 points 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 points The final test has 1-20 points Total: 100 points 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Fiedler, W./Klosi, A. (1999): Langenscheidt Handwörterbuch Albanisch Taschenbuch. Langenscheidt. 2. Koller, Werner (2011): Einführung in die Literature: 10 Übersetzungswissenschaft. UBT. 3. Kußmaul, Paul (2014): Verstehen und Übersetzen: Ein Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch. Narr Verlag.

4 YEAR – 7 SEMESTER

- 348 -

Obligatory courses:

S7 Professor: Mr. Armend Bytyqi

No. MODULE: 7.1 Language Practice IV (C1/1) 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature 2 Academic Year: Year IV, Semester VII 3 Compulsory/Elective: Compulsory

4 Rato, Duration: 15 weeks, 0+8

topics that are in line with the course program.. Course objectives: - Provide students with specific grammatical and linguistic 6 knowledge. - enable students to combine at a specific and competent level in German. - to increase the student's ability to converse, present and argue on different linguistic and scientific or political-social topics.

- to prove that he possesses competent knowledge of German grammar; - detach from the various short texts important details; - to understand the details and the entirety of journalistic and scientific texts that deal with scientific or politico-social topics; Evaluation - to extract detailed information from everyday life situations; - attend interviews or discussions with general or scientific topics; - to understand papers on scientific topics; - create a clear and well structured text and bring arguments; - describe, summarize and compare different data;

- 349 -

- to maintain a position by arguing in different discussions and conversations.

Additional Literature

9 Literature: 4. Langenscheidt Großwörterbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache: Deutsch-Deutsch (Einsprachige Wörterbücher) 2015 5. Dreyer/Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag. Muenchen 2010. 6. Duden: Die Grammatik (Der Duden Band 4). 7., völlig neu erarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Mannheim. Dudenverlag 2005. 7. Buscha/Szita: Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Übungsgrammatik. Sprachniveau B1/B2. Schubert Verlag. Leipzig 2011.

8. Helbig/Buscha: Deutsche Grammatik: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht, Langenscheidt 2008. 9. Karin/Scheiner: Übungsbuchgrammatik. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Max Hueber Verlag 2001.

- 350 -

10. Duden Deutsches Universalwörterbuch. Mannheim, Leipzig, Wien, Zürich. Dudenverlag 2011.

S7 Professor: Prof.dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 7.2 Methodology and Didactics of German Language III 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, seventh Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 This subject is offered in combination with subject “Professional Practice in Schools (class assistance), primary too to reflect the importance and necessity of class planning. This subject offers information and concrete samples for effective and attractive organizing of one class according to the so-called methodology: “model of didactic analysis” Organizing/preparations for one class include: a) The aim of the class (what students are expected to learn the end of the class) b) Learning activities (what kind of activities/exercises the students should achieve to reach the ”Aim of Class Teaching”, c) Methodology for accomplishment of activities (the way how the students work: group work, individual work, etc.), d) Material (texts for reading, texts for listening, etc.) main and supporting with which/ in which are learning activities developed and e) Role of the teacher in preparation for accomplishment of the class. This subject also will treat learning textbooks, possible factors which have an impact in their selecting and activities with the said textbooks (syllabus, students, teachers, etc.) Course Description and 6 objectives

Objectives of the subject: -Analysis of textbooks for language learning -Offering of information and concrete samples for effective and attractive organizing of one class After the completion of this subject the students should be able to: -Organize/plan one teaching class (according to model “Model of Didactic Analysis”); it applies their knowledge on development and enriching of vocabulary in teaching process. -Set out the aim of teaching class -Select material for the activities and necessary methodology for accomplishment of one teaching class

- 351 -

-To Have critical opinion toward learning textbooks -Select the adequate textbooks The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Course Projects...... 10% Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points Examinations and Grading: 9 01-49= 5

50-60 = 6 61-70 = 7 71-80 = 8 81-90 = 9 91-100= 10 1. Bimmel, Peter/ Kast, Bernd/ Neuner, Gerhard (2011): Deutschunterricht planen Neu. Fernstudieneinheit 18. Buch mit DVD. Berlin/München u.a.: Langenscheidt. 2. Burwitz-Melzer, Eva/ Mehlhorn, Grit/ Riemer, Claudia/ Bausch, Karl-Richard/ Krumm, Hans-Jürgen (Hrsg.) (2016): Handbuch Fremdsprachenunterricht. Tübingen: Narr A. Francke Verlag. 3. Buttaroni, Susanne/ Knapp, Alfred (1997): Wahrnehmen und Verstehen – die wesentliche Grundlage des Fremdsprachenerwerbs. In: Fremdsprachenwachstum. Sprachpsychologischer Hintergrund und didaktische Anleitungen. Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag, S. 204-225. 4. Buttaroni, Susanne/ Knapp, Alfred (1997): Einen Blick für die Sprache haben. In: Fremdsprachenwachstum. Sprachpsychologischer Hintergrund und didaktische Literature: 10 Anleitungen. Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag, S. 226-235. 5. Buttaroni, Susanne/ Knapp, Alfred (1997): Die freie

kreative Sprachanwendung und formorientierte Aktivitäten zur Sprachanwendung. In: Fremdsprachenwachstum. Sprachpsychologischer Hintergrund und didaktische Anleitungen. Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag, S. 236-244 und 246-259. 6. Dauvillier, Christa / Levy-Hollerich, Dorothea (2004): Spiele im Deutschunterricht. Berlin / Wien u.a.: Langenscheidt. 7. Ende, Karin / Grotjahn, Rüdiger / Kleppin, Karin / Mohr, Imke (2013): DLL 06: Curriculare Vorgaben und Unterrichtsplanung. Buch mit DVD. München: Langenscheidt. 8. Faistauer, Renate (2000): Ja, kannst du so schreiben – Ein Beitrag zum kooperativen Schreibprozess im

- 352 -

Deutsch als Fremdsprache- Unterricht. In: Krumm, Hans- Jürgen (Hrsg.): Erfahrungen beim Schreiben in der Fremdsprache. Untersuchungen zum Schreibprozess und zur Schreibförderung im Unterricht mit Studierenden. Innsbruck: Studien-Verlag, S. 190-224. 9. Faistauer, Renate/ Fritz, Thomas (2008): Prinzipien eines Sprachunterrichts. In: Bogenreiter-Feigl, Elisabeth (Hrsg.): Paradigmenwechsel? Sprachenlernen im 21. Jahrhundert: Szenarios-Anforderungen-Profile- Ausbildung. VÖV-Edition Sprachen 2, S. 125-133. 10. Faistauer, Renate: (2010): Die sprachlichen Fertigkeiten. In: Krumm, Hans-Jürgen/Fandrych, Christian/ Hufeisen, Britta/ Riemer, Claudia (Hrsg.): Deutsch als Fremd- und Zweitsprache. Ein internationales Handbuch. Band 1. Berlin/New York: De Gruyter, S. 961-969. 11. Krumm, Hans-Jürgen/ Fandrych, Christian/ Hufeisen Britta/ Riemer, Claudia (Hrsg.) (2010): Deutsch als Fremd- und Zweitsprache. Ein Internationales Handbuch. Berlin/New York: de Gruyter 12. Rösler, Dietmar (2012): Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Eine Einführung. Stuttgart/ Weimar: Verlag J.B. Metzler.

S7 Professor: OeAD Lector Mag. Martina Drescher

No MODULE: 7.3 Internship/School Practice 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, seventh Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 0+4, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 This subject is offered in combination with subject “Methodology and Didactics III “and the aim of the students is to observe, document, maintain protocol and reflect the teaching process in schools, as well as reflect on discussed theories during the lectures and what is the process of teaching during appropriate teaching classes. Students will be given opportunity to observe and assist at least in 3 different schools.

Objectives of the subject:

Course Description and 6 - Students will be given opportunities to confront with teaching objectives (Competence) process form the teacher’s point of view

- Students will be given an opportunity to link the information, obtained during the lectures and reality in class

- Students will be given opportunities to improvise classes in class

After the completion of this subject the students should be able to:

- 353 -

- Make preparations for the class (according to methodology/concepts/ advanced models proven for teaching of foreign languages). The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Course Projects...... 10% Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points Examinations and Grading: 9 01-49= 5

50-60 = 6 61-70 = 7 71-80 = 8 81-90 = 9 91-100= 10 1. Dauvillier, Christa/ Levy-Hollerich, Dorothea (2004): Spiele im Deutschunterricht. Berlin / Wien u.a.: Langenscheidt. 2. Schmidjell, Annegret/ Ziebell, Barbara (2014): Unterrichtsbeobachtung und kollegiale Beratung Neu. Fernstudieneinheit 32. Fernstudienprojekt zur Fort- und Weiterbildung im Bereich Germanistik und Deutsch als Literature: Fremdsprache. Kassel/ München: Langenscheidt. 10 3. Schmidjell, Annegret/ Ziebell, Barbara (2002): Unterrichtsbeobachtung und Lehrerverhalten. Fernstudieneinheit 32. Fernstudienprojekt zur Fort- und Weiterbildung im Bereich Germanistik und Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Berlin/München u.a.: Langenscheidt. 4. Schwerdtfeger, Inge (2002): Gruppenarbeit und innere Differenzierung. Berlin / Wien u.a., Langenscheidt.

S7 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 7.4 Seminar of german linguistics 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, 7 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 6

- 354 -

This course is a review of general, applied and historical linguistics, emphasizing the theory and methodology of the traditional central Course Description and areas. 6 objectives (Competence) Upon the completion of the course, students will be able to understand

main concepts of general, applied and historical linguistics. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Graefen, Gabriele/Liedke, Martina (2012): Germanisctische Sprachwissenschaft. Deutsch als Erst-, Zweit- oder Fremdsprache. 2., überarb. u. erweiterte Auflage. mit CD- ROM. Tübingen: A. Franke Verlag

Literature: 2. Ossner, Jakob/ Zinsmeister, Heike (Hrsg.): 10 Sprachwissenschaft für das Lehramt. Ferdinand Schöningh, Paderborn 2014. 3. Best, Karl-Heinz (2008): LinK. Linguistik in Kürze mit einem Ausblick auf die Quantitative Linguistik. 5., durchgesehene Auflage. RAM-Verlag, Lüdenscheid 2008. (Kurz gefasster Überblick, Repetitorium)

Elective courses:

S7 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 7.5 Methodology and techniques of scientific work 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, 7 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The course aims at introducing students to writing techniques used in writing different texts. The course is focused on the formal structure of Course Description and texts. Students will learn how to use techniques in research, planning, 6 objectives (Competence) forming and structuring scientific texts; how to use footnotes, quotations, how to write content page, references, the selection of words and certain expressions in different texts.

- 355 -

Course objectives and Learning outcomes: - to introduce students to main writing techniques; - to expand active and passive vocabulary of students in order to write a seminar paper, to refer to a source or to write diploma paper; - to advance lexical, grammatical and stylistic accuracy of students in German in order to write scientific texts; - to teach students how to quote, write the content page, references and the list of names and expressions; - to master main techniques for writing a scientific paper. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Karmasin, Matthias/Ribing, Reiner (2012): Die Gestaltung wissenschaftlicher Arbeiten. Wien: Facultas. 2. Kornmeier (2008): Wissenschaftlich schreiben leicht gemacht Literature: – für Bachelor, Master und Dissertation. Haupt UTB. 10 3. Stephany, Ursula/Froityheim, Claudia (2009): Arbeitstechniken Sprachwissenschaft. UTB: W. Fink.

S7 Professor: Mr.sc. Vilson Marku (PhD cand.)

No MODULE: 7.6. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4.year, 7. Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The modern world is shaped by science. Applications of scientific knowledge permeate our everyday lives, and our world view is also significantly influenced by the results of science. But what is science, what are scientific theories? What distinguishes the scientific method? Can all scientific theories be reduced to a single theory? And are there Course Description and 6 limits to scientific knowledge? objectives (Competence) The philosophy of science deals with questions like these. The lecture gives a systematic insight into the most important scientific-philosophical questions, positions and arguments. Since the philosophy of science did become an independent discipline until about the beginning of the twentieth century, we deal above all with positions from the twentieth

- 356 -

century, such as those by K. R. Popper, H. Reichenbach, C. G. Hempel, T. S. Kuhn, B. v. Chr. Fraassen and N. Cartwright.

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 Basic Literature: 1. Chalmers, Alan F./Altstötter-Gleich, Christine/Bergemann, Niels, Wege der Wissenschaft : Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie, Berlin, Heidelberg : Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2007 2. Charpa, Ulrich, Grundprobleme der Wissenschaftsphilosophie, Paderborn ; Wien [u.a.] : Schöningh [u.a.] 1996 3. Gadenne, Volker, [Hrsg.],Wissenschaftsphilosophie, Freiburg (Breisgau) [u.a.] : Alber 1999. 4. Hoyningen-Huene, Paul, [Hrsg.] Wozu wissenschaftsphilosophie? : Positionen und Fragen zur gegenwärtigen Wissenschaftsphilosophie,Berlin [u.a.] : de Gruyter 1988. 5. Lambert, Karel,/Brittan, Gordon G., Eine Einführung in die Wissenschaftsphilosophie, Berlin [u.a.] : de Gruyter 1991 Literature: 6. Okasha, Samir. Philosophy of Science: A very short 10 Introduction, Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2002. 7. Theobald, David W. Grundzüge der Wissenschaftsphilosophie (übers. v. Eberhard Bubser),Stuttgart : Reclam 1973.

6. Additional Literature

8. Nemeth, Elisabeth/Stadler, Friedrich [editor]: Die europäische Wissenschaftsphilosophie und das Wiener Erbe,Springer, Wien, 2013. 9. Hoyningen-Huene, Paul, [Hrsg.], Wozu Wissenschaftsphilosophie? : Positionen und Fragen zur gegenwärtigen Wissenschaftsphilosophie ,Berlin [u.a.] : de Gruyter 1988.

- 357 -

S3 Professor: Mag. Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini

No MODULE: 7.7 Literary Translation 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, 7 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The main goal is to allow students to gain basic knowledge about the translation of literary texts. Prerequisites for working with texts is the power of student ( students ) to read, so the ability to read and understand texts, to get from them information independently and to connect them with each other and with the existing knowledge. Texts should possibly summarize all literary aspects. Textbooks must adapt learning phase, in which the technique is used and literary Course Description and 6 translation, the function, which must satisfy. objectives (Competence)

Objectives and expected outcomes of the case: - Recognize the basic concepts of both languages syntax and technique of literary translations, - Internal construction of sentence and sentence types in German, compared to Albanian, textual analysis of the forms and functions of sentences. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point

- 358 -

1. Fiedler, W./Klosi, A. (1999): Langenscheidt Handwörterbuch Albanisch Taschenbuch. Langenscheidt.

2. Friedmar Apel, Annette Kopetzki: Literarische Literature: Übersetzung. J. B. Metzler, Stuttgart. 10 3. Koller, Werner (2011): Einführung in die Übersetzungswissenschaft. UBT. 4. Kußmaul, Paul (2014): Verstehen und Übersetzen: Ein Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch. Narr Verlag.

S7 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 7.8 Contrastive linguistics 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, 7 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The course covers the description of similarities and differences between different languages (interlingual perspective) and within a language (intralingual perspective – German in Germany, Austria and Switzerland); text, discourse analysis and sociolinguistic aspects. Course objectives and Learning outcomes: Course Description and 6 To explain basic notions of contrastive linguistics and methods of objectives (Competence) analysis in contrastive linguistics. To consider different linguistic phenomena in Albanian and German by applying methods of contrastive linguistics. To discuss structural and functional problems from interlingual perspective (between German and Albanian) and intralingual perspective (within variants of German in Germany, Austria and Switzerland) in contrastive aspect.

- 359 -

The first test has from 1-30 points Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 points 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 points The final test has 1-20 points Total: 100 points 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Course Projects...... 10% 9 Grading: Final Exam...... 60%

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 Rein, Kurt (1983): Einführung in die kontrastive Linguistik. Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft. Tekin, Özlem (2012): Grundlagen der Kontrastiven Linguistik in Literature: 10 Theorie und Praxis. Tübingen: Stauffenburg.

Theisen, Joachim (2016): Kontrastive Linguistik: Eine Einführung. Tübingen: Narr. Wegener, Heide (Hg.) 1998: Deutsch kontrastiv. Tübingen.

FOURTH YEAR – EIGHTH SEMESTER

Obligatory courses:

S8 Professor: Mr. Armend Bytyqi

No. MODULE: 8.1 Language Practice IV (C1/2) 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature 2 Academic Year: Year IV, Semester VIII 3 Compulsory/Elective: Compulsory

4 Rato, Duration: 15 weeks, 0+8

5 No. Credits ECTS: 6 The development of communicative and social skills for written, spoken, spoken and spoken communication that approximates the mother tongue level is the goal of this course. All four skills will be exercised through the handling of different topics and independent student work, through Course Description and which further extends the B2 / 2 vocabulary. Topics to be elaborated Objectives 6 during this semester are well selected in order to provide a consistent knowledge base of German. The development of the lesson will be used in addition to the texts from the basic book and authentic texts related to the grammar of the German language for foreigners, CDs for the exercise of the skills of listening, especially the pronunciation and digital format which it offers literary publishers such as the internet platform for online

- 360 -

exercises and applications for mobile phones, films dedicated to learning German, but also the independent work of the student through the Internet. During the exercises the students will also present seminars with different topics that are in line with the course program. Course objectives: Provide students with specific grammatical and linguistic knowledge. - enable students to combine at a specific and competent level in German. - to increase the student's ability to converse, present and argue on different linguistic and scientific or political-social topics.

- developing the receptive and productive skills of the student at level C1 of the European Common Frame of Reference for Languages; - to prove that he has extensive knowledge of German - to understand information from various linguistic and scientific articles - follow key lines from concrete and abstract topics and extract information that is relevant to it (eg in radio programs); - Issue specific information from articles in newsletters, notifications related to specific topics; - Understand a wide range of texts, whether short texts (such Evaluation as announcements), longer and more complex, such as texts from particular fields, comments, and reports; - write writing and presentations on specific topics independently. - be able to present and substantiate opinions on different linguistic and scientific topics; - Make structured oral presentations on general topics and fields of interest; to take an active part in discussions that relate to topics familiar to him, to hold on to these conversations and to present his / her viewpoint.- have the pronunciation and use of the German language at the native language level.

- 361 -

Point evaluation: 01-49 = 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 81-90 = 9, 91-100 = 10 Exam: Assessment and Grading 8 Listening - 20% Reading - 20% Writing -20% Speaking - 20% Participation & activity: 20% Literature: 1. Perlmann-Balme/Matussek/Schwalb: Sicher! Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Niveau C1/2. Hueber Verlag 2015. 2. Techmer/Brill: Goßes Übungsbuch Deutsch Wortschatz. Niveau A2-C1. Hueber Verlag 2011. 3. Margit Doubek, Sandra Hohmann, Klaus F. Mautsch, Daniela Schmeiser, Heidrun Tremp Soares: Mittelpunkt neu C1/Deutsch als Fremdsprache für Fortgeschrittene/Intensivtrainer - Wortschatz und Grammatik. Klett 2015 Additional Literature 4. Langenscheidt Großwörterbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache: Deutsch-Deutsch (Einsprachige Wörterbücher) 2015 5. Dreyer/Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen 9 Literature: Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag. Muenchen 2010. 6. Duden: Die Grammatik (Der Duden Band 4). 7., völlig neu erarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Mannheim. Dudenverlag 2005. 7. Buscha/Szita: Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Übungsgrammatik. Sprachniveau B1/B2. Schubert Verlag. Leipzig 2011.

8. Helbig/Buscha: Deutsche Grammatik: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht, Langenscheidt 2008. 9. Karin/Scheiner: Übungsbuchgrammatik. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Max Hueber Verlag 2001. 10. Duden Deutsches Universalwörterbuch. Mannheim, Leipzig, Wien, Zürich. Dudenverlag 2011.

S8 Professor: OeAD Lector Mag. Martina Drescher

No MODULE: 8.2 Internship/ School Practice 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA)

- 362 -

2 Academic Year: 4 year, eight Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 0+4, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 Course Description:

This subject is a continuance of subject “Professional Practice in School” (class assistance) and its aim is so that students can become an active part of teaching process in school.

To attend “Practice in School” (teaching), students should successfully observe examinations in subjects: “Methodology and Didactics I, II, III and “Professional Practice in School” (class assistance).

Objectives of the subject:

- Students will be given an opportunity to face the teaching process

in the role of teacher Course Description and 6 objectives (Competence) - Students will be given an opportunity to link the information,

obtained during the lectures and reality in class.

After the completion of this subject the students should be able to:

- Make preparations for the class (according to methodology/concepts/ advanced models proven for teaching of foreign languages).

Methodology of teaching

Students will prepare and hold classes in a given school under teacher’s observation. For every class kept, the students will need to submit in writing a report. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Course Projects...... 10% Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points Examinations and Grading: 9 01-49= 5

50-60 = 6 61-70 = 7 71-80 = 8 81-90 = 9 91-100= 10

- 363 -

1. Barkowski, Hans/ Grommes, Patrick/ Vicente, Beate Lex Sara/ Wallner, Franziska/ Winzer-Kiontke, Britta (2014): DLL 03: Deutsch als fremde Sprache. Buch mit DVD. München: Klett-Langenscheidt. 2. Bimmel, Peter/ Kast, Bernd/ Neuner, Gerhard (2011): Deutschunterricht planen Neu. Fernstudieneinheit 18. Buch mit DVD. Berlin/München u.a.: Langenscheidt. 3. Dauvillier, Christa / Levy-Hollerich, Dorothea (2004): Spiele im Deutschunterricht. Berlin / Wien u.a.: Literature: 10 Langenscheidt.

4. Kleppin, Karin (1998): Fehler und Fehlerkorrektur. Berlin / Wien u.a.: Langenscheidt. 5. Lungquist-Mog, Angelika/ Widlok, Beate (2015): DLL 08: DaF für Kinder. Buch mit DVD. München: Klett Verlag. 6. Mohr, Imke/ Salomo, Dorothé (2016): DLL 10: DaF für Jugendliche. Buch mit DVD. München: Klett Verlag. 7. Schwerdtfeger, Inge C.: Gruppenarbeit und innere Differenzierung. Berlin/ Wien u.a.: Langenscheidt 2002.

S11 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

No MODULE: 8.3 Seminar on Didactics 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, 8 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Compulsory 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+2, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 5 This of this subject is for students to practice research, presentation and drafting of written paper work (science paper) while attending regulations and techniques determined for study papers. The topics will be covered in form of lectures of methodology and didactics. In this way it will do the feedback and further deepening into topics which will serve for school practices.

Objectives of the subject: Course Description and 6 - Research about one particular topic objectives (Competence) - Preparation of paper presentation/presentation - Preparation of written paper - Practicing of techniques/disciplines for paper works Learning Outcomes: - Research about one particular topic in the field of didactic and methodic. - Drafting of written paper work (study paper)

- 364 -

The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10 1. Bausch, K. R./ Christ, H. / Krumm, H. J. (Hrsg.): (2007): Handbuch Fremdsprachenunterricht. 5 Aufl. Tübingen, UTB, Francke. 2. Bimmel, Peter/ Kast, Bernd/ Neuner, Gerhard (2011): Deutschunterricht planen Neu. Fernstudieneinheit 18. Buch mit DVD. Berlin/München u.a.: Langenscheidt. 3. Burwitz-Melzer, Eva/ Mehlhorn, Grit/ Riemer, Claudia/ Bausch, Karl-Richard/ Krumm, Hans-Jürgen (Hrsg.) (2016): Handbuch Fremdsprachenunterricht. Tübingen: Narr A. Francke Verlag. 4. Buttaroni, Susanne/ Knapp, Alfred (1997): Wahrnehmen und Verstehen – die wesentliche Grundlage des Fremdsprachenerwerbs. In: Fremdsprachenwachstum. Sprachpsychologischer Hintergrund und didaktische Anleitungen. Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag, S. 204-225. 5. Buttaroni, Susanne/ Knapp, Alfred (1997): Einen Blick für die Sprache haben. In: Fremdsprachenwachstum. Sprachpsychologischer Hintergrund und didaktische Literature: 10 Anleitungen. Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag, S. 226-235.

6. Buttaroni, Susanne/ Knapp, Alfred (1997): Die freie kreative Sprachanwendung und formorientierte Aktivitäten zur Sprachanwendung. In: Fremdsprachenwachstum. Sprachpsychologischer Hintergrund und didaktische Anleitungen. Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag, S. 236-244 und 246-259. 7. Dauvillier, Christa / Levy-Hollerich, Dorothea (2004): Spiele im Deutschunterricht. Berlin / Wien u.a.: Langenscheidt. 8. Ende, Karin / Grotjahn, Rüdiger / Kleppin, Karin / Mohr, Imke (2013): DLL 06: Curriculare Vorgaben und Unterrichtsplanung. Buch mit DVD. München: Langenscheidt. 9. Faistauer, Renate (2000): Ja, kannst du so schreiben – Ein Beitrag zum kooperativen Schreibprozess im Deutsch als Fremdsprache- Unterricht. In: Krumm, Hans-Jürgen (Hrsg.): Erfahrungen beim Schreiben in der Fremdsprache. Untersuchungen zum Schreibprozess und zur

- 365 -

Schreibförderung im Unterricht mit Studierenden. Innsbruck: Studien-Verlag, S. 190-224.

12 O 8.4 Final Thesis, BA ECTS 6

8.4 Final Thesis, BA

The final thesis requires the student to prepare, research and write-up a piece of work based on library resources on a planning or planning-related topic. The student will choose a topic and will be required to produce an extended paper work that synthesises and develops a critique on the existing literature.

Elective courses:

S8 Professor: Prof. Dr. Izer Maksuti

No MODULE: 8.5 Methodology and techniques of Translation 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, 8 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The aim of this course is to make an introduction to different methodological approaches and procedures in the translation process. Course Description and The content of this course is composed by the following 6 objectives (Competence) subjects: the definition and main types of translation, the development of the science of translation, receptive phase of translation, and productive phase of translation.

The first test has from 1-30 points Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 points 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 points The final test has 1-20 points Total: 100 points 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Examinations and Mid-term exam...... 20% 9 Grading: Course Projects...... 10%

Final Exam...... 60%

- 366 -

The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10

1. Göpferich, Susanne (2008): Translationsprozessforschung: Stand – Methoden – Perspektiven. Narr. 2. Kengne Fokoua, Magloire (2009): Methodische Probleme Literature: 10 der Übersetzung. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Übersetzungsprozeduren. Verlag Dr. Kovac, Hamburg 2009 3. Snell-Hornby, Mary u. a.(1999): Handbuch Translation. Stauffenburg, Tübingen.

S11 Professor: Prof. Dr. Kimete Canaj

MODULE: 8.6 Analyzing and Preparing Teaching of German as Foreign No Language 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, 8 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 This objective if this subject is primary analising and preparing teaching process and its aim is so that students can become an active part of teaching process in school.

Course Description and Objectives of the subject: 6 objectives (Competence) - Students will be given an opportunity to analyze and prepare the teaching process, they will act in the role of teacher in the class. - Students will be given an opportunity to link the information, obtained during the lectures and reality in class.

- 367 -

1. Buch, Albert/Stenschke, Oliver (2008): Germanistische Linguistik. Eine Einführung. Tübingen: Narr. 2. Bausch, K. R./ Christ, H. / Krumm, H. J. (Hrsg.): (2007): Handbuch Fremdsprachenunterricht. 5 Aufl. Tübingen, UTB, Francke. 3. Ursula Bredel,Hartmut Günther,Peter Klotz: Didaktik der deutschen Sprache, Bd1, 2, 2006, UTB. 4. Gerd Brenner: Methoden für Deutsch und Fremdsprachen, Lernen und Lehren, 2016 Cornelsen Verlag, Berlin 5. Trim, John / North, Brian u. a.: Gemeinsamer Literature: europäischer Referenzrahmen für Sprachen: lernen, 10 lehren, beurteilen: Lernen, lehren, beurteilen. Niveau A1, A2, B1, B2. Hrsg. von Goethe-Institut. Übers. von Jürgen Quetz. – Berlin, Wien u.a.: Lagenscheidt 2009Graefen G/Liedke M. (2008): Germanistische Sprachwissenschaft. Tübingen: A. Franke Verlag. 6. Faistauer, Renate (2000): Ja, kannst du so schreiben – Ein Beitrag zum kooperativen Schreibprozess im Deutsch als Fremdsprache- Unterricht. In: Krumm, Hans- Jürgen (Hrsg.): Erfahrungen beim Schreiben in der Fremdsprache. Untersuchungen zum Schreibprozess und zur Schreibförderung im Unterricht mit Studierenden. Innsbruck: Studien-Verlag, S. 190-224.

S3 Professor: Mag. Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini

No MODULE: 8.7 Literature in teaching German as a foreign language 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, 8 Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective 4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The course covers the role of literary texts in teaching German as a foreign language and the methods of using them in the teaching process.

Course objectives: Course Description and 6 - to inform students on the process of learning foreign languages and objectives (Competence) the possibility to use literary texts for this purpose;

- to inform students on the role of literary texts in teaching German as a foreign language; - to inform students on the use of literary texts in the teaching process;

- 368 -

- to teach students how to use knowledge on theory of literature gained during their studies in the teaching process. Learning outcomes: Upon the completion of the course, students will be able: - to the process of learning foreign languages and the possibility to use literary texts for this purpose; - to know about the role of literary texts in teaching German as a foreign language; - to know about the methods of using literary texts in the teaching process; - to apply the process of text comprehension; - to use knowledge on theory of literature gained during their studies. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point 8 Teaching Elements: Lessons, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Examinations and Grading: Course Projects...... 10% 9 Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points 01-49= 5, 50-60 = 6, 61-70 = 7, 71-80 = 8, 1-90 = 9, 91-100= 10

1. Helmling/Wackwitz (1986): Literatur im Deutschunterricht am Beispiel von narrativen Texten. Literature: München: Goethe-Institut. Ehlers, S. (1992): Lesen als 10 Verstehen. Berlin usf.: Langenscheidt. 2. Westhoff, G. (1997): Fertigkeit Lesen. Berlin usf.: Langenscheidt)

S8 Professor: OeAD Lector Mag. Martina Drescher

No MODULE: 8.8 Business German 1 Study Program: German Language and Literature (BA) 2 Academic Year: 4 year, eight Semester 3 Compulsory/ Elective: Elective

- 369 -

4 Ratio, Duration: 2+1, 15 weeks 5 No. Credits ECTS: 4 The course is practical and it enables students to know about business terminology in German. Vocabulary is expanded, grammatical structures are used for communication in the field of business.

Course objectives and Learning outcomes:

- to develop receptive and productive skills in the field of business; to expand vocabulary;

Course Description and 6 - to practice writing official documents; objectives (Competence)

Upon the completion of the course, students will be able:

- to communicate with German speakers in concrete situations in the field of business;

- to write different official documents;

- to use their interpersonal skills in different contexts. The first test has from 1-30 point Evaluation: The second test has from 1- 30 point 7 All the activities in the class have 1-20 point Finally test has 1-20 point. Total: 100 point Lessons, exercices, colloquiums, students must participate actively in 8 Teaching Elements: class, homework and learn independently. Individual, pair and group work, final exam. Discussions...... 10%. Mid-term exam...... 20% Course Projects...... 10% Final Exam...... 60% The evaluations of points Examinations and Grading: 9 01-49= 5

50-60 = 6 61-70 = 7 71-80 = 8 81-90 = 9 91-100= 10 1. Buhlmann, Rosemarie/ Fearns, Anneliese/ Leimbacher, Eric (2008): Wirtschaftsdeutsch von A – Z. Kommunikation und Fachwortschatz in der Wirtschaft. Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch. Berlin/ München u.a.: Langenscheidt. Literature: 2. Fearns, Anneliese/ Lévy-Hillerich, Dorothea (Hrsg.) 10 (2009): Kommunikation im Beruf - Für alle Sprachen: B1/B2 - Kommunikation in der Wirtschaft: Kursbuch mit Glossar auf CD-ROM. Cornelsen Verlag. 3. Eismann, Volker (2008): Wirtschaftskommunikation Deutsch. München: Langenscheidt.

- 370 -

- 371 -

4. Study Programs

1.1 Regulations for development, reviewing and approval of new curriculums Ideas for new study programs may come from any stakeholder including rector, deans of faculties, students. The idea is presented in Senate which decides if the study programs fulfills criteria for further development and is the program in harmony within the university and state policy. Some of the conditions that have to be taken into consideration before applying for new study program are: Study of the labor market, State policy, lack of professionals in particular field. 1.2 Regulatyions on student evaluations There are three regular and two extraordinary examination terms. Exterminations are organized by respective faculties and professors are obliged to present the syllabus at the beginning of the semester which also contains the procedure of evaluation of the students. It is up to professor to decide about the criteria.  Exams serve as a regular form of knowledge assessment.  Examinations can be organized separately for each subject or combined for more subjects in accordance with the study program (examination committee).  Exams are public and are held in the following ways:  In writing;  Oral;  Written and oral;  Practice.  Combined oral exams and written made will be hold within seven days.  Examinations by an examiner or by committee exams.  Examinations can be held by an examination commission if:  The student has complained in writing;  Is assigned to the program of studies.  The procedure of examination is set in the program study.  The method of determining the knowledge and the exam will determined by the curriculum of the subject - the syllabus.  Exams for bachelor and master held during the term of  exams.  Examination schedule include the winter term (January), spring  (June) and autumn (September). The exact period for each term is  determine the general calendar of studies, which is the adopted by the Senate and open to the public. Details about the date of start and end of each period are determined by  councils of academic units.  The schedule of examinations, which included daily schedules, published at the beginning of the academic year.  The schedule of examinations will be determined in such a way that the student  will not have no more than one exam per day.  The schedule of exams, after being announced, are binding as to  the examiner and the student.

- 372 -

1.3 Regulation for BA and MA thesis is attached to this report.  Thesis for bachelor and Master Degree  Bachelor's programs end up with thesisfor bachelor or by commission examination in accordance with programstheir studies.  The Bachelor thesis work individually by the studentproving that the theoretical skills achieved during the course of study cansuccessfully used for solving practical problems in fields specific scientific.  The Bachelor thesis can be jointly elaborated by twoor three students (research group) and there must be clearly markedcontribution of each candidate.  The request for elaboration of a Bachelor of twoor three students decided by the council of the academic unit.  Procedure for application, elaboration, defence and evaluation of operating the  Thesis bachelor determined the council of the academic units.

- 373 -

5. Staff 1. Full time academic staff

EMRI MBIEMRI THIRRJA FAKULTETI 1 Agon Kokaj Asistent FSHK 2 Ajka Aljilji Prof.ass ED 3 Albana Milaimi Prof.ass. FSHJM 4 Albulena Alidemaj Asistent ED 5 Anera Alishani Asistent EKONOMIK 6 Arif Riza Prof.ass JURIDIK 7 Armend Podvorica Prof.ass JURIDIK 8 Artan Nimani Prof.ass EKONOMIK 9 Artan Reshani Asistent ED 10 Bajram Cupi Prof.ass ED 11 Behxhet Brajshori Prof.ass EKONOMIK 12 Bekim Berisha Prof.ass EKONOMIK 13 Betim Maloku asistent FSHK 14 Dardan Vuniqi Asistent JURIDIK 15 Drita Krasniqi Prof.ass EKONOMIK 16 Dhurate Hyseni asistent FSHK 17 Elsev Brina-Lopar Prof.ass ED 18 Ercan Canhasi Prof.Ass. FSHK 19 Fahredin Shabani Prof.asc ED 20 Festim Tafolli Asistent EKONOMIK 21 Flamur Shala Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË 22 Florije Govori Prof.ass EKONOMIK 23 Gani Gjini Prof.ass. EKONOMIK 24 Halil Kukaj Prof.ass EKONOMIK 25 Halim Bajraktari Prof.ass JURIDIK 26 Hamdi Hoti Prof.ass EKONOMIK 27 Hysni Terziu Prof.ass. EKONOMIK 28 Ilir Murturi asistent FSHK 29 Ismet Temaj Prof.asc ED 30 Izer Maksuti Prof.ass FILOLOGJIË 31 Isuf Lushi Prof.aso EKONOMIK 32 Kadri Kryeziu Prof.ass JURIDIK 33 Kimete Canaj Prof.ass.dr FILOLOGJIË 34 Leonora Sopaj Asistent EKONOMIK 35 Malush Mjaku prof.ass FSHK 36 Marigona Geci Asistent EKONOMIK 37 Muharrem Faiku Prof.ass JURIDIK 38 Munevver Muyo Prof.ass ED 39 Naim Baftiu prof.ass FSHK

- 374 -

40 Nerimane Bajraktari Prof.ass EKONOMIK 41 Nol Krasniqi Asistent FSHJM 42 Ragip Gjoshi Prof.ass ED 43 Sabaudin Cena prof.dr. ED 44 Sadik Idrizi Ligjerues ED 45 Samedin Krrabaj prof.ass FSHK 46 Sejdi Sejdiu Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË 47 Selman Jagxhiu prof.ass FSHK 48 Sermin Turtulla Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË 49 Soner Yildirim Prof,ass ED 50 Shefki Shterbani Asistent JURIDIK 51 Shemsi Morina Prof.ass ED 52 Shkelqim Millaku Prof.ass FILOLOGJIË 53 Shukri Maxhuni Prof.ass. EKONOMIK 54 Teuta Kafexholli Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË 55 Vedat Bajrami Asistent ED 56 Vjollca Dibra Ibrahimi Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË 57 Xhafer Beqiraj Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË 58 Xhevair Bajrami prof.ass FSHK 59 Ylli Kortoqi Prof.ass FSHJM 60 Zirije Hasani prof.ass FSHK

3. Part time academic staff

Name and surname Academic Faculty degree 1 Abdullah Zejnullahu prof.i.rreg FSHK 2 Abdylkader Muqaj Ligjerues JURIDIK 3 Adelajda Baftiu Asistent FILOLOGJIË 4 Adelina Rakaj Asistent JURIDIK 5 Adem Shala Ligjerues JURIDIK 6 Aferina Skeja Asistent EKONOMIK 7 Ahmed Bihorac Ligjerues ED 8 Aida Alla Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË 9 Akif Gashi asistent FSHK 10 Albana Krasniqi Ligjerues ED 11 Albolena Morina Asistent EKONOMIK 12 Amanda Zeqiri Asistent ED 13 Amantina Pervizaj Ligjerues EKONOMIK 14 Amela Lukac-Zoranic Ligjerues ED 15 Arben Hajdari prof.aso EKONOMIK 16 Arber Beshiri asistent FSHK

- 375 -

17 Arleta Rifati Nixha Prof.ass. FSHJM 18 Armend Bytyci Asistent FILOLOGJIË 19 Arsim Susuri ligjerues FSHK 20 Arsim Thaqi Asistent JURIDIK 21 Arta Hallaci Asistent FILOLOGJIË 22 Astrit Hulaj ligjerues FSHK 23 Avdyl Pantina Asistent ED 24 Ayla Gasi Ligjerues ED 25 Azem Kolloni Asistent JURIDIK 26 Bahtije Gerbeshi Prof.asc. EKONOMIK 27 Bajram Demollari Ligjerues JURIDIK 28 Baki Koleci Prof.ass. EKONOMIK 29 Bardha Buza Ligjerues ED 30 Becir Sabotic Ligjerues ED 31 Behxhet Gaxhiqi Prof.ass ED 32 Bekim Gashi Prof.ass. FSHJM 33 Berat Aqifi Prof.ass JURIDIK 34 Berkant Basha ligjerues FSHK 35 Berna Babayonuz Ligjerues ED 36 Bertan Karahoda ligjerues FSHK 37 Besarta Avdyli Asistent ED 38 Besim Gallopeni prof.ass EKONOMIK 39 Besnik Hajdari asistent FSHK 40 Brikena Kadzadej Prof.dr.ord FILOLOGJIË 41 Cengiz Çesko Ligjerues ED 42 Dafina Abdullahu Asistent EKONOMIK 43 Dalila Lekaj Asistent ED 44 Dardan Berisha Asistent JURIDIK 45 Dardane Bojaxhiu Asistent FILOLOGJIË 46 Dashurie Saramati Asistent FILOLOGJIË 47 Dorinë Rakaj Asistent FILOLOGJIË 48 Edis Pajaziti asistent FSHK 49 Edmond Beqiri prof.i.asoc FSHK 50 Egzon Tahirukaj Asistent FSHJM 51 Egzona Samahoda Asistent JURIDIK 52 Elez Osmani prof I rreg EKONOMIK 53 Elsa Vula Asistent FILOLOGJIË 54 Elvir Shtavica Asistent EKONOMIK 55 Engin Melekoglu ligjerues FSHK 56 Engul Galo ligjerues FSHK 57 Eqerem Zenelaj Ligjerues JURIDIK 58 Ergin Gashi ligjerues FSHK 59 Ergin Kala ligjerues FSHK 60 Esad Kurejsepi Ligjerues ED

- 376 -

61 Esen Spahi Ligjerues ED 62 Esma Canhasi Ligjerues ED 63 Fadil Kryeziu Ligjerues JURIDIK 64 Fadil Novalic prof.i.asoc FSHK 65 Faruk Bojaxhi Ligjerues FSHJM 66 Fatime Gashi asistent FSHK 67 Fatmir Mehmeti Asistent ED 68 Fatos Haziri Ligjerues JURIDIK 69 Fehim Huskovic Prof.dr. ED 70 Fesal Baxhaku ligjerues FSHK 71 Fevzi Berisha Prof.ass EKONOMIK 72 Fitore Abdullahu Prof.ass ED 73 Gresa Mjaku Asistent EKONOMIK 74 Gjyle Totaj Salihu Asistent FILOLOGJIË 75 Hajrija Skrejli ligjerues FSHK 76 Haki Xhakli Prof.ass ED 77 Halit Shabani Prof.ass EKONOMIK 78 Hamide Begaj ligjerues FSHK 79 Haris Bibujlica asistent FSHK 80 Herolinda Bylykbashi Asistent FILOLOGJIË 81 Hivzo Golos Ligjerues ED 82 Hysnie Koro Ligjerues ED 83 Ibrahim Krasniqi Prof.ass. EKONOMIK 84 Ibrahim Mala Ligjerues JURIDIK 85 Ilir Islami Ligjerues FSHJM 86 Ilir Krusha Asistent FILOLOGJIË 87 Ismet Ahmeti Asistent ED 88 Ismet Bujupaj Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË 89 Jusuf Mustafa prof.i aso EKONOMIK 90 Kadri Krasniqi Ligjerues EKONOMIK 91 Kajtaz Bllaca prof.ass. FSHK 92 Kastriote Vllahna Ligjerues JURIDIK 93 Kushtrim Xhaferi Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË 94 Laura Naka Ligjerues ED 95 Liridon Bucaj Asistent FSHJM 96 Luan Vardari Asistent EKONOMIK 97 Martina Drecher Lektore FILOLOGJIË 98 Mejdin Saliji Ligjerues ED 99 Meleq Bahtijari Prof.asoc FSHJM 100 Mentor Hamiti ligjerues FSHK 101 Mentor Lecaj Ligjerues JURIDIK 102 Mevlan Qafleshi ligjerues FSHK 103 Mirlinda Vula Ligjerues ED 104 Muhamet Hamiti prof.Asc FILOLOGJIË

- 377 -

105 Muhamet Zogaj Asistent FSHJM 106 Muljaim Kacka Ligjerues ED 107 Musa Murati asistent FSHK 108 Musaj Paqarizi Prof.ass. FSHJM 109 Myfail Zylbehari Asistent EKONOMIK 110 Myrtez Zekolli Ligjerues JURIDIK 111 Myzafer Saracevic prof.i.asoc FSHK 112 Naim Berisha Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË 113 Naim Spahiu Ligjerues JURIDIK 114 Nalan Kazaz Ligjerues ED 115 Naser Mrasori Prof.ass.dr FILOLOGJIË 116 Naser Pajaziti Prof.asoc ED 117 Nazli Tyfekci Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË 118 Nuri Bexheti prof.asoc JURIDIK 119 Nuri Brina Ligjerues ED 120 Nysret Pllana Prof.ass. EKONOMIK 121 Njomza Bajraktari ligjerues FSHK 122 Njomza Elezaj Asistent FSHJM 123 Onat Baymak Ligjerues ED 124 Osman Sertolli Asistent FSHJM 125 Pajtime Shala Asistent FSHJM 126 Petrit Hasanaj Prof.ass EKONOMIK 127 Qazim Elshani Prof.ass ED 128 Qufli Osmani prof.i aso EKONOMIK 129 Ramadan Cikaqi asistent FSHK 130 Rifat Hoxha Dr. EKONOMIK 131 Rrezarta Ramadani Asistent FILOLOGJIË 132 Sadete Pllana Prof.ass JURIDIK 133 Safet Hoxha Ligjerues JURIDIK 134 Sanela Lutvic ligjerues FSHK 135 Saranda Buzhala Asistent FILOLOGJIË 136 Sejdi Rexhepi prof.i rreg EKONOMIK 137 Selver Pepic prof.i.asoc FSHK 138 Senad Jusufi Asistent EKONOMIK 139 Serdan Kervan Ligjerues ED 140 Sindorela Doli Prof.ass ED 141 Suada Dzogovic Ligjerues ED 142 Shanoela Zaqe Asistent JURIDIK 143 Shefik Bajmak prof.i.rreg FSHK 144 Shkurte Veliu-Ajdini Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË 145 Shpejtim Zymberaj Msc EKONOMIK 146 Shykrane Germizaj Prof.dr. FILOLOGJIË 147 Uran Zogaj Asistent JURIDIK 148 Vehbi Sofiu ligjerues FSHK

- 378 -

149 Vilson Marku Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË 150 Vjosa Hamiti Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË 151 Xhevdet Rusinovci Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË 152 Ylvije Kraja Prof.ass EKONOMIK 153 Yllka Imeri Asistent FILOLOGJIË 154 Yyxhel Spahi ligjerues FSHK

- 379 -

6. Students

1.1. Statistics of students since establishment of UPZ.

You can see a dynamic growth in two years after establishment of the UPZ. Number of students for each program, failed students, and total number of students (not including students of the Faculty of education) 1.2. Development of student’s number since establishment of UPZ: Study Programs 2010 F 2011 F 2012 F 2013 F 2014 F 2015 F 2016 2017

Business Administration 1. 440 211 400 186 300 142 298 161 399 218 400 186 303 BA

International Management 2. 268 113 297 87 280 116 253 92 345 126 423 158 192 BA

3. Law BA 330 125 325 168 330 152 310 171 493 260 603 244 421

4. Software Design BA 144 56 158 62 200 84 213 102 231 96 200 62 125

5. TIT BA 238 112 220 98 250 116 220 93 243 112 211 71 240

6. School Education BA 241 168 200 154 176 120 181 129 300 186 397

7. Pre-School Education BA 225 189 130 112 212 197 150 142 329 286 226

German Language and 8. 69 32 150 70 130 78 146 77 179 80 150 63 153 literature BA

Cultural Heritage and 9. 30 12 30 14 30 12 30 Tourism Management MA

Albanian Language and 10. 33 28 84 36 168 75 131 Literature BA

English Language abd 11. 73 44 138 78 150 61 206 literature BA

Busniess Administration 12. 60 25 63 28 115 MA

Accounting and auditing 13. 60 36 75 34 98 MA

Computer Science and 14. 60 23 37 12 63 Technology MA

Agribusines 53 15

Environmental and forest 16 67 sciences

Total 1489 2016 1820 1964 2653 3139 2820

TOTAL 15901

- 380 -

1.3 Number of graduate students Computer Education Economics Philology Law Total Scince 2013 148 20 168 2014 207 105 67 382 2015 185 250 57 492 2016 2017 Total 188 605 105 144 1042

2.1 Passing rate for each program and on institutional level in %. Study Programs 2011 F 2012 F 2013 F 2014 F Avarage F

1. Business Administration BA 59 54 54 51 54.5

2. International Management BA 61 58 52 50 55.25

3. Law BA 55 50 49 47 50.25

4. Software Design BA 58 55 51 49 53.25

5. TIT BA 59 55 53 50 54.25

6. School Education BA 50 48 44 48 47.5

7. Pre-School Education BA 52 50 50 49 50.25

German Language and 8. 60 58 57 58 58.25 literature BA

Cultural Heritage and Tourism 9. Management MA

Albanian Language and 10. Literature BA

11. Gjuhё dhe letersi angleze BA

12. International Management MA

13. Accounting and auditing MA

Computer Science and 14. Technology MA

Avarage 52.93

- 381 -

2.2 Students who drop out in %:

Study Programs 2011 F 2012 F 2013 F 2014 F 2015

1. Business Administration BA 8.3 7.8 9.7 11.2 11.4

2. International Management BA 6.8 7.1 8.2 8.7 8.8

3. Law BA 7.1 10.2 11.3 11.8 10.2

4. Software Design BA 9.7 11.0 12.2 12.1 11.0

5. TIT BA 9.4 10.8 11.7 11.9 10.8

6. School Education BA 5.7 4.2 4.6 3.2 4.6

7. Pre-School Education BA 4.5 4.2 3.7 4.2 3.7

German Language and 8. 7.8 8.2 7.6 7.6 8.1 literature BA

Cultural Heritage and Tourism 9. 0 0 0 0 0 Management MA

Albanian Language and 10. Literature BA

11. Gjuhё dhe letersi angleze BA

12. International Management MA

13. Accounting and auditing MA

Computer Science and 14. Technology MA

Total

3. Ratio of full time academic staff and active students (full time and part time) is 1 per 25.

4. Scholarships

Number of Scholarships Amaunt Total amount 2013 49 900 € 44.100.00 2014 53 900 € 47.700.00 2015 94 900 € 84.600.00

5.- Students Support Service is in close cooperation with the Student’s Parliament Service who are represented at all levels of their students organization, those members have a great role within students’ internal and external activities cooperation with other universities. 6. Provide the students’ with advisable aid and support services during entire their basic studies at UPZ on daily basis, five days per week from 8 to 16 hrs.

- 382 -

7.Foster an academically focused climate supportive of the success of students.- Interest and motivation of students to participating in trainings.- Quick information regarding the flow of the information in the framework of UPZ

8. Students’ activities on local and international cooperation- In the past and for time being we have some students exchange with some of our partner universities in which we have a common agreement of the student’s exchange, but also this common cooperation is still going to date.- Some of our students are returned to study at our University after their staying abroad of one year in their respective study programme.- Also our aim is the most desired requirement to have organized more international educational trainings within our country and partners involved in different projects, because this will facilitate our students being more knowledgeable and more inspired, and admirable with the experiences shared with the students faculties/colleges from different culture backgrounds and different manner of educational development of the foreign countries.- Regarding the students internship, our university has few agreements with local companies where the students of Economic Faculty and Law Faculty are conducting their internship at their compounds, also the Faculty of Education are conducting their internship at the primary and secondary relevant schools, as required within their curriculum programme.

- 383 -

7. Quality Assurance

1. Quality Assurance system 1.In March 2012 the Management of the University of Prizren established the Quality Assurance Office with the remit to facilitate the implementation of the principles outlined above. At national and European level the University of Prizren is committed to use as guiding documents within the European Higher Education Area as well as those of the Republic of Kosovo:

1. Bologna Declaration; 2. “Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in The European Higher Education Area”, European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education (ENQA) 3. Lisbon Convention; 4. Kosovo Law on Higher Education; 5. Kosovo Accreditation Agency guidelines.

2. Regulations for procedures of quality assurance There are three filters that a program has to go through in order to be applicable for the evaluation by Accreditation Agency. Focus Group of the particular faculty (consists of Dean of the faculty, Professors, students) after study of labour market, proposes a study program in Senate of UPZ to be approved, offering facts and feasibility. The Senate than gives the recommendations to the rectorate who takes a final decision.

3. Review procedures of study program Study programs are prepared by committees of faculties lead by the dean of faculty. Usually programs are reviewed based on the recommendations during the debate in Senate and Focus groups of faculties and international experts after the evaluation.

4. Instruments for quality assurance The following qualitative and quantitative instruments are used to assure and enhance quality:

1. Questionnaires 2. Interviews 3. Monitoring 4. Appraisal scheme 5. Self-Assessment Report And any other useful instrument such as: double marking, external consultancy as defined in legal documents of theuniversity.

- 384 -

5. Mechanism for implementation of quality assurance measures Quality assurance measures are lead by office for quality assurance in close relationship with vice-rector for quality assurance and rector. 6. UPZ conducts evaluation of academic staff, administration and the whole teaching/learning process every semester. Based on results, commission for evaluations reports to the management of UPZ .

- 385 -

8. Space and equipment

Nr. Faculty of Education and Faculty of Philology I S+B+P+1 ; S=5000m2. No of study Class/S m2 places No of Computers Projectors Books S7 52 44 1 S8 52 44 1 S9 52 38 1 S11 52 37 1 S12 52 44 1 S13 52 35 1 S14 52 40 1 S15 52 38 1 S32 52 42 1 S33 52 40 1 S34 52 40 Theatre A1-27 400 350 1 A2-37 150 100 1 Labs/L L1-40 I Chemistry 52 30 L2-39 I I 52 30 L3-38 I Physics II 52 30 Labs/K K1-31 IT 52 30 30 1 K2-29 IT 104 60 60 1 K3-26 IT 60 30 30 1 Sem/ gj.Turke 30 5 2 Sem/ gj.Angleze 30 5 2 Sem/pro.fillor 30 5 2 Sem/ gj.Boshnjake 30 5 2 Sem/ Mat 30 5 2 Sem/ pergjithsh 30 5 2 Sem/fizikes 30 5 2 Sem/kimise 30 5 2 Sem/ gj.Shqipe 30 5 2 Sem/ Programev 30 10 7 1 Library 350 90 30 1 50000

Central heating 1500 Halls and stairs 1356

- 386 -

Totali: 5000 1247 175 5 50000

Faculty of Economics II B+P+2, S=3500m2 No of study Class/S m2 places No of Computers Projectors Books S200 55 30 / 1 S201 52 30 / 1 S202 100 80 / 1 Library 203 100 40 10 / 1159 S204 60 40 / 1 S205 52 35 / 1 S206 100 80 / 1 S207 100 80 / 1 S208 100 80 / 1 S209 55 30 / 1 S210 52 30 / 1 S211 100 80 / 1 S212 100 80 / 1 S213 100 80 / 1 Office 214 34 2 / / Office 215 30 2 / / Conference room 60 20 / / Office 217 30 2 2 1 Office 218 30 2 2 1 Office 219 35 2 2 1 Office 220 30 2 2 1 Office 221 30 2 2 1 Office 221 35 2 2 1 amphitheater/A 350 140 / /

Central heating 400 / / 1 Halls and stairs 1310 / / 1

Total: 3500 971 22 21

- 387 -

Faculty of Law and Faculty of IT III P+3, S=2400m2 No of study Class/S m2 places No of Computers Projectors Books Ground floor Office 300 30 2 2 S301 100 80 1 S302 100 80 1 S303 90 60 1 Depo 304 15 2 Depo 305 15 2 Floor I Office 306 30 2 2 Office 307 30 2 2 S308 100 80 1 S309 100 80 1 S310 90 1 FloorII Office 311 30 2 2 Office 312 30 2 2 S313 100 80 1 S314 100 80 1 S315 90 60 1 FloorIII Office 316 30 2 2 Office 317 30 2 2 S318 100 80 1 S319 100 80 1 S320 90 60 1

Holli, Shkallet dhe Nyjet Sanitare 1000

Total: 2400 838 58 12

- 388 -

Administration and Amphitheater IV S=920m2 No of study Sallat/S m2 places No of Computers Projectors Office 301 60 2 2 Office302 40 1 1 Office303 30 2 2 Office304 30 2 2 Office305 30 2 2 Office306 30 1 1 Amphitheater /A 600 280 1 Coridor 100

Totali: 920 1966 10 1

Rectorate V B+P+1, S=260m2

Office/O m2 No of places computers Projectors Office401 20 1 1 Office402 20 1 1 Office403 25 1 1 Office404 20 1 1 Office405 30 1 1 Office406 30 1 1 Office407 20 1 1 Office408 20 1 1

Halls and stairs 55 Central heating 20

Total: 260 8 8

- 389 -

VI Faculty of Life Sciences S+B+P+2 / S=3000m2.

Labs m2 seats No of PC Projectors Literature L1-501 75 44 1 L2-502 49 30 1 L3-503 49 30 1 L4-504 49 30 1 L5-505 49 30 1 L6-506 49 30 1 WC-F 37 / / WC-M 37 / / Amphitheater A1-507 251 120 1 Office -508 74 10 10 1 Coridor 105 / / Classes S509 75 50 1 S510 50 30 1 S511 50 30 1 S512 50 30 1 S513 75 50 1 Zyre 24 2 2 / WC-F 37 / / WC-F 37 / / WC-Hendikep 32 / Holli-I 57 / Elivator 20 / Stairs 18 / Office 514 17 1 1 Office 515 13 1 1 Office 516 8 1 1 Office 517 18 1 1 Office 518 10 1 1 Office 519 12 1 1 Coridor 46 / WC-M 3 / WC-F 3 / Office 520 24 2 2 Office 521 24 2 2 Office 522 24 2 4 Office 523 49 4 4 Office 524 49 4 4 Office 525 39 4 4 Office 526 24 2 2

- 390 -

Office 527 24 2 2 WC-F 18 / WC-M 18 / WC-Hendikep 17 / Coridor 120 /

Central heating 1091

Total: 3000 544 42 13 3000

- 391 -

9. Research and International Relationship

1. Research strategy UPZ appointed a research group whichis currently working on putting in place this very importantcondition of being a meaningful university. One of the goals of the group is setting a link where all of the professors can publish their scientific work. They are currently working on research plans and priorities that our academic staff should concentrate in future. 2. Research publications As specified above, research group that is already appointed is working on creating the data base where all of the publications can be uploaded. We are aware of the importance of research and give a lot of effort in establishing the necessary administrative infrastructure, appoint the administrative staff who will take care of the data base. 3. Participation on conferences List of publications and attendance on national and international conferences can be found in CV of professors for each faculty on digital form. 4. Projects that are currently running at UPZ TEMPUS projects that are being implemented at UPZ; a. QA@UPPZ – Quality Assurance capacity building b. EUREQA – Enforcment of quality assurance structure c. Master in Cultural Heritage and Tourism Management d. Integration of Students Union in EU students Union e. Financial System f. BESTSDI

Mobilities of students and staff

Number of incoming Number of outgoing No Institution Place students/staff students/staff 1. Anadolu University Eskisehir, Turkey 4+4 4+4 2. Nigde University Nigde, Turkey 0+2 2+2 3. Bretagne-Sud University France 0+2 2+2 4. Pedagogical School Insbruck, Austria 0+2 0+4 5. Masaryk University Brno, Chech Republic 1+1 2+2

5. International relationship International relationships for The UPZ are priority. We know the fact that our university can profit a lot from the developed universities and universities with tradition. Establishment of the Office and appointment of the coordinator for International Affairs is just one step of the internationalization of our university. The establishment of the office has been done in partnership with the TEMPUS project. In coming months UPZ will work on drafting the strategic plan for internationalization. It is our aim that during the period of time 2015-2018 to sign a contract of cooperation with tens of universities in different fields, like: exchange of students, research, workshops, organization of seminars and many more.

We established partnership with the following universities and institutions from the country, region and the world:

- 392 -

1. University of Bremen, Germany 2. University of Cologne, Germany 3. University of Hamm-Lippstadt, Germany 4. Sakaria University, Turkey 5. University of Prishtina "Hasan Prishtina" 6. Balikesirit University, Turkey 7. University of Nigde, Turkey 8. Bharathi University, India 9. University of Kocaeli, Turkey 10. University of Tirana - Albania 11. Trakya University, Edirne, Turkey 12. University "Fan S. Noli" Korce, Albania 13. State University of Tetovo, Macedonia 14. University of Anatolia, Eskisheher, Turkey 15. University "Ss Cyril and Methodius", Skopje, Macedonia 16. Giresun University, Turkey 17. Ordu University, Turkey 18. University of Vlora "Ismail Qemaili" Albania 19. University of Shkodra "Luigi Gurakuqi" Albania 20. Protocol of cooperation between the University of Prizren and STA (Country Master Distributor cmd) 21. Mevlana exchange program, Trakia University, Turkey 22. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and University of Girona. 23. Mevlana exchange program of the University of Giresun, Turkey. 24. Mevlana exchange program, University Nigde, Turkey 25. Cooperation agreement between Tirana Agricultural University (Faculty of Economics and Agribusiness), and the University of Prizren 26. Agreement between the University of Prizren and the Badr University, Albania 27. Cooperation agreement between the University of Yalova, Turkey and University of Prizren 28. Cooperation agreement between the University of Peja '' Haxhi Zeka '' and the University of Prizren 29. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and the University of Ljubljana, Slovenia 30. Agreement between the University of Prizren and University of Trierit, Germany 31. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and Northen Illions University, USA 32. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and the Technical University of Bursa, Turkey 33. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and Marmara University, Turkey. 34. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and University of Zadar, Croatia. 35. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and University Politechnica delle Marche, Ancona, Italy

- 393 -

36. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and the University of Tuzla, Bosnia and Herzegovina. 37. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and University "Eqrem Cabej" Gjirokastra. 38. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and Juraj Dobrila University of Pula, Croatia. 39. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and Georgia Gwinnett College, Lawrenceville, USA. 40. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and the University of Istanbul, Turkey. 41. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and University of Gaziantep, Turkey. 42. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and the University of Kastamonu, Turkey. 43. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and the University of Istanbul, Turkey. 44. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and University T.C. Hasan Kalyoncu, Turkey. 45. Cooperation agreement between the University and the University of Prizren "Hahxi Zeka" in Peja. 46. Cooperation agreement between the Ministry of Education, Science and Technology, University of Prishtina and University of Prizren 47. Cooperation agreement between the National Library of Kosovo and the University of Prizren. 48. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and Kosovo Business Alliance 49. Cooperation agreement between the University of Prizren and the Craftsmen and Businessmen Association of Prizren 50. Memorandum of Understanding between the University of Prizren and 51. Kosovo Company for distribution and supply of electricity JSC (KEDS)

In negotiation phase: 1. University of Montenegro, Podgorica 2. University of Sarajevo, Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina 3. South East European University in Tetovo

- 394 -

10. Finance

1. UPZ Budget Plan and the way of its finance (2017-2019)

Budget for the year 2016

Budget Category/nr.of Nr: employers: Number of Employees Approved Budget 1. Employed in 2016 139 2. Wages 1,619,940.00 3. Goods and Services 600,000.00 4. Utilities 53,000.00 5. Self income 5,828.00 6. Subventions and Transfers 10,000.00 7. Capital Expenses 500,000.00 Total: 2,788,768.00

2. Budget for 2017-2019, per academic year Academic Year: Academic Year: Academic Year: Nr: Budget Category / nr. Of employers: 2017 2018 2019 1 Number of Employees 139 150 150 2 Wages and Salaries 1,630,346.00 1,822,000.00 1,822,000.00 3 Goods and Services 600,000.00 790,000.00 790,000.00 4 Utilities 53,000.00 75,000.00 75,000.00 5 Subventions and Transfers 10,000.00 90,000.00 90,000.00 6 Capital Expenses 201,000.00 600,000.00 600,000.00 Total: 2,494,346.00 3,377,000.00 3,377,000.00

3. Financial resources for 2016-2019 Academic Year: Academic Year: Academic Year: Nr: Resource : 2017 2018 2019 Consolidated Budget of 1 Kosovo 2,484,346.00 3,377,000.00 3,377,000.00 2 Subventions 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 Self income 10,000.00 10,000.00 10,000.00 Total: 2,494,346.00 3,387,000.00 3,387,000.00

- 395 -

11. Plan for the implementation of ET recommendations from the last evaluation

2.1 Preschool Education

Expert’s Recommendations: 1. With regard to the specific focus of the study program I suggest additions in the titles of the following courses: • To replace ‘Albanian Language II’ by ‘Albanian Language in Preschool Education II’ • To replace ‘Mathematics II’ by ‘Mathematics in Preschool Education II’ • To replace ‘English Language II’ by ‘English Language in Preschool Education II

We already renamed the subjects. Please check the curriculum of the program attached.

2. Add one electable course for auditory and audio-visual media in preschool education in the study program. An alternative could be to supplement explicitly the aspect of auditory and audio-visual respectively digital media in the description of some courses

We already added Digital Media as an elective course in sixth semester, please check the curriculum.

3. With regard to systematic plausibility the titles of the last two courses have to be corrected. My Suggestion: ‘Pedagogical Practice III (6 weeks)’ (V/3) and ‘Pedagogical Practice IV (8 weeks)’ (VIII/2).

Already corrected, please check the attached curriculum.

4. Offer three of the six elective courses of the second semester during the first semester.

We edited the curriculum and added elective course in the first semester too.

- 396 -

5. Enable staff members to dedicate more time for research and to establish research groups.

We will encourage staff members to dedicate more time on research and we will also establish research groups for different fields of study.

6. Improve international exchange possibilities for the staff as well as for the students (within the limits of possible)

We applied for exchange of staff and students within ERASMUS+ program with many partners around Europe. We are waiting for results.

- 397 -

2.2 Primary Education

1. With regard to the specific focus of the study program and the specific future working field as teacher at Primary School I suggest additions in the titles of the following courses: • To replace ‘Albanian Language III’ by ‘Albanian Language in Primary School III’ • To replace ‘Mathematics II’ by ‘Mathematics in Primary School II’ • To replace ‘English Language II’ by ‘English Language in Primary School II’

We already renamed the subjects. Please check the curriculum of the program attached.

2. I recommend to add one electable course for auditory and audio-visual media in Primary School. An alternative could be to supplement explicitly the aspect of auditory and audio- visual respectively digital media in the description of some courses.

We already added Digital Media as an elective course in sixth semester, please check the curriculum.

3. I suggest to offer three or four of the elective courses of later semesters (especially V, VI and VII) during the first semester.

We edited the curriculum and added elective course in the first semester too.

4. UoPz should enable staff members to dedicate more time for research and to establish research groups.

We will encourage staff members to dedicate more time on research and we will also establish research groups for different fields of study.

5. Improve international exchange possibilities for the staff as well as for the students (within the limits of possible)

We applied for exchange of staff and students within ERASMUS+ program with many partners around Europe. We are waiting for results.

- 398 -

2.3 Cultural Heritage and Tourism Management

1. Analyze at the next visit the progress made in improving the proportion of staff hired on permanent basis.

Comment: We will try to improve the proportion of staff hired on permanent basis, but depends of budgetary strengths.

2. Analyze at the next that at least 50% of the lectures are covered by a teaching material elaborated according to the syllabus structure.

Comment: Professors are obliged to submit the teaching materials to the students in accordance to the syllabus structure.

3. Show, at the next visit, that progresses were made in the list of publications for the staff involved in the study program. A list of publication/ conferences/ studies published after this year (2016) should be put at the experts’ disposal.

Comment: We agree for much more publications and research in regard of better implementation of the program.

4. Improve the syllabus to include at least a general theme for the practical training/exercises/applications or field studies. Provide all the syllabus in English.

Comment: Professors have to refresh and improve their Syllabus in regard of practical part of the program (internship, study visits, archeological and tourism tours ect). Also they have to provide Syllabus and in English except in Albanian).

5. Provide to the professors, on individual and confidential basis, a feedback from the student’s evaluation. Very important is to see that there were progresses made from a year to other.

Comment: Every semester we did the Professors student’s evaluation, but no any feedback for the professors. We think that it’s good to build the applicable management policy and to implement such a policy.

- 399 -

2.4 Forest and Environmental Sciences

Suggestions

1. Modify the curricula according to the advices done at the respective chapter. 2. Enhance conditions for practical trainings, through modification of the syllabus, concluding contracts/agreements with forest owners or managers for practical trainings and hire part-time staff with forestry diploma and experience in the field. 3. At the next, teaching material (as elaborated text, collection of dried plants, tree small branches and fruits, etc.) should be presented. 4. At the next, half of the forestry-related disciplines are covered by an elaborated text structured according to the detailed syllabus.

Comments

First of all we would like to thank Prof. Dr. Bouriaud Laura for her tremendous contribution and suggestions about this study program. After analyzing the comments and suggestions we as a committee fully agree with all of them.

1. Admission: All corrections are done. Please have a look at the study program attached. 2. Internship: After accreditation, we will sign agreements with all relevant institutions in country where our students can conduct their internship. As we already discussed during your visit, we could not have agreements without having the program. 3. Practical training: All subjects containing the practical exercises are intended to be realized in laboratories or during experiments, also in the partner universities. 4. Curricula – Study plan: All suggestions for corrections within curriculum and descriptions of subjects are done. Please have a look at the program attached.

5. In future as recommended there will be material for practice and experiments in labs (as elaborated text, collection of dried plants, tree small branches and fruits, etc.) and there will be literature for each and every study course.

- 400 -

6. As you already stated in report, we fulfill the KAA criteria regarding staff, however after decision for accreditation we will immediately open a call for additional academic staff.

Table 1. Improved curricula of Forest and Environmental Sciences according to recommendation. Year I

Semester I Hours/week No O/S Subject L E ECTS Teachers

1. O Mathematics 3 2 6 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Ismet Temaj General and Organic 2. O 3 2 6 Prof. Dr. Ramë Vataj Chemistry 1 3. O Plant Biology 3 2 6 Prof. Ass. Dr. Bekim Gashi 4. O Animal Biology 3 2 6 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Kasum Letaj 5. O Physics 3 2 6 Prof. Ass. Dr. Meleq Bahtijari Total 30

Semester II No O/S Subject L E ECTS Teachers Systematic and Forest 1. O 3 2 6 Prof. Ass. Dr. Elez Krasniqi Botany General and Organic 2. O 3 2 6 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Musaj Paçarizi Chemistry 2 3. O Forest Pedology 2 2 5 Mr. sc. Muhamet Zogu 4 O Basic Informatics 2 2 5 Prof. Ass. Dr. Malush Mjaku 5. O English Language 2 2 5 Dr. Jusuf Mustafa 6. S Selective subjects 3 Total 30

Year II

Semester III No O/S Subject L E ECTS Teachers

1. O Sylviculture 1 3 2 6 Prof. Dr. Vath Tabaku 2. O Forest Chemistry 3 2 6 Prof. Dr. Fran Gjoka

- 401 -

3. O Forest Genetics 3 2 6 Prof. Dr. Fatmir Laçej 4. O Dendrometry 3 2 6 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Ervin Toromani 5. O Meteorology 3 2 6 Prof. Dr. Arben Alla Total 30

Semester IV No O/S Subject L E ECTS Teachers

1. O Sylviculture 2 3 2 6 Prof. Dr. Vath Tabaku 2. O Forest Pathology 2 2 5 Prof. Ass. Dr. Fadil Musa 3. O Forest Entomology 2 2 5 Prof. Ass. Dr. Fadil Musa 4. O Agroforestry 3 2 6 Prof. Ass. Dr. Shukri Maxhuni Mechanics and Forestry 5. O 2 2 5 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Vasilaq Mine Mechanization 6. S Selective subjects 3 Total 30

Year III

Semester V No O/S Subject L E ECTS Teachers Plant Ecology and 1. O 3 2 6 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Fadil Millaku Geobotany Forest Resource Prof. Asoc. Dr. Leonidha Peri 2. O Administration and 3 2 6 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Orion Ngjela Policy 3. O Forest Ergonomics 3 2 6 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Vasilaq Mine 4. O Forest Revitalization 3 2 6 Prof. Ass. Dr. Elez Krasniqi 5. O GIS for landscape analysis 3 2 6 Dr. Ferim Gashi Total 30

Semester VI No O/S Subject L E ECTS Teachers

1. O Elements of Economics 2 2 5 Prof. Ass. Dr. Hamdi Hoti Environmental and Forest 2. O 3 2 6 Prof. Ass. Dr. Elez Krasniqi Law Forest Management Prof. Asoc. Dr. Leonidha Peri 3. O 3 2 6 Planning Forest Protection from 4. O 3 2 6 Prof. Ass. Dr. Ramiz Metaliaj Fire Practice or/and Selective 5. S 3 / subjects 6. O B.Sc. Thesis 4 Total 30

Elective subjects

Hours/Week

- 402 -

No Stat. Subject L E ECTS Teachers

1. S Forest Products 2 1 3 Prof. Ass. Dr. Edmond Pasho 2. S Ecological Microbiology 2 1 3 Prof. Ass. Dr. Shukri Maxhuni 3. S Plant Production 2 1 3 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Sali Aliu 4. S Engineering Forest 2 1 3 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Vasilaq Mine 5. S Forest Phytosociology 2 1 3 Prof. Ass. Dr. Elez Krasniqi 6. S Environmental Monitoring 2 1 3 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Kasum Letaj 7. S Forest harvesting 2 1 3 Prof. Asoc. Dr. Vasilaq Mine 8. S Game management 2 1 3 Prof. Ass. Dr. Shukri Maxhuni 9. S Forest Hydrology 2 1 3 Prof. Dr. Arben Alla 2 weeks (80 10 S Practical course (work) 3 Coordinator of study program hours) Abbreviations: L – Lecture; E – Exercise/laboratory; O – Obligate subject; S – Selective subject

- 403 -

2.5 Agribusiness

1. More space for elective courses (6 instead of 3) should be provided in the program. Necessary corrections are done. Number of elective courses are increased from 3 to 6. Please check the curriculum attached to the report.

2. ECTS and corresponding time for B.Sc.-thesis should be increased from 5 to 12. The number of ECTS for B.Sc. thesis is increased from 5 to 12. During last semester students will conduct internship and work on thesis.

3. An advisory board of representatives from the labour market should be established to articulate the requirements of employers concerning knowledge and skills of the graduates. We think that establishment of Industrial Advisory Board is very important in articulating requirements of employers. We will try to establish it as soon as we have the decision for accreditation of the study program.

- 404 -

Annex

- 405 -

Contract

- 406 -

- 407 -

- 408 -

Syllabus

Public University of Prizren-Faculty of Economics Programme- Business Administration

Curriculum – SYLLABUS Study Level Bachelor Programme BA Academic Year 2011/12 Course Costs Accounting Year Second Status of O Semester Fourth Course Code ECTS 3 Teaching Hours 45 Lecture Exercise Teaching Week 15 2 0 Methodology of Teaching Lectures, exercises, seminar paper, consultation, tests. Consultation Teacher Mr.Petrit Hasanaj e-mail [email protected] Tel. 044675302 e-mail Assistant Tel.

Aim of the course study Beneficiaries of Students The course aims that in conceptual manner Students will develop their necessary introduce complexity of development and capabilities for successful decision making. increase of A new business, by including also They will analyze specific aspects with which evaluation of advantages and weakness, chances they will face during the career development and threats which are around the business and will gain necessary capabilities on environment. The course offers basic knowledge management of different decisions. upon theory and practice in the area of Accounting of Costs.

- 409 -

Methodology regarding enforcement of teaching topics: Lectures, exercises, seminar paper, consultation, tests.

Conditions regarding realization of teaching topics: Adequate Literature, use of IT Equipment. Manner of Students Evaluation ( in %) Evaluation in % Final mark One seminar paper Up to 10 points and the 51-60%-mark 6 points are estimated in 61-70 7 total of including 71-80 8 colloquium and final 81-90 9 test. 91-100 10 50% possible points+1 Colloquium point of colloquium will be considered successful will be added to the points of final test. 50% of possible points +1 point the exam will be evaluated positive. To these points will be added the points from Final Test of the exam seminar paper and colloquium to get the final evaluation.

Students Obligations: Lectures: Students have to attend regularly lectures and exercises ,to use all possibilities to get knowledge, to muse the obliged literature and wider, to be active and obey rules upon higher education of the ethic of behavior and for cooperation.

Students Course Duties Activity Hour Day/Week Total: Lecture 2 15 week 30 hours Exercise 0 0 0 Practice work Contacts with teachers/Consultation 0,33 15 week 5 hours Practice in field Seminars 0.33 15 week 5 Homework

- 410 -

Self study time 2 15 week 15 Final Preparation for exam 2 15 week 20 Spent time on evaluation (tests, quizzes’, final exam) Project, presentations etc. Notice: 1 ECTS =25 hours engagement, E.g. if the course has 3 Total load: ECTS student has to have engagement of 75 hours during the 75 semester . LITERATURE Prof. Dr. Skender Ahmeti, “Management of Accounting” i, Prof. Dr.Rrustem Asllani, “Financial Accounting”

- 411 -

CURRICULUM VITAE

1. Family Name: Brajshori 2. First Name: Behxhet 3. Nationality: Kosovar Albanian 4. Date of Birth 11.08.1958 5. Gender: Male 6. Contact details: Email: [email protected] Tel: +37744507018

7. Education Degree: Institution: The University of Prishtina-Prishtina,Kosova Degree Date: 1978-1982 Degree : Diploma in Economics-July 1982

Institution: The University of Prishtina-Prishtina,Kosova Degree Date: 1986-1990 Degree/ Master : Master of Science in Economics,June 1990

Institution: The University of Prishtina-Prishtina,Kosova Degree Date: 2006-2009 Degree / Doctorate : PHD on « Management of Public Expenditures and the Budgetary Processes »Orientation :Economics,Management and Informatics,November 2009

8. Academic Degree: Institution: Degree Date:

9. Scientific Publications:

Scientific journal Title of paper Journal name Year / Volume / Pages -Public Expenditures, Budgetary -Journal Manager,nr 9,Univerzity Aprill,2009/11 pages Sustainability and the of Bukurest,Rumania Assessment of Management of Public Expenditures in Kosovo -The Book –Managing of Public -Fama University Aprill,2010/357 pages Expenditures and Budgetary Processes -The KosovoEconomy-Group of autors-,Kosovo Economic Development since 1989- -Monography.KAAS 2010/18 pages.

412

-Energetic Development as precondition for Economic -Economia 3/1987- Economics 3/1987/25 pages development of Kosova Institut of Kosova

-Study-Losses and roberies on -Stady-Economics Institut of 1990,18 pages Kosovo Economy after 1989. Kosova,group of autors..

-Paper:Management of Public Expenditures -The Strategy of Economic 2002/15 pages development of Kosovo,group of -The Book: Basis Knowledge’s authors,SAAK on Public Policies -Public Debt and Expenditure -Editor:Rilindja 2012/280 Management” -International Scientific September,2013/11 pages Jurnal”DISKUTIME”Nr.7, Republic of Macedonia Editor:”Center for international cooperation and Balkan Study” Tetovo and, Institut for Europian Study, -Small and Medium Enterprises University of Tirana in Kosova-Current situation and the challenges of the -International Scientific -April,5.2014,Tetove,Republic of development-presentation Jurnal”DISKUTIME”Nr.10, Macedonia/11 pages scientific paper Editor”Center for International Cooperation and Balkan Study -Interest Rates and Method of and Institut for Europian Study Calculation University of Tirana

-International Scientific Jurnal -July, 5 2014 /11 “DISKUTIME”Nr. 12 Volum pages,Tetove,Republic of Macedonia 1,Editor “Center for International -Small and Medium Enterprises Cooperation” Tetove, Macedonia in Kosovo-Key factor for economic development -Beyond The Horizon of Tempus -ALMA MATER STUDIORUM Projects.Theory and Practice of UNIVERSITA DI -The Book “Public Finance” Project Management BOLOGNA,October 2014/10 pages

-Scientific Paper”The role of -University of Prizren December 2014/403 pages Tourism in the economic development of Kosova” SKILLS II, -ALMA MATER STUDIORUM Skills and Tools to the Cultural UNIVERSITA DI BOLOGNA, Heritage and Cultural Tourism October/2015/28 pages Management Abstracts from the International and National Conferences Title of paper Journal name Year / Volume / Pages -Participation and speaker at PEMTAG,World Bank 2006 the conference”Public Varshava,Poland

413

Expenditure Management and Technical Grant”

PISTA Journal 2006/8 pages. “The fourth internationale Conference on Politics and Information Systems,Technologies and Applications(PISTA 2006). Paper:”Undefined status of Kosovo sovereignty-a barrier for Foreign Investments”

-Sixth international conference “Bussines and 2007/13 pages “Bussines and Employment “ Employement”IFK,Pristina Paper:”The impact of fiscal policy on economic development and employment growth”

-The International Conference “Investment in Turkey- Investments in Turkey 2007/9 pages Investment in region”Istanbul. Paper:”Energy and Lignite in Kosovo”

-21’st Annual ICGFM Conference on”Examining Achivements and Exploring ICGFM Journal 2007/8pages Opportunities-Building a Strong Financial Management Framework, Paper:The achievements and Challenges on Public Finance Management in Kosovo”

-International seminar “Strengthening Public Investement and Management Fiscal risks From Public – 2007 Private Partnership”IMF and Ministry f Finance Of Hungary,Budapest.Participant.

-International Conference” Economic Governance and Sustained Economic Growth in Balkans”JVI and Europian Commission,Wienna. Participant 2007

414

-The ICGFM Conference “Country Perspectives on Public Financial Management during Global Economic Uncertainty” -Paper:” Economic and Financial Development in ICGFM Journal 2009/9 pages Kosovo and the Global Crisis”

-International Conference “The development of local security and Justice sectors in developing , fragile and Conflict –affected states” England. Participant

USAD-AKB 2009 -International Conference “Private –Public Dialogue- Kosovo at the crossroad” Participant

2005

International Projects: -Tempus Project-Curricula 2012 -TEMPUS PROJECT 517482- Development –University of Tempus-1-2011-DE-TEMPUS- Prizren and Osnabruck University JPR,Osnabrueck,Univ.of AS of Applied Science.

-TEMPUS Project: Network for Post Graduate Masters in -Tempus Project: 517471- -Aprill,2012, Cultural Heritage and Tourism TEMPUS-1-2011-1-IT-TEMPUS- Management in Balkan JPCR(2011-2717/001-001) Countries(CHTMBAL),Worksh ops and study visits in University of Chieti, Roma, Rimini, Bolonja

-TEMPUS Project: Network for Post Graduate Masters in -Tempus Project: 517471- Cultural Heritage and Tourism TEMPUS-1-2011-1-IT-TEMPUS- - Aprill 2013 Management in Balkan JPCR(2011-2717/001-001) Countries(CHTMBAL),Worksh ops and study visits in University of Rimini-Italy

-International Conference- Scientific Pool”Meadle classe and Ecology” -Plovdiv,Bulgaria

415

-May ,2013

-TEMPUS Project: Quality Assurance -Workshop: Quality Culture and -Tempus Project 517482-1- closing the feedback-loop-Prishtina 2011 -June 2013

-Tempus Project 517482-1- -Workshop on Curricula design 2011 Istog.

-Participation in the Prizren -June 2013 International Confference ”Balkan between East and West”. -June 2013

-TEMPUS Project: Quality -Quality assurance system: Assurance Responsibilities and tools of Project number 517482-1-2011 central units and faculties, Korça University-Albania -September,5-6,2013 -Second IC”Meadle class and ecology” -Skopje, Macedonia

-International Scientific Conference”Medium Bussines -Connference”Cooperation -September, 2013. and Environment”-Scientific beetwen Scienes and medium Paper”SME in Kosovo –Curent bussineses in SEE”. situation and the Challengesof Tirana,11-13.11.2013 the development” -Tempus Project-Quality Assurance Project number 517482-2011 -Quality Assurance System

-Participation in International Confernce”DEMOCRACY IN -Osnabruck ,Germany,25-29.11.2013 SOUTH –EASTERN -International Scientific EUROPE” Conference -Tetovo, Republic of -Tempus Project-Quality Macedonia,5.Apriil.2014 Assurance Project 517482- 2011 -Study visit to Chalmers University of Technology -Geteborg,Sweden,5-9 .May,2014 -Participation in International Conferece”Integration of SEE in UE-Challnges”

416

-The Workshop”The -International Scientific Educational to Resilience by Conference -Tetovo,Republic of Macedonia”July Virtual and Augmentet 5,2014 Reality”-Prezentation paper””Inter projects perspectives for High -University of Bologna- Education In Western Balkans” Department of Management -Forli,Itali,27.02.2015 CEUB-University Residential -Participation in Conference Centre of Bertinoro on implementation of master program:TEMPUS Project:Network for Post Graduate Masters in CHTMBALL

-Tempus Project -University of Warsaw Faith,”Increasing the -Warsaw,15-19,04.2015 Financial Autonomy and accountability at public Higher Education Institutions in Kosova”.

-Tempus Project, -Peja University -Peje,,8-10.06.2015 FAITH”Increasing the Financial Autonomy and accountability at Public Higher Education Institutions in Kosova”WHITE PAPER -Bogë,Pejë -Tempus Project, -10-12.07.2015 FAITH”Increasing the Financial Autonomy and accountability at Public Higher Education Institutions in Kosova”WHITE PAPER”

UPZ TempusProject,FAITH, 8-10.09.2015 ”Increasing the Financial Autonomy and accountability at Public Higher Education Institutions in Kosova”The First workshop-Financial autonomy and accountability”.

UPZ 24.03.2016

417

Title of paper Journal name Year / Volume / Pages -Economy: Foreign Direct News Paper”Bota Sot” 2005/2 pages Investments and Economic development. -Economy: Privatisation should News Paper”Bota Sot” 2005/2 pages be endorsed with additional measurements. -Economy: The Importance of News Paper”Bota Sot” 2005/3 pages Joint Investments towards financing the economic development. -Economy: International News Paper ”Bota Sot” 2005/2 pages Economic Cooperation and economic development. -Economy: The current News Paper”Bota Sot” 2005/2 pages economic situation seeks undertaking measures to its advancing. -Economic Analysis. News paper ”Bota Sot” 2011/8 pages. Publication work :Te role of Public Debt for National economy.

10. Work experience record: Dates: 1983-1990 Location: Prishtina Name of the Institution: Department for Kosovo’s Economy Planning and development Position: Senior science co-operator for energy and colored metals Description: Planning and development of the industry ,energy, colored metals, planning of production, planning of budget.

Dates: 1990-1999 Location: Prishtina Name of the Institution: Private Companies Position: Certified Accounting Freelancer Description: Accounting Services, Tax Services, Management Solutions, Finance and Budgeting Affairs, Recruitment and Personel , Auditing Services.

Dates: 1999-2005 Location: Prishtina

418

Name of the Institution: Economics Institute of Kosovo Position: Independent researcher in the science of economy Description: Macroeconomic indicator analyses studies, assessment of capital assets, investment projects.

Dates: 2000-2001 Location: Prishtina Name of the Institution: Public Service Department-UNMIK,Pillar II. Position: Co-Head of Public ervice Department Description: Development of Department’s program policies, legal infrastructure,Public Payroll System,Capacity Building of Human Resources.

Dates: 2002-2004 Location: Prishtina Name of the Institution: Ministry of Culture,Youth ,Sports ,and Non residential Affairs. Position: Minister Description: Establishment of administration structures of the Ministry, Development of Ministry’s program policies and planning. Dates: 2001-2007 Location: Prishtina Name of the Institution: Assembly of Kosovo Position: Member of the Assembly and member of the Committee of Budget and Finance Description: Legal Infrastructure, budget analyses, political affairs under the responsibility of the Assembly.

Dates: 2006-2007 Location: Prishtina Name of the Institution: Ministry of Economy and Finance Position: Deputy Minister Description: -Management and general leading of the Ministry, -Management of Kosovo Consolidated Budget, -Development of Economic Policies and Budget Processes, -Investments Programs. Dates: 2008-2010 Location: Prishtina Name of the Institution: Ministry for the Kosovo Security Force Position: Deputy Minister Description: Management of the Ministry, Management Ministry Budget, -Implementation of the Ministry policies

Dates: 2008-2009 Location: Prishtina Name of the Institution: University for Bussiness and Technology(UBT) Position: Teaching professor

419

Description: Subject :TAXATION

Dates: 2008-2009 Location: Prishtina Name of the Institution: Universum University Position: Teaching Professor Description: Subject: Fiscal Policy

Dates: Present position Location: Prizren Name of the Institution: Public University of Prizren

Position: Teaching professor ,Vice Dean of the Faculty of Economy, Chairman of the CH master program ,member of the Senat of the UPZ, member of the Quality Assurance group,Chairman of the master program-Faculty of Economy

Description: Teaching professor Subjects: Management Basis, Entrepreneurship, Strategic Management and Planning.

Dates: Present position Location: Prishtina Name of the Institution: FAMA Koleg Position: Teaching Professor Description: Subjects: Public Policies, Strategic Management and Organizational Changes, Public Finance.

Dates: From, 15.06.2015… Location: Pristine Name of Institution: CBK Position: Supervisory Board Description: Non executive board member

11. Education and training:

Dates: 2005 Title of qualification awarded: Completion of training program Principal subjects/occupational Cost Benefit Analyses skills covered: Name and type of institution USAD providing education and training: Level of national and - international classification:

420

Dates: 2005 Title of qualification awarded: Completion of training program

Principal subjects/occupational Budget and Budget Processes skills covered:

Name and type of institution USAD providing education and training: Level of national and - international classification:

12. Additional information:

Organizational skills and -Co-head of Steering Committee of Cadastral Agency of Kosovo competences: -Head of PEMTAG project-Public Expenditure Management and Technical Grant. -Head of PEFA project-Public Expenditure and Financial Accountability -Leadership ability, team spirit, trustworthy, adaptable and practical character, hands-on and resulted oriented profile. Computer skills and Computer Bases, Word , X –ell, Power-Point. competences: Language skills: (1 to 5: 1 lowest - 5 fluent) Language. Speaking Writing Reading Albanian 5 5 5 English 4 4 5 Serbo -Croatian 4 5 5 Awards and Membership: 2006-2007 Team of Experts in the Frame work of Team Negotiator-Expert on the Economy 2004-2005 MEST of Kosovo-member of experts team for establishing the Strategy of Higher Education of Kosovo for period 2005-2015.

421